New York Community Bancorp, Inc.
2023 Annual Report on Form 10-K
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K/A
(Amendment No. 1)
(Mark One)
☒
☐
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED December 31, 2023
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.
Commission file number: 001-16577
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
06-1377322
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
102 Duffy Avenue,
Hicksville, New York
(Address of principal executive offices)
11801
(Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (516) 683-4100
Shares registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
Bifurcated Option Note Unit SecuritiESSM
Depositary Shares each representing a
1/40th interest in a share of Fixed-to-
Floating Rate Series A Noncumulative
Perpetual Preferred Stock
NYCB
NYCB PU
NYCB PA
Name of each exchange on which
registered
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange
New York Stock Exchange
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes No ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant
to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting
company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large Accelerated Filer
Non-Accelerated Filer
☒
☐
Accelerated Filer
Emerging growth company
☐
☐
Smaller Reporting Company
☐
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for
complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of
its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public
accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant
included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based
compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒
As of June 30, 2023, the aggregate market value of the shares of common stock outstanding of the registrant was $8.0 billion excluding
10,040,722 shares held by all directors and executive officers of the registrant. This figure is based on the closing price of the registrant’s
common stock on June 30, 2023, $11.24 per share, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange.
The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of March 11, 2024 was 797,921,126 shares.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 17, 2024 are incorporated
by reference into Part III.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is filing this Amendment No. 1 (this “Amendment No. 1”) to its
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 (the “Original Form 10-K”), filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 14, 2024, solely to (i) amend Exhibits 31.1, 31.2 and 32.0, the certifications
required under Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which were filed without conformed electronic
signatures with the Original Form 10-K, to correct a typographical error and include the omitted conformed electronic
signatures and (ii) amend the PCAOB identification number for KPMG LLP referenced in the index to Item 8A. There are no
other changes to the Original Form 10-K.
Except as described above, this Amendment No. 1 does not modify or update in any way the financial statements or
disclosures made, or any exhibits included or incorporated by reference, in the Original Form 10-K and does not reflect events
occurring after the filing of the Original Form 10-K.
NEW YORK COMMUNITY BANCORP, INC.
FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED December 31, 2023
TABLE OF CONTENTS
GLOSSARY AND ABBREVIATIONS
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING LANGUAGE
ITEM 1.
BUSINESS
ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS
ITEM 1B.
UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
ITEM 1C.
CYBERSECURITY
PROPERTIES
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
ITEM 2.
ITEM 3.
ITEM 4.
ITEM 5.
ITEM 6.
ITEM 7.
PART I
PART II
MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES
RESERVED
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
ITEM 7A.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 8.
ITEM 9.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURES
ITEM 9A.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
ITEM 9B.
OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 9C.
DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
ITEM 10.
ITEM 11.
ITEM 12.
ITEM 13.
ITEM 14.
ITEM 15.
ITEM 16.
PART III
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
FORM 10-K SUMMARY
PART IV
4
5
9
12
28
45
45
47
47
48
49
51
51
77
79
152
152
154
154
155
155
155
155
155
156
158
GLOSSARY OF ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
The following list of abbreviations and acronyms are provided as a tool for the reader and may be used throughout this Report,
including the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes:
Term
Definition
Term
Definition
Allowance for Credit Losses
FHLB-NY
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York
Acquisition, development, and construction loan
Asset and Liability Management Committee
FOMC
FRB
Federal Open Market Committee
Federal Reserve Board
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
FRB-NY
Federal Reserve Bank of New York
ACL
ADC
ALCO
AOCL
ASC
ASU
BaaS
BOLI
BP
BTFP
C&I
CDs
CECL
CFPB
CMOs
CMT
CPI
CPR
CRA
CRE
DIF
DFA
DSCR
EPS
ERM
ESOP
EVE
FASB
FDI Act
FDIC
FHA
FHFA
FHLB
Accounting Standards Codification
Accounting Standards Update
Banking as a Service
Bank-owned life insurance
Basis point(s)
Bank Term Funding Program
Commercial and industrial loan
Certificates of deposit
Current Expected Credit Loss
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
Collateralized mortgage obligations
Constant maturity treasury rate
Consumer Price Index
Constant prepayment rate
Community Reinvestment Act
Commercial real estate loan
Deposit Insurance Fund
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection
Act
Debt service coverage ratio
Earnings per common share
Enterprise Risk Management
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
Economic Value of Equity at Risk
FTEs
GAAP
GLBA
GNMA
GSE
HELOC
Full-time equivalent employees
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
The Gramm Leach Bliley Act
Government National Mortgage Association
Government-sponsored enterprises
Home Equity Line of Credit
HELOAN
Home Equity Loan
HPI
LGG
LHFS
LIBOR
LTV
MBS
MSRs
NIM
NOL
NPAs
NPLs
NPV
NYSE
OCC
OREO
PAA
PSAs
ROU
RSAs
SBA
Housing Price Index
Loans with government guarantees
Loans Held-for-Sale
London Interbank Offered Rate
Loan-to-value ratio
Mortgage-backed securities
Mortgage servicing rights
Net interest margin
Net operating loss
Non-performing assets
Non-performing loans
Net Portfolio Value
New York Stock Exchange
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
Other real estate owned
Purchase accounting adjustments
Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units
Right of use asset
Restricted Stock Awards
Small Business Administration
SEC
SOFR
TDR
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
Secured Overnight Financing Rate
Troubled debt restructurings
5
Fannie Mae
Federal National Mortgage Association
Financial Accounting Standards Board
Federal Deposit Insurance Act
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Federal Housing Finance Agency
Federal Home Loan Bank
Freddie Mac
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
Federal Housing Administration
Signature
Signature Bridge Bank, N.A.
BARGAIN PURCHASE GAIN
GLOSSARY
The amount by which the fair value of assets purchased exceeds the fair value of liabilities assumed and consideration
given.
BASIS POINT
Throughout this filing, the year-over-year changes that occur in certain financial measures are reported in terms of basis
points. Each basis point is equal to one hundredth of a percentage point, or 0.01 percent.
BOOK VALUE PER COMMON SHARE
Book value per common share refers to the amount of common stockholders’ equity attributable to each outstanding
share of common stock, and is calculated by dividing total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock at the end of a period, by
the number of shares outstanding at the same date.
BROKERED DEPOSITS
Refers to funds obtained, directly or indirectly, by or through deposit brokers that are then deposited into one or more
deposit accounts at a bank.
CHARGE-OFF
Refers to the amount of a loan balance that has been written off against the allowance for credit losses.
COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOAN
A mortgage loan secured by either an income-producing property owned by an investor and leased primarily for
commercial purposes or, to a lesser extent, an owner-occupied building used for business purposes. The CRE loans in our
portfolio are typically secured by either office buildings, retail shopping centers, light industrial centers with multiple tenants,
or mixed-use properties.
COST OF FUNDS
The interest expense associated with interest-bearing liabilities, typically expressed as a ratio of interest expense to the
average balance of interest-bearing liabilities for a given period.
CRE CONCENTRATION RATIO
Refers to the sum of multi-family, non-owner occupied CRE, and acquisition, development, and construction (“ADC”)
loans divided by total risk-based capital.
DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIO
An indication of a borrower’s ability to repay a loan, the DSCR generally measures the cash flows available to a borrower
over the course of a year as a percentage of the annual interest and principal payments owed during that time.
DERIVATIVE
A term used to define a broad base of financial instruments, including swaps, options, and futures contracts, whose value
is based upon, or derived from, an underlying rate, price, or index (such as interest rates, foreign currency, commodities, or
prices of other financial instruments such as stocks or bonds).
EFFICIENCY RATIO
Measures total operating expenses as a percentage of the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
6
GOODWILL
Refers to the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of an acquired company’s assets, net of the
liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reflected as an asset on the balance sheet and is tested at least annually for impairment or when
triggering events are identified.
GOVERNMENT-SPONSORED ENTERPRISES
Refers to a group of financial services corporations that were created by the United States Congress to enhance the
availability, and reduce the cost of, credit to certain targeted borrowing sectors, including home finance. The GSEs include, but
are not limited to, the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
(“Freddie Mac”), and the Federal Home Loan Banks (the “FHLBs”).
GSE OBLIGATIONS
Refers to GSE mortgage-related securities (both certificates and collateralized mortgage obligations) and GSE
debentures.
INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY
Refers to the likelihood that the interest earned on assets and the interest paid on liabilities will change as a result of
fluctuations in market interest rates.
INTEREST RATE SPREAD
The difference between the yield earned on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing
liabilities.
LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIO
Measures the balance of a loan as a percentage of the appraised value of the underlying property.
MULTI-FAMILY LOAN
A mortgage loan secured by a rental or cooperative apartment building with more than four units.
NET INTEREST INCOME
The difference between the interest income generated by loans and securities and the interest expense produced by
deposits and borrowed funds.
NET INTEREST MARGIN
Measures net interest income as a percentage of average interest-earning assets.
NON-ACCRUAL LOAN
A loan generally is classified as a “non-accrual” loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemed to be
impaired because we no longer expect to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.
When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, we cease the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is reversed
and charged against interest income. A loan generally is returned to accrual status when the loan is current and we have
reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible.
NON-PERFORMING LOANS AND ASSETS
Non-performing loans consist of non-accrual loans and loans that are 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest.
Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans, OREO and other repossessed assets.
7
OREO AND OTHER REPOSSESSED ASSETS
Includes real estate owned by the Company which was acquired either through foreclosure or default. Repossessed assets
are similar, except they are not real estate-related assets.
RENT-REGULATED APARTMENTS
In New York City, where the vast majority of the properties securing our multi-family loans are located, the amount of
rent that tenants may be charged on the apartments in certain buildings is restricted under rent-stabilization laws. Rent-
stabilized apartments are generally located in buildings with six or more units that were built between February 1947 and
January 1974. Rent-regulated apartments tend to be more affordable to live in because of the applicable regulations, and
buildings with a preponderance of such rent-regulated apartments are therefore less likely to experience vacancies in times of
economic adversity.
TROUBLED DEBT MODIFICATION
A loan for which the terms have been modified resulting in a concession, and for which the borrower is experiencing
financial difficulties.
WHOLESALE BORROWINGS
Refers to advances drawn by the Bank against its line(s) of credit with the FHLBs, their repurchase agreements with the
FHLBs and various brokerage firms, and federal funds purchased.
YIELD
The interest income associated with interest-earning assets, typically expressed as a ratio of interest income to the average
balance of interest-earning assets for a given period.
8
For the purpose of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the words “we,” “us,” “our,” and the “Company” are used to
refer to New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and our consolidated subsidiary, Flagstar Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”).
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING LANGUAGE
This report, like many written and oral communications presented by New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and our
authorized officers, may contain certain forward-looking statements regarding our prospective performance and strategies
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended. We intend such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-
looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and are including this statement for
purposes of said safe harbor provisions.
Forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe future plans, strategies, and
expectations of the Company, are generally identified by use of the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,”
“intend,” “plan,” “project,” “seek,” “strive,” “try,” or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,”
“may,” or similar expressions. Although we believe that our plans, intentions, and expectations as reflected in these forward-
looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that they will be achieved or realized.
Our ability to predict results or the actual effects of our plans and strategies is inherently uncertain. Accordingly, actual
results, performance, or achievements could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed, or implied by the forward-
looking statements contained in this report.
There are a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, that could cause actual conditions, events, or
results to differ significantly from those described in our forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited
to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
general economic conditions, including higher inflation and its impacts, either nationally or in some or all of the areas
in which we and our customers conduct our respective businesses;
conditions in the securities markets and real estate markets or the banking industry;
changes in real estate values, which could impact the quality of the assets securing the loans in our portfolio;
changes in interest rates, which may affect our net income, prepayment penalty income, and other future cash flows, or
the market value of our assets, including our investment securities;
changes in the quality or composition of our loan or securities portfolios;
changes in our capital management policies, including those regarding business combinations, dividends, and share
repurchases, among others;
heightened regulatory focus on commercial real estate and on commercial real estate loan concentrations;
changes in competitive pressures among financial institutions or from non-financial institutions;
changes in deposit flows and wholesale borrowing facilities;
changes in the demand for deposit, loan, and investment products and other financial services in the markets we serve;
our timely development of new lines of business and competitive products or services in a changing environment, and
the acceptance of such products or services by our customers;
our ability to obtain timely stockholder and regulatory approvals of any merger transactions, capital raise transactions,
corporate restructurings or other significant transactions we may propose;
our ability to successfully integrate any assets, liabilities, customers, systems, and management personnel we may
acquire into our operations, and our ability to realize related synergies and cost savings within expected time frames,
including those related to our recent acquisition of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and the purchase and assumption of certain
assets and liabilities of Signature Bridge Bank;
changes in the estimated fair value of the assets or final settlement with the FDIC that we recorded in connection with
the purchase, assumption and ongoing servicing of certain assets and liabilities of Signature Bridge Bank;
potential exposure to unknown or contingent liabilities of companies we have acquired, may acquire, or target for
acquisition, including our recent acquisition of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and the purchase and assumption of certain
assets and liabilities of Signature Bridge Bank;
the ability to invest effectively in new information technology systems and platforms;
the more stringent regulatory framework and prudential standards we are subject to, including with respect to
reporting, capital stress testing, and liquidity risk management, as a result of our transition to a Category IV banking
organization, and the expenses we will incur to develop policies, programs, and systems that comply with these
enhanced standards;
changes in future allowance for credit losses requirements under relevant accounting and regulatory requirements;
9
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
the ability to pay future dividends, including as a result of the failure to receive any required regulatory approval to pay
a dividend, or for any other reasons;
the ability to hire and retain key personnel and qualified members of our board of directors;
the ability to attract new customers and retain existing ones in the manner anticipated;
changes in our customer base or in the financial or operating performances of our customers’ businesses;
any interruption in customer service due to circumstances beyond our control;
the outcome of pending or threatened litigation, or of investigations or any other matters before regulatory agencies,
whether currently existing or commencing in the future, including with respect to any litigation, investigation or other
regulatory actions related to (i) the business practices of acquired companies, including our recent acquisition of
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. and the purchase and assumption of certain assets and liabilities of Signature Bridge Bank and
(ii) the capital raise transaction we completed in March of 2024;
environmental conditions that exist or may exist on properties owned by, leased by, or mortgaged to the Company;
cybersecurity incidents, including any interruption or breach of security resulting in failures or disruptions in customer
account management, general ledger, deposit, loan, or other systems managed either by us or third parties;
operational issues stemming from, and/or capital spending necessitated by, the potential need to adapt to industry
changes in information technology systems, on which we are highly dependent;
the ability to keep pace with, and implement on a timely basis, technological changes;
changes in legislation, regulation, policies, guidance, or administrative practices, whether by judicial, governmental, or
legislative action, and other changes pertaining to banking, securities, taxation, rent regulation and housing (the New
York Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act of 2019), financial accounting and reporting, environmental
protection, insurance, and the ability to comply with such changes in a timely manner;
changes in the monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Department of the
Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;
changes in accounting principles, policies, practices, and guidelines;
changes in regulatory expectations relating to predictive models we use in connection with stress testing and other
forecasting or in the assumptions on which such modeling and forecasting are predicated;
changes to federal, state, and local income tax laws;
changes in our credit ratings or in our ability to access the capital markets;
increases in our FDIC insurance premium;
legislative and regulatory initiatives related to climate change;
the potential impact to the Company from climate change, including higher regulatory compliance, increased expenses,
operational changes, and reputational risks;
unforeseen or catastrophic events including natural disasters, war, terrorist activities, and pandemics, epidemics, and
other health emergencies;
the impacts related to or resulting from Russia’s military action in Ukraine and conflicts in the Middle East, including
the broader impacts to financial markets and the global macroeconomic and geopolitical environment; and
other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, technological, and geopolitical factors affecting our
operations, pricing, and services.
In addition, the timing and occurrence or non-occurrence of events may be subject to circumstances beyond our control.
Furthermore, on an ongoing basis, we evaluate opportunities to expand through mergers and acquisitions and
opportunities for strategic combinations with other banking organizations. Our evaluation of such opportunities involves
discussions with other parties, due diligence, and negotiations. As a result, we may decide to enter into definitive arrangements
regarding such opportunities at any time.
In addition to the risks and challenges described above, these types of transactions involve a number of other risks and
challenges, including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
the ability to successfully integrate branches and operations and to implement appropriate internal controls and
regulatory functions relating to such activities;
the ability to limit the outflow of deposits, and to successfully retain and manage any loans;
the ability to attract new deposits, and to generate new interest-earning assets, in geographic areas that have not been
previously served;
our ability to effectively manage liquidity, including our success in deploying any liquidity arising from a transaction
into assets bearing sufficiently high yields without incurring unacceptable credit or interest rate risk;
the ability to obtain cost savings and control incremental non-interest expense;
the ability to retain and attract appropriate personnel;
10
•
•
•
•
the ability to generate acceptable levels of net interest income and non-interest income, including fee income, from
acquired operations;
the diversion of management’s attention from existing operations;
the ability to address an increase in working capital requirements; and
limitations on the ability to successfully reposition our post-merger balance sheet when deemed appropriate.
See Part I, Item 1A, "Risk Factors", in this annual report and in our other SEC filings for a further discussion of important
risk factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements.
Readers should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our expectations only as of
the date of this report. We do not assume any obligation to revise or update these forward-looking statements except as may be
required by law.
11
Item 1.
Business
General
PART I
New York Community Bancorp, Inc., (on a stand-alone basis, the “Parent Company” or, collectively with its subsidiaries,
the “Company”) is the bank holding company for Flagstar Bank, N.A. (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”). The Company
went public in 1993 and has grown organically and through a series of accretive mergers and acquisitions. Effective as of
December 1, 2022, in connection with the Parent Company’s acquisition of Flagstar Bancorp, (i) Flagstar Bank, FSB converted
to a national bank to be known as “Flagstar Bank, N.A.” and (ii) New York Community Bank was merged with and into
Flagstar Bank N.A., with Flagstar Bank N.A. continuing as the surviving entity.
New York Community Bancorp, Inc. has market-leading positions in several national businesses, including multi-family
lending, mortgage originations and servicing, and warehouse lending. The Company is the 2nd largest multi-family portfolio
lender in the country and the leading multi-family portfolio lender in the New York City market area, where it specializes in
rent-regulated, non-luxury apartment buildings. Flagstar Mortgage is the 7th largest bank originator of residential mortgages for
the 12-months ended December 31, 2023, while we are the industry’s 5th largest sub-servicer of mortgage loans nationwide,
servicing 1.4 million accounts with $382.2 billion in unpaid principal balances as of December 31, 2023. Additionally, the
Company is the 2nd largest mortgage warehouse lender nationally based on total commitments.
Online Information about the Company and the Bank
We serve our customers through our website: www.flagstar.com. In addition to providing our customers with 24-hour
access to their accounts, and information regarding our products and services, hours of service, and locations, the website
provides extensive information about the Company for the investment community. Earnings releases, dividend announcements,
and other press releases are posted upon issuance to the Investor Relations portion of the website, which can be found at
www.ir.myNYCB.com.
In addition, our filings with the SEC (including our annual report on Form 10-K; our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q; and
our current reports on Form 8-K), and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are available without charge, and are posted to the Investor Relations portion of our
website. The website also provides information regarding our Board of Directors and management team, as well as certain
Board Committee charters and our corporate governance policies. The content of our website shall not be deemed to be
incorporated by reference into this Annual Report.
Our Market
Flagstar Bank, N.A. operates 420 branches including strong footholds in the Northeast and Midwest and exposure to high
growth markets in the Southeast and West Coast. Flagstar Mortgage operates nationally through a wholesale network of
approximately 3,000 third-party mortgage originators. In addition, the Bank has 134 private banking teams located in over 10
cities in the metropolitan New York City region and on the West Coast, which serve the needs of high-net worth individuals
and their businesses.
The market for the loans we produce varies, depending on the type of loan. For example, the vast majority of our multi-
family loans are collateralized by rental apartment buildings in New York City, while the majority of the properties
collateralizing our CRE and ADC loans are located in the Northeast and Midwest. Our specialty finance loans and leases are
generally made to large corporate obligors that participate in stable industries nationwide and our warehouse loans are made to
mortgage lenders across the country.
Competition for Deposits
We compete for deposits and customers by placing an emphasis on convenience and service and, from time to time, by
offering specific products at competitive rates. In addition to our 420 branches, we have 385 ATM locations that operate 24
hours a day. Our customers also have 24-hour access to their accounts through our mobile banking app, online through our
website, www.flagstar.com, or through our bank-by-phone service. We also offer certain money market accounts, certificates of
deposit and checking accounts through a dedicated website: www.myBankingDirect.com.
12
In addition to checking and savings accounts, retirement accounts, and CDs for both businesses and consumers, we offer
a suite of cash management products to address the needs of small and mid-size businesses and professional associations. We
also compete by complementing our broad selection of traditional banking products with an extensive menu of non-deposit
investment products and insurance through a relationship with a third-party broker dealer and insurance agency.
Our ability to attract and retain deposits is not only a function of short-term interest rates and industry consolidation, but
also the competitiveness of the rates being offered by other financial institutions within our marketplace, including credit
unions, online banks, and brokerage firms. Additionally, financial technology companies, also referred to as FinTechs, are
providing nontraditional, but increasingly strong competition for deposits and customers.
Competition for deposits is also influenced by several internal factors, including the opportunity to assume or acquire
deposits through business combinations; the cash flows produced through loan and securities repayments and sales; and the
availability of attractively priced wholesale funds. In addition, the degree to which we seek to compete for deposits is
influenced by the liquidity needed to fund our loan production and other outstanding commitments.
Competition for Commercial and Consumer Loans and Servicing
Our success as a lender is substantially tied to the economic health of the markets where we lend. Local economic
conditions have a significant impact on loan demand, the value of the collateral securing our credits, and the ability of our
borrowers to repay their loans.
The competition we face for loans also varies with the type of loan we are originating. In New York City, where the
majority of the buildings collateralizing our multi-family loans are located, we compete for such loans on the basis of timely
service and the expertise that stems from being a specialist in this lending niche. In addition to the money center, regional, and
local banks we compete with in this market, we compete with insurance companies and other types of lenders. Certain of the
banks we compete with sell the loans they produce to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
Our ability to compete for CRE loans depends on the same factors that impact our ability to compete for multi-family
credits, and the degree to which other CRE lenders choose to offer loan products similar to ours.
Competition for our specialty finance loans, which consist primarily of asset-based, equipment financing, and dealer floor
plan loans, is driven by a variety of factors, including prevailing economic conditions and the level of interest rates. Moreover,
since a majority of our customers in this category are mid-to-large size publicly traded companies, we also face competition for
financing from the capital markets. In addition, the majority of specialty finance loans that we originate are sourced from larger
financial institutions who have many customers for these loans. Some of these customers are larger and have more capital and
liquidity than the Company.
From a lending perspective, we compete with many institutions including commercial banks, national mortgage lenders,
local savings banks, financial technology companies, credit unions and commercial lenders offering mortgage loans and other
consumer loans.
In servicing, we compete primarily against non-bank servicers. The subservicing market in which we operate is also
highly competitive and we face competition related to subservicing pricing and service delivery. We compete by offering
quality servicing, a robust risk and compliance infrastructure and a model where our mortgage business allows for recapture
services to replenish loans for subservicing clients.
Monetary Policy
The Company and the Bank are affected by fiscal and monetary policies of the federal government, including those of the
FRB which regulates the national money supply in order to mitigate recessionary and inflationary pressures. Among the
techniques available to the FRB are engaging in open market transactions of U.S. Government securities, changing the discount
rate and changing reserve requirements against bank deposits. These techniques are used in varying combinations to influence
the overall growth of bank loans, investments, and deposits. Their use may also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid
on deposits. The effect of government policies on the earnings of the Company and the Bank cannot be predicted.
13
Environmental Issues
We encounter certain environmental risks in our lending activities and other operations. The existence of hazardous
materials may make it unattractive for a lender to foreclose on the properties securing its loans. In addition, under certain
conditions, lenders may become liable for the costs of cleaning up hazardous materials found on such properties. We attempt to
mitigate such environmental risks by requiring either that a borrower purchase environmental insurance or that an appropriate
environmental site assessment be completed as part of our underwriting review on the initial granting of CRE and ADC loans,
regardless of location, and of any out-of-state multi-family loans we may produce. Depending on the results of an assessment,
appropriate measures are taken to address the identified risks. In addition, we order an updated environmental analysis prior to
foreclosing on such properties, and typically hold foreclosed multi-family, CRE, and ADC properties in subsidiaries.
Our attention to environmental risks also applies to the properties and facilities that house our bank operations. Prior to
acquiring a large-scale property, a Phase 1 Environmental Property Assessment is typically performed by a licensed
professional engineer to determine the integrity of, and/or the potential risk associated with, the facility and the property on
which it is built. Properties and facilities of a smaller scale are evaluated by qualified in-house assessors, as well as by industry
experts in environmental testing and remediation. This two-pronged approach identifies potential risks associated with asbestos-
containing material, above and underground storage tanks, radon, electrical transformers (which may contain PCBs), ground
water flow, storm and sanitary discharge, and mold, among other environmental risks. These processes assist us in mitigating
environmental risk by enabling us to identify and address potential issues, including by avoiding taking ownership or control of
contaminated properties.
Subsidiary Activities
We conduct business primarily through our wholly-owned bank subsidiary, Flagstar Bank, N.A. The Bank has formed, or
acquired through merger transactions, 39 active subsidiaries. Of these, 26 are direct subsidiaries of the Bank and 13 are
subsidiaries of Bank-owned entities. The Parent Company also has four direct subsidiaries (including Flagstar Bank, N.A).
NYB Realty Holding Company, LLC, a subsidiary of the Bank, owns interests in 10 additional active entities organized as
indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries to own interests in various real estate properties.
The Parent Company owns special business trusts that were formed for the purpose of issuing capital and common
securities and investing the proceeds thereof in the junior subordinated debentures issued by the Company. See Note 12 -
Borrowed Funds, in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for a further discussion of the Company’s special
business trusts. The Parent Company also has one non-banking subsidiary that was established in connection with the
acquisition of Atlantic Bank of New York and two non-banking insurance subsidiaries that were acquired in connection with
the Flagstar acquisition.
Human Capital Management
At December 31, 2023, our workforce included 8,766 employees. None of our employees are represented by a collective
bargaining agreement and we believe our employee relations to be in good standing.
We believe our employees are among our most significant resources and that our employees are critical to our continued
success. We focus significant attention on attracting and retaining talented and experienced individuals to manage and support
our operations. We pay our employees competitively and offer a broad range of benefits, both of which we believe are
competitive with our industry peers and with other firms in the locations in which we do business. Our employees receive
salaries that are subject to annual review and periodic benchmarking. Our benefits program includes a 401(k) Plan with an
employer matching contribution, healthcare and other insurance benefits, flexible spending accounts and paid time off. Many
of our employees are also eligible to participate in the Company’s equity award program and the Company's annual incentive
program.
We are proud to strive to maintain a diverse and inclusive workforce that reflects the demographics of the communities in
which we do business. Our company recognizes that the talents of a diverse workforce are a key competitive advantage. To
increase diversity within our talent pool, we work with key stakeholders in our business locations to deepen our understanding
of the local labor market and better position the organization to recruit and retain talent within under-represented communities.
We strive to create and foster a supportive environment for all of our employees, and we are proud to share our business
success with individuals whose cultural and personal differences support an innovative and productive workplace.
Approximately two-thirds of our workforce is female and nearly half of our workforce have diverse ethnic backgrounds. Our
policies and practices reflect our commitment to diversity and inclusion in the workplace.
14
A diverse workforce is critical to our long-term success. We strive to build and leverage a diverse, inclusive and engaged
workforce that inspires all individuals to work together towards a common goal of superior business results by embracing the
unique needs and objectives of our customers and community. We strive to achieve this by hiring great people who represent
the talents, experiences, background and diversity of the communities we serve. Our commitment is reflected in the policies that
govern our workforce, such as our Diversity Pledge and our Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Policy, and is evidenced in our
recruiting strategies, diversity and inclusion training and Employee resource groups, which are key to our efforts. Our
Employee resource groups provide our associates access to coaching, mentoring and professional development. As of
December 31, 2023, our efforts have been focused on the following eleven employee resource groups which we intend to
expand across our recently combined Company: African American, Asian-Indian, Environmental, Hispanic/Latino, Interfaith,
LGBTQ, Military Veterans, Native American, People with Disabilities, Women and Young Professionals.
Our management teams and all of our employees are expected to exhibit and promote honest, ethical and respectful
conduct in the workplace. All of our employees must adhere to a code of conduct that sets standards for appropriate behavior
and all employees are required to complete annual training that focuses on preventing, identifying, reporting and stopping any
type of unlawful discrimination.
Federal, State, and Local Taxation
The Company is subject to federal, state, and local income taxes. See the discussion of "Income Taxes" in Note 2 -
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Regulation and Supervision
The following is a brief summary of certain statutes and regulations that significantly affect the Company and its
subsidiaries. A number of other statutes and regulations may affect the Company and the Bank but are not discussed in the
following paragraphs.
General
The Bank is a national banking association, subject to federal regulation and oversight by the OCC. The activities of the
Bank are limited to those specifically authorized under the National Bank Act and related interpretations of the OCC. The OCC
has authority to bring an enforcement action against the Bank for unsafe or unsound banking practices, which could include
limiting the Bank’s ability to conduct otherwise permissible activities, or imposing corrective capital or managerial
requirements on the bank. We are also subject to regulation and examination by the FDIC, which insures the deposits of the
Bank to the extent permitted by law and the requirements established by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is also subject to the
supervision of the CFPB, which regulates the offering and provision of consumer financial products or services under federal
consumer financial laws. The OCC, FDIC and the CFPB may take regulatory enforcement actions if we do not operate in
accordance with applicable regulations, policies and directives. Proceedings may be instituted against us, or any "institution-
affiliated party", such as a director, officer, employee, agent or controlling person, who engages in unsafe and unsound
practices, including violations of applicable laws and regulations. The FDIC has additional authority to terminate insurance of
accounts, if after notice and hearing, we are found to have engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, including violations of
applicable laws and regulations. The federal system of regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of
activities in which to operate and is primarily intended for the protection of depositors and the FDIC's DIF rather than our
shareholders.
As a bank holding company, we are required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve. We are
required to file certain reports, and we are subject to examination by, and the enforcement authority of, the Federal Reserve.
Under the federal securities laws, we are also subject to the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Any change to laws and regulations, whether by the Regulatory Agencies or Congress, could have a materially adverse
impact on our operations.
15
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
Enacted in July 2010, the DFA significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and will continue to affect, into the
immediate future, the lending and investment activities and general operations of depository institutions and their holding
companies. The DFA is complex and comprehensive legislation that impacts practically all aspects of a banking organization,
and represents a significant overhaul of many aspects of the regulation of the financial services industry.
The New York Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act of 2019
In 2019, the New York State Legislature passed the Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act of 2019 impacting about
one million rent-regulated apartment units. Among other things, the new legislation: (i) curtails rent increases from material
capital improvements and Individual Apartment Improvements; (ii) all but eliminates the ability for apartments to exit rent
regulation; (iii) does away with vacancy decontrol and high income deregulation; and (iv) repealed the 20 percent vacancy
bonus. While it will take several years for its full impact to be known, the legislation generally limits a landlord’s ability to
increase rents on rent-regulated apartments and makes it more difficult to convert rent regulated apartments to market rent
apartments.
Capital Requirements
In 2013, the FRB and the FDIC approved revisions to their capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action rules
to implement the revised standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, commonly called Basel III, and to address
relevant provisions of the DFA. Basel III generally refers to two consultative documents released by the Basel Committee on
Banking Supervision in December 2009. The Basel III rules generally refer to the rules adopted by U.S. banking regulators in
December 2010 to align U.S. bank capital requirements with Basel III and with the related loss absorbency rules they issued in
January 2011, which include significant changes to bank capital, leverage, and liquidity requirements.
The Basel III rules include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which became effective January 1, 2015, and
revised the definition of what constitutes “capital” for the purposes of calculating those ratios. Under Basel III, the Company
and the Bank are required to maintain minimum capital in accordance with the following ratios: (i) a common equity tier 1
capital ratio of 4.5 percent; (ii) a tier 1 capital ratio of 6 percent (increased from 4 percent); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8 percent
(unchanged from the prior rules); and (iv) a tier 1 leverage ratio of 4 percent.
In addition, the Basel III rules assign higher risk weights to certain assets, such as the 150 percent risk weighting assigned
to exposures that are more than 90 days past due or are on non-accrual status, and to certain CRE facilities that finance the
acquisition, development, or construction of real property. Basel III also eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments, such as
trust preferred securities, from tier 1 capital. In addition, tier 2 capital is no longer limited to the amount of tier 1 capital
included in total capital. Mortgage servicing rights, certain deferred tax assets, and investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries
over designated percentages of common stock are required, subject to limitation, to be deducted from capital. Finally, tier 1
capital includes accumulated other comprehensive income, which includes all unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale
securities.
Basel III also established a “capital conservation buffer” (consisting entirely of common equity tier 1 capital) that is 2.5
percent above the new regulatory minimum capital requirements. This resulted in an increase in the minimum common equity
tier 1, tier 1, and total capital ratios to 7.0 percent, 8.5 percent, and 10.5 percent, respectively. The capital conservation buffer is
now at its fully phased-in level of 2.5 percent. An institution can be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in
share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital levels fall below these amounts. Basel III also establish a
maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such capital distributions.
On September 17, 2019, the FRB, the FDIC, and the OCC issued a final rule designed to reduce regulatory burden by
simplifying several requirements in the agencies’ regulatory capital rule. Most aspects of the rule apply only to banking
organizations that are not subject to the “advanced approaches” in the capital rule, which are generally firms with less than
$250.0 billion in total consolidated assets and less than $10.0 billion in total foreign exposure. The rule simplifies and clarifies a
number of the more complex aspects of the existing capital rule. Specifically, the rule simplifies the capital treatment for certain
mortgage servicing assets, certain deferred tax assets, investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial
institutions, and minority interests.
16
Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) requires, among other things, that
federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to institutions that do not meet minimum capital
requirements. For such purposes, the law establishes five capital tiers: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized,
significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. The five capital tiers are described in more detail below. Under
the prompt corrective action regulations, an institution that fails to remain “well capitalized” becomes subject to a series of
restrictions that increase in severity as its capital condition weakens. Such restrictions may include a prohibition on capital
distributions, restrictions on asset growth, or restrictions on the ability to receive regulatory approval of applications. The
FDICIA also provides for enhanced supervision authority over undercapitalized institutions, including authority for the
appointment of a conservator or receiver for the institution.
As a result of the Basel III rules, new definitions of the relevant measures for the five capital categories took effect on
January 1, 2015. An institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10 percent or
greater, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent or greater, a common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5 percent or
greater, and a tier 1 leverage ratio of 5 percent or greater, and is not subject to a regulatory order, agreement, or directive to
meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure.
An institution is deemed to be “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8 percent or greater, a
tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6 percent or greater, a common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5 percent or greater,
and a tier 1 leverage ratio of 4 percent or greater.
An institution is deemed to be “undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8 percent, a tier 1
risk-based capital ratio of less than 6 percent, a common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4.5 percent, or a tier 1
leverage ratio of less than 4 percent. An institution is deemed to be “significantly undercapitalized” if it has a total risk-based
capital ratio of less than 6 percent, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 4 percent, a common equity tier 1 risk-based
capital ratio of less than 3 percent, or a tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 3 percent. An institution is deemed to be “critically
undercapitalized” if it has a ratio of tangible equity (as defined in the regulations) to total assets that is equal to or less than 2
percent.
“Undercapitalized” institutions are subject to growth, capital distribution (including dividend), and other limitations, and
are required to submit a capital restoration plan. An institution’s compliance with such a plan is required to be guaranteed by
any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5 percent of the bank’s total assets
when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized. If an undercapitalized
institution fails to submit an acceptable plan, it is treated as if it is “significantly undercapitalized.” Significantly
undercapitalized institutions are subject to one or more additional restrictions including, but not limited to, an order by the
FDIC to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized; requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of
deposits from correspondent banks, or dismiss directors or officers; and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits,
compensation of executive officers, and capital distributions by the parent holding company.
Beginning 60 days after becoming “critically undercapitalized,” critically undercapitalized institutions also may not make
any payment of principal or interest on certain subordinated debt, extend credit for a highly leveraged transaction, or enter into
any material transaction outside the ordinary course of business. In addition, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a
receiver is required for a critically undercapitalized institution within 270 days after it obtains such status.
Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary,
actions by regulators that could have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. For additional information, see
the Capital section of the MD&A and Note 17 - Capital. As of December 31, 2023, each of the Bank’s capital ratios exceeded
those required for an institution to be considered “well capitalized” under these regulations.
Enhanced Stress Testing and Prudential Standards
As a result of the Signature transaction, our total assets exceeded $100 billion and therefore we became classified as a
Category IV banking organization under the rules issued by the federal banking agencies that tailor the application of enhanced
prudential standards to large bank holding companies and the capital and liquidity rules to large bank holding companies and
depository institutions under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act.
As a Category IV banking organization, we are subject to enhanced liquidity risk management requirements which include
17
reporting, liquidity stress testing, a liquidity buffer and resolution planning, subject to the applicable transition periods. If we
were to meet or exceed certain other thresholds for asset size, we would become subject to additional requirements.
As a Category IV banking organization, we are subject to risk committee and risk management requirements, as well as
capital planning, liquidity risk management, liquidity buffer and liquidity stress testing requirements.
Stress Testing for Category IV U.S. Banking Organizations
In 2019, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Board”) finalized a framework that sorts large
banking organizations into one of four categories of prudential standards based on their risk profiles (the “tailoring rule”). The
most stringent prudential standards apply under Category I (defined as U.S. Global Systemically Important Banks and their
depository institution subsidiaries), and the least stringent prudential standards apply under Category IV (defined as U.S.
banking organizations with $100.0 billion or more but less than $250.0 billion in total assets and have less than $75.0 billion in
cross-jurisdictional activity, weighted short-term wholesale funding, nonbank assets, or off-balance sheet exposure).
In January 2021, the Board finalized a rule to update capital planning requirements for large banks to be consistent with
the tailoring rule. The Board's capital planning requirements for large banks help ensure they plan for and determine their
capital needs under a range of different scenarios. The rule removes the company-run stress test requirement for banking
organizations subject to Category IV standards. Therefore, banking organizations subject to Category IV standards are not
required to calculate forward-looking projections of capital under scenarios provided by the Board.
The rule also aligns the frequency of the calculation of the stress capital buffer requirement with the frequency of the
supervisory stress test (with both occurring every other year for banking organizations subject to Category IV standards). The
rule allows a banking organization subject to Category IV standards to elect to participate in the supervisory stress test in a year
in which the banking organization would not otherwise be subject to the supervisory stress test, and to receive an updated stress
capital buffer requirement in that year.
Standards for Safety and Soundness
Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe, for the depository institutions under its jurisdiction,
standards that relate to, among other things, internal controls; information and audit systems; loan documentation; credit
underwriting; the monitoring of interest rate risk; asset growth; compensation; fees and benefits; and such other operational and
managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. The federal banking agencies adopted final regulations and Interagency
Guidelines Establishing Standards for Safety and Soundness (the “Guidelines”) to implement these safety and soundness
standards. The Guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and
address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the appropriate federal banking agency
determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the Guidelines, the agency may require the institution to
provide it with an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard, as required by the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as
amended, (the “FDI Act”).
FDIC, OCC, and FRB Regulations
The discussion that follows pertains to FDIC, OCC, and FRB regulations other than those already discussed on the
preceding pages.
Additional Regulations
The following pertains to regulations other than those already discussed on the preceding pages.
Real Estate Lending Standards
The FDIC and the other federal banking agencies have adopted regulations that prescribe standards for extensions of
credit that (i) are secured by real estate, or (ii) are made for the purpose of financing construction or improvements on real
estate. The FDIC regulations require each institution to establish and maintain written internal real estate lending standards that
are consistent with safe and sound banking practices, and appropriate to the size of the institution and the nature and scope of its
real estate lending activities. The standards also must be consistent with accompanying FDIC Guidelines, which include loan-
to-value limitations for the different types of real estate loans. Institutions are also permitted to make a limited amount of loans
that do not conform to the proposed loan-to-value limitations as long as such exceptions are reviewed and justified
18
appropriately. The FDIC Guidelines also list a number of lending situations in which exceptions to the loan-to-value standards
are justified.
The FDIC, the OCC, and the FRB (collectively, the “Federal Banking Agencies”) also have issued joint guidance entitled
“Concentrations in Commercial Real Estate Lending, Sound Risk Management Practices” (the “CRE Guidance”). The CRE
Guidance, which addresses land development, construction, and certain multi-family loans, as well as CRE loans, does not
establish specific lending limits but, rather, reinforces and enhances the Federal Banking Agencies’ existing regulations and
guidelines for such lending and portfolio management. Specifically, the CRE Guidance provides that a bank has a concentration
in CRE lending if (1) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100 percent or more of
total risk-based capital; or (2) total reported loans secured by multi-family properties, non-farm non-residential properties
(excluding those that are owner-occupied), and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300 percent
or more of total risk-based capital. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management
practices that address key elements, including board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management,
development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing, and
maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of CRE lending.
On December 13, 2019, the Federal Banking Agencies issued a final rule, which became effective on April 1, 2020, to
modify the agencies’ capital rules for high volatility CRE (“HVCRE”) exposures, as required by the EGRRCPA. The final rule
revises the definition of HVCRE exposure to make it consistent with the statutory definition of the term included in Section 214
of the EGRRCPA, which excludes any loan made before January 1, 2015. The revised HVCRE exposure definition differs from
the previous definition primarily in two ways. First, the previous definition applied to loans that financed ADC activities,
whereas the new definition only applies to loans that “primarily” finance ADC activities and that are secured by land or
improved real estate. This change excludes multipurpose credit facilities that primarily finance the purchase of equipment or
other non-ADC activities. Second, the new definition permits the full appraised value of borrower-contributed land (less the
total amount of any liens on the real property securing the HVCRE exposure) to count toward the 15 percent capital
contribution of the real property’s appraised “as completed” value, which is one of the criteria for an exemption from the
heightened risk weight. The final rule includes a grandfathering provision, which provides banking organizations with the
option to maintain their current capital treatment for ADC loans originated on or after January 1, 2015, and before April 1,
2020. Banking organizations also will have the option to reevaluate any or all of their ADC loans originated on or after January
1, 2015, using the revised HVCRE exposure definition.
Dividend Limitations
The Parent Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. In addition to
operating expenses and any share repurchases, the Parent Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to the
Company’s shareholders. As a Delaware corporation, the Parent Company is able to pay dividends either from surplus or, in
case there is no surplus, from net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.
Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the Company’s subsidiary bank can supply funds to the Parent
Company and its non-bank subsidiaries. The Bank would require the approval of the OCC if the dividends it declares in any
calendar year were to exceed the total of its respective net profits for that year combined with its respective retained net profits
for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfer to paid-in capital. The term “net profits” is defined as net
income for a given period less any dividends paid during that period. As a result of our acquisition of Flagstar, we are also
required to seek regulatory approval from the OCC for the payment of any dividend to the Parent Company through at least the
period ending November 1, 2024. In 2023, dividends of $580 million were paid by the Bank to the Parent Company.
Investment Activities
National bank investment activities are governed by the National Bank Act and OCC regulations which, consistent with
safe and sound banking practices, prescribe standards under which national banks may purchase, sell, deal in, underwrite, and
hold securities. The types of investment activities that are permissible for national banks, and the calculation of limits for
investments in such covered securities, are set forth in regulations promulgated by the OCC (12 CFR Part 1), as further
described in the OCC’s Investment Securities Policy Statement (OCC Bulletin 1998-20). A national bank must adhere to safe
and sound banking practices and the specific requirements of the OCC's regulations in conducting such investment activities. A
bank must consider, as appropriate, the interest rate, credit, liquidity, price, foreign exchange, transaction, compliance, strategic,
and reputation risks presented by a proposed activity, and the particular activities undertaken by the bank must be appropriate
for that bank. If the OCC determines for safety and soundness reasons that a bank should calculate its investment limits more
frequently than required by the OCC's Investment Securities regulations, the OCC may provide written notice to the bank
19
directing the bank to calculate its investment limitations at a more frequent interval, and the bank must thereafter calculate its
investment limits at that interval until further notice from the OCC.
The GLBA and FDIC regulations also impose certain quantitative and qualitative restrictions on such activities and on a
bank’s dealings with a subsidiary that engages in specified activities.
Enforcement
The OCC has authority to bring an enforcement action against the Bank for unsafe or unsound banking practices, which
could include limiting the Bank’s ability to conduct otherwise permissible activities, or imposing corrective capital or
managerial requirements on the bank. In addition, the Parent Company is subject to the enforcement authority of the Federal
Reserve. The enforcement authority of these regulatory agencies includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money
penalties, to issue cease and desist orders, and to remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be
initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.
Insurance of Deposit Accounts
The deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits by the DIF. The maximum deposit insurance provided by the
FDIC per account owner is $250,000 for all types of accounts.
Under the FDIC’s risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based
upon supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital level, and certain other factors, with less risky institutions paying lower
assessments based on the assigned risk levels. An institution’s assessment rate depends upon the category to which it is
assigned and certain other factors. Assessment rates range from 1.5 to 40 basis points of the institution’s assessment base,
which is calculated as average total assets minus average tangible equity. No institution may pay a dividend if in default of the
federal deposit insurance assessment. Deposit insurance assessments are based on total average assets, excluding PPP loans,
less average tangible common equity. The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Management cannot predict
what insurance assessments rates will be in the future.
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound
practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order,
or condition imposed by the FDIC. Management does not know of any practice, condition, or violation that would lead to
termination of the deposit insurance for the Bank.
On November 16, 2023, the FDIC published in the Federal Register its final rule that imposes special assessments to
recover the loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund arising from the protection of uninsured depositors in connection with the
systemic risk determination announced on March 12, 2023, following the closures of Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank.
The assessment base for the special assessments is equal to an insured depository institution’s estimated uninsured deposits,
reported as of December 31, 2022, adjusted to exclude the first $5 billion in estimated uninsured deposits from the insured
depository institution, or for insured depository institutions that are part of a holding company with one or more subsidiary
insured depository institutions, at the banking organization level. The final rule calls for the FDIC to collect special assessments
at an annual rate of approximately 13.4 basis points, over eight quarterly assessment periods. Because the estimated loss
pursuant to the systemic risk determination will be periodically adjusted, the FDIC retains the ability to cease collection early,
extend the special assessment collection period one or more quarters beyond the initial eight-quarter collection period to collect
the difference between actual or estimated losses and the amounts collected, and impose a final shortfall special assessment on a
one-time basis after the receiverships for Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank terminate. The final rule set an effective date
of April 1, 2024, with special assessments collected beginning with the first quarterly assessment period of 2024 (i.e., January 1
through March 31, 2024, with an invoice payment date of June 28, 2024).
In February 2024, we received notification from the FDIC that the estimated loss attributable to the protection of
uninsured depositors at Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank is $20.4 billion, an increase of approximately $4.1 billion from
the estimate of $16.3 billion described in the final rule. The FDIC plans to provide institutions subject to the special assessment
an updated estimate of each institution’s quarterly and total special assessment expense with its first quarter 2024 special
assessment invoice, to be released in June 2024. We expect an increase in special assessment expense, which is not expected
to be material, on or around June 2024 based on the FDIC’s modified loss estimate.
20
Holding Company Regulations
Federal Regulation. The Company is currently subject to examination, regulation, and periodic reporting under the
BHCA, as administered by the FRB.
Acquisition, Activities and Change in Control. The Company may only conduct, or acquire control of companies engaged
in activities permissible for a bank holding company pursuant to the BHCA. Further, we generally are required to obtain
Federal Reserve approval before acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank, bank
holding company, savings associations or savings and loan holding company if we would own or control more than 5 percent of
the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities of that entity. Additionally, we are prohibited from acquiring control of a
depository institution that is not federally insured or retaining control for more than one year after the date that institution
becomes uninsured.
We may not be acquired unless the transaction is approved by the Federal Reserve. In addition, the GLBA generally
restricts a company from acquiring us if that company is engaged directly or indirectly in activities that are not permissible for a
bank holding company or financial holding company.
Capital Requirements. The Company and the Bank are currently subject to the regulatory capital framework and
guidelines reached by Basel III as adopted by the OCC and Federal Reserve. The OCC and Federal Reserve have risk-based
capital adequacy guidelines intended to measure capital adequacy with regard to a banking organization’s balance sheet,
including off-balance sheet exposures such as unused portions of loan commitments, letters of credit and recourse
arrangements. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional
discretionary, actions by regulators that could have a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements. For additional
information, see the Capital section of the MD&A and Note 17 -Capital.
Holding Company Limitations on Capital Distributions. Our ability to make any capital distributions to our stockholders,
including dividends and share repurchases, is subject to the oversight of the Federal Reserve and contingent upon their non-
objection to such planned distributions which typically considers our capital adequacy, comprehensiveness and effectiveness of
capital planning and the prudence of the proposed capital action.
Acquisition of the Holding Company
Federal Restrictions
Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act (“CIBCA”), a notice must be submitted to the FRB if any person
(including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire 10 percent or more of the Company’s shares of outstanding
common stock, unless the FRB has found that the acquisition will not result in a change in control of the Company. Under the
CIBCA, the FRB generally has 60 days within which to act on such notices, taking into consideration certain factors, including
the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer; the convenience and needs of the communities served by the Company,
the Bank; and the anti-trust effects of the acquisition. Under the BHCA, any company would be required to obtain approval
from the FRB before it may obtain “control” of the Company within the meaning of the BHCA. Control generally is defined to
mean the ownership or power to vote 25 percent or more of any class of voting securities of the Company, the ability to control
in any manner the election of a majority of the Company’s directors, or the power to exercise a controlling influence over the
management or policies of the Company. Under the BHCA, an existing bank holding company would be required to obtain the
FRB’s approval before acquiring more than 5 percent of the Company’s voting stock. See “Holding Company Regulation”
earlier in this report.
Banking Regulation
Limitation on Capital Distributions. The OCC and FRB regulate all capital distributions made by the Bank, directly or
indirectly, to the holding company, including dividend payments. An application to the OCC by the Bank may be required
based on a number of factors including whether the Bank would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution
or if the total amount of all capital distributions (including each proposed capital distribution) for the applicable calendar year
exceeds net income for that year to date plus the retained net income for the preceding two years. As a result of our acquisition
of Flagstar, we are required to seek regulatory approval from the OCC for the payment of any dividend to the Parent Company
through at least the period ending November 1, 2024, which could restrict our ability to pay the common stock dividend.
21
Transactions with Affiliates
Under current federal law, transactions between depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A
and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the FRB’s Regulation W promulgated thereunder. Generally, Section 23A limits the
extent to which the institution or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal
to 10 percent of the institution’s capital stock and surplus, and contains an aggregate limit on all such transactions with all
affiliates to an amount equal to 20 percent of such capital stock and surplus. Section 23A also establishes specific collateral
requirements for loans or extensions of credit to, or guarantees or acceptances on letters of credit issued on behalf of, an
affiliate. Section 23B requires that covered transactions and a broad list of other specified transactions be on terms substantially
the same as, or at least as favorable to, the institution or its subsidiaries as similar transactions with non-affiliates.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits loans by the Company to its executive officers and directors.
However, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act contains a specific exemption for loans made by an institution to its executive officers and
directors in compliance with other federal banking laws. Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act, and FRB Regulation O
adopted thereunder, govern loans by a bank to directors, executive officers, and principal stockholders.
Community Reinvestment Act
Federal Regulation
Under the CRA, as implemented by OCC regulations, an institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent
with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income
neighborhoods. The CRA generally does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, nor
does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its
particular community, consistent with the CRA. However, institutions are rated on their performance in meeting the needs of
their communities. Performance is tested in three areas: (1) lending, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its
assessment areas; (2) investment, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects,
affordable housing, and programs benefiting low- or moderate-income individuals and businesses; and (3) service, to evaluate
the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices. The CRA requires each federal banking
agency, in connection with its examination of a financial institution, to assess and assign one of four ratings to the institution’s
record of meeting the credit needs of the community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain
applications by the institution, including applications for charters, branches and other deposit facilities, relocations, mergers,
consolidations, acquisitions of assets or assumptions of liabilities, and bank holding company and savings and loan holding
company acquisitions. The CRA also requires that all institutions make public disclosure of their CRA ratings.
On October 24, 2023, the OCC, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve issued a final rule amending the agencies’ CRA
regulations. The final rule (i) encourages banks to expand access to credit, investment and banking services in low- and
moderate-income communities, (ii) adapts to changes in the banking industry, including mobile and online banking, (iii)
provides greater clarity and consistency in the application of CRA regulations and (iv) tailors CRA evaluations and data
collection to bank size and type. Under the final rule, the agencies will evaluate bank performance across the varied activities
they conduct and communities in which they operate so that the CRA continues to be an effective tool to address inequities in
access to credit and financial services. The final rule also updates existing CRA regulations to evaluate lending outside
traditional assessment areas generated by the growth of non-branch delivery systems, such as online and mobile banking,
branchless banking, and hybrid models. In addition, the final rule implements a new metrics-based approach to evaluating bank
retail lending and community development financing, using benchmarks based on peer and demographic data. Most of the
final rule’s requirements will become effective beginning on January 1, 2026 and the remaining requirements, including the
final rule’s data reporting requirements, will become effective on January 1, 2027.
22
Community Pledge Agreement with the National Community Reinvestment Coalition
On January 24, 2022, the Company and the National Community Reinvestment Coalition ("NCRC") announced the
Company's commitment to provide $28.0 billion in loans, investments, and other financial support to communities and people
of color, low- and moderate-income ("LMI") families and communities, and small businesses. The Company's Community
Pledge Agreement was developed with NCRC and its members in conjunction with the Company's merger with Flagstar
Bancorp, Inc. The agreement includes $22.0 billion in community lending and affordable housing commitments and $6.0
billion of residential mortgage originations to underserved and LMI borrowers, and in LMI and majority-minority
neighborhoods over a five-year period. The Company will also provide $542 million in loans to small businesses with less than
$1 million in revenues and in LMI and majority-minority communities; $16.5 million in philanthropic support to nonprofit
organizations that meet the needs of LMI and majority-minority communities and individuals; greater access to banking
products and services; and the continuation of the Company's responsible multi-family lending practices.
Bank Secrecy and Anti-Money Laundering
The Bank is subject to the Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”) and other anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including
the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act,
commonly referred to as the “USA PATRIOT Act” or the “Patriot Act”. The BSA requires all financial institutions to, among
other things, establish a risk-based system of internal controls reasonably designed to prevent money laundering and the
financing of terrorism. The BSA includes various record keeping and reporting requirements such as cash transaction and
suspicious activity reporting as well as due diligence requirements. The Bank is also required to comply with the U.S.
Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign
countries, nationals, individuals, entities and others. The USA PATRIOT Act contains prohibitions against specified financial
transactions and account relationships, as well as enhanced due diligence standards intended to prevent the use of the United
States financial system for money laundering and terrorist financing activities. The Patriot Act requires banks and other
depository institutions, brokers, dealers and certain other businesses involved in the transfer of money to establish anti-money
laundering programs, including employee training and independent audit requirements meeting minimum standards specified
by the Patriot Act, to follow standards for customer identification and maintenance of customer identification records, and to
compare customer lists against lists of suspected terrorists, terrorist organizations and money launderers. The Patriot Act also
requires federal bank regulators to evaluate the effectiveness of an applicant in combating money laundering in determining
whether to approve a proposed bank acquisition.
We have developed and operate an enterprise-wide anti-money laundering program designed to enable us to comply with
all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations. Our anti-money laundering program is
also designed to prevent our products from being used to facilitate business in certain countries or territories, or with certain
individuals or entities, including those on designated lists promulgated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of
Foreign Assets Controls and other U.S. and non-U.S. sanctions authorities. Our anti-money laundering and sanctions
compliance programs include policies, procedures, reporting protocols, and internal controls designed to identify, monitor,
manage, and mitigate the risk of money laundering and terrorist financing. These controls include procedures and processes to
detect and report potentially suspicious transactions, perform consumer due diligence, respond to requests from law
enforcement, and meet all recordkeeping and reporting requirements related to particular transactions involving currency or
monetary instruments. Our programs are designed to address these legal and regulatory requirements and to assist in managing
risk associated with money laundering and terrorist financing.
Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulation
The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, foreign
nationals, and others. These are typically known as the “OFAC” rules, based on their administration by the U.S. Treasury
Department Office of Foreign Assets Control. The OFAC-administered sanctions targeting countries take many different forms.
Generally, however, they contain one or more of the following elements: (i) restrictions on trade with, or investment in, a
sanctioned country, including prohibitions against direct or indirect imports from, and exports to, a sanctioned country and
prohibitions on “U.S. persons” engaging in financial transactions relating to making investments in, or providing investment-
related advice or assistance to, a sanctioned country; and (ii) a blocking of assets in which the government or specially
designated nationals of the sanctioned country have an interest, by prohibiting transfers of property subject to U.S. jurisdiction
(including property in the possession or control of U.S. persons). Blocked assets (e.g., property and bank deposits) cannot be
paid out, withdrawn, set off, or transferred in any manner without a license from OFAC. Failure to comply with these sanctions
could have serious legal and reputational consequences.
23
Data Privacy
Federal and state law contains extensive consumer privacy protection provisions. The GLBA requires financial
institutions to periodically disclose their privacy practices and policies relating to sharing such information and enable retail
customers to opt out of the Company’s ability to share certain information with affiliates and non-affiliates for marketing and/or
non-marketing purposes, or to contact customers with marketing offers. The GLBA also requires financial institutions to
implement a comprehensive information security program that includes administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to
ensure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, and imposes certain limitations on the ability to
share consumers’ nonpublic personal information with non-affiliated third-parties. Privacy requirements, including notice and
opt out requirements, under the GLBA and the FCRA are enforced by the FTC and by the CFPB through UDAAP laws and
regulations, and are a standard component of CFPB examinations. State entities also may initiate actions for alleged violations
of privacy or security requirements under state law.
Furthermore, an increasing number of state, federal, and international jurisdictions have enacted, or are considering
enacting, privacy laws, such as the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which became effective on January 1, 2020,
and the EU General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), which regulates the collection, control, sharing, disclosure and use
and other processing of personal information of data subjects in the EU and the European Economic Area. The CCPA gives
residents of California expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information
sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used, and also provides for civil penalties for
violations and private rights of action for data breaches. Meanwhile, the GDPR provides data subjects with greater control over
the collection and use of their personal information (such as the “right to be forgotten”) and has specific requirements relating
to cross-border transfers of personal information to certain jurisdictions, including to the United States, with fines for
noncompliance of up to the greater of 20 million euros or up to 4 percent of the annual global revenue of the noncompliant
company. In addition, California approved a new privacy law in 2020, the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which
significantly modifies the CCPA, including by expanding consumers’ rights with respect to certain personal information and
creating a new state agency to oversee implementation and enforcement efforts.
Cybersecurity
The Cybersecurity Information Sharing Act (the “CISA”) is intended to improve cybersecurity in the U.S. through
sharing of information about security threats between the U.S. government and private sector organizations, including financial
institutions such as the Company. The CISA also authorizes companies to monitor their own systems, notwithstanding any
other provision of law, and allows companies to carry out defensive measures on their own systems from potential cyber-
attacks.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 was enacted to address, among other things, corporate governance, auditing and
accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are required to certify that our quarterly and
annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the SEC under the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act have several requirements, including having those Officers certify that they are responsible for establishing, maintaining
and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting; that they have made certain
disclosures to our auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors about our internal control over financial
reporting; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have
been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over
financial reporting.
Federal Home Loan Bank System
The Bank is a member of the FHLB-NY and FHLB-Indianapolis. As a member of the FHLB-NY, the Bank is required to
acquire and hold shares of FHLB-NY capital stock. At December 31, 2023 the Bank held $861 million of FHLB-NY stock and
$329 million of FHLB-Indianapolis shares.
24
Federal Securities Law
The Company’s common stock and certain other securities listed on the cover page of this report are registered with the
SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Company is subject to the information
and proxy solicitation requirements, insider trading restrictions, and other requirements under the Exchange Act.
Consumer Protection Regulations
The activities of the Company’s banking subsidiary, including its lending and deposit gathering activities, is subject to a
variety of consumer laws and regulations designed to protect consumers. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure
requirements, and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with clients and monitor account activity when
taking deposits from, making loans to, or engaging in other types of transactions with, such clients. Failure to comply with these
laws and regulations could lead to substantial penalties, operating restrictions, and reputational damage to the financial
institution.
Applicable consumer protection laws, and their implementing regulations, include, but may not be limited to, the DFA,
Truth in Lending Act (Regulation Z), Truth in Savings Act (Regulation DD), Equal Credit Opportunity Act (Regulation B),
Electronic Funds Transfer Act (Regulation E), Fair Housing Act, Home Mortgage Disclosure Act (Regulation C), Fair Debt
Collection Practices Act (Regulation F), Fair Credit Reporting Act (Regulation V), as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit
Transactions Act, Expedited Funds Availability (Regulation CC), Reserve Requirements (Regulation D), Insider Transactions
(Regulation O), Privacy of Consumer Information (Regulation P), Margin Stock Loans (Regulation U), Right To Financial
Privacy Act, Flood Disaster Protection Act, Homeowners Protection Act, Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, Real Estate
Settlement Procedures Act (Regulation X), Telephone Consumer Protection Act, CAN-SPAM Act, Children’s Online Privacy
Protection Act, the Military Lending Act, and the Homeownership Counseling Act. Additionally, we are subject to Section 5 of
the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits unfair and deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce, and
Section 1031 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which prohibits unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices (“UDAAP”) in connection
with any consumer financial product or service.
In addition, the Bank and its subsidiaries are subject to certain state laws and regulations designed to protect consumers.
Many states have consumer protection laws analogous to, or in addition to, the federal laws listed above, such as usury laws,
state debt collection practices laws, and requirements regarding loan disclosures and terms, credit discrimination, credit
reporting, money transmission, recordkeeping, and unfair or deceptive business practices.
Certain states have adopted laws regulating and requiring licensing, registration, notice filing, or other approval for
parties that engage in certain activity regarding consumer finance transactions. Furthermore, certain states and localities have
adopted laws requiring licensing, registration, notice filing, or other approval for consumer debt collection or servicing, and/or
purchasing or selling consumer loans. The licensing statutes vary from state to state and prescribe different requirements,
including but not limited to: restrictions on loan origination and servicing practices (including limits on the type, amount, and
manner of our fees), interest rate limits, disclosure requirements, periodic examination requirements, surety bond and minimum
specified net worth requirements, periodic financial reporting requirements, notification requirements for changes in principal
officers, stock ownership or corporate control, restrictions on advertising, and requirements that loan forms be submitted for
review. We may also be subject to supervision and examination by applicable state regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in
which we may offer consumer financial products or services.
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau
The Bank is subject to oversight by the CFPB within the Federal Reserve System. The CFPB was established under the
DFA to implement and enforce rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct
of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The CFPB has broad rulemaking authority for a wide range of
consumer financial laws that apply to all banks, including, among other things, the authority to prohibit acts and practices that
are deemed to be unfair, deceptive, or abusive. Abusive acts or practices are defined as those that (1) materially interfere with a
consumer’s ability to understand a term or condition of a consumer financial product or service, or (2) take unreasonable
advantage of a consumer’s (a) lack of understanding on the part of the consumer of the material risks, costs, or conditions of the
product or service; (b) the inability of the consumer to protect his/her own interest in selecting or using a financial product or
service; or (c) the reasonable reliance by the consumer on a financial institution to act in the interests of the consumer.
The CFPB has exclusive examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to compliance with federal
consumer financial protection laws and regulations by institutions under its supervision and is authorized, individually or jointly
25
with the federal banking agencies, to conduct investigations to determine whether any person is, or has, engaged in conduct that
violates such laws or regulations. The CFPB has the authority to investigate possible violations of federal consumer financial
law, hold hearings, and commence civil litigation. The CFPB can issue cease-and-desist orders against banks and other entities
that violate consumer financial laws. The CFPB also may institute a civil action against an entity in violation of federal
consumer financial law in order to impose a civil penalty or an injunction.
The CFPB is also authorized to collect fines and provide consumer restitution in the event of violations, engage in
consumer financial education, track consumer complaints, request data and promote the availability of financial services to
underserved consumers and communities. The CFPB is authorized to pursue administrative proceedings or litigation for
violations of federal consumer financial laws. In these proceedings, the CFPB can obtain cease and desist orders (which can
include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief) and monetary penalties
which, for 2023, range from $6,813 per day for minor violations of federal consumer financial laws (including the CFPB’s own
rules) to $34,065 per day for reckless violations and $1,362,567 per day for knowing violations. The CFPB monetary penalty
amounts are adjusted annually for inflation. Also, where a company has violated Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB
regulations under Title X, the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions for
the kind of cease and desist orders available to the CFPB (but not for civil penalties).
In May 2022, the CFPB issued an Interpretive Rule to clarify the authority of states to enforce federal consumer financial
protections laws under the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010 (“CFPA”). Specifically, the CFPB confirmed that (1)
states can enforce the CFPA, including the provision making it unlawful for covered persons or service providers to violate any
provision of federal consumer financial protection law; (2) the enforcement authority of states under section 1042 of the CFPA
is generally not subject to certain limits applicable to the CFPB’s enforcement authority, such that States may be able to bring
actions against a broader cross-section of companies than the CFPB; and (3) state attorneys general and regulators may bring
(or continue to pursue) actions under their CFPA authority even if the CFPB is pursuing a concurrent action against the same
entity. See CFPB Interpretive Rule regarding Section 1042 of the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010 (87 FR 31940,
May 26, 2022).
Supervision and Regulation of Mortgage Banking Operations
Our mortgage banking business is subject to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban
Development (“HUD”), the Federal Housing Administration, the Veterans’ Administration (“VA”) and Fannie Mae and
Freddie Mac with respect to originating, processing, selling and servicing mortgage loans. Those rules and regulations, among
other things, prohibit discrimination and establish underwriting guidelines, which include provisions for inspections and
appraisals, require credit reports on prospective borrowers, and fix maximum loan amounts. Lenders are required annually to
submit audited financial statements to Fannie Mae, FHA and VA. Each of these regulatory entities has its own financial
requirements. We are also subject to examination by Fannie Mae, FHA and VA to assure compliance with the applicable
regulations, policies and procedures. Mortgage origination activities are subject to, among others, the Equal Credit Opportunity
Act, the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Fair Credit Report Act, the National Flood Insurance Act and
the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and related regulations that prohibit discrimination and require the disclosure of
certain basic information to mortgagors concerning credit terms and settlement costs. Our mortgage banking operations are also
affected by various state and local laws and regulations and the requirements of various private mortgage investors.
Enterprise Risk Management
The Company’s and the Bank’s Boards of Directors are actively engaged in the process of overseeing the efforts made by
the Enterprise Risk Management department to identify, measure, monitor, mitigate, and report risk. The Company has
established an ERM program that reinforces a strong risk culture to support sound risk management practices. The Board is
responsible for the approval and oversight of the ERM program and framework.
ERM is responsible for setting and aligning the Company’s Risk Appetite Policy with the goals and objectives set forth in
the budget, and the strategic and capital plans. Internal controls and ongoing monitoring processes capture and address
heightened risks that threaten the Company’s ability to achieve our goals and objectives, including the recognition of safety and
soundness concerns and consumer protection. Additionally, ERM monitors key risk indicators against the established risk
warning levels and limits, as well as elevated risks identified by the Chief Risk Officer.
26
Recent Events
Declaration of Dividend on Common Shares
On January 30, 2024, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend on the Company’s common stock $0.05
per share, which represented a reduction from the prior quarterly cash dividend of $0.17 per share. The dividend was paid on
February 28, 2024 to common stockholders of record as of February 14, 2024. On March 7, 2024, the Company announced that
future quarterly cash dividends on shares of the Company’s common stock would be further reduced to $0.01 per share.
Equity Capital Raise
On March 7, 2024, we entered into separate investment agreements with (a) affiliates of funds managed by Liberty 77
Capital, L.P. (“Liberty”), (b) affiliates of funds managed by Hudson Bay Capital Management, LP (“Hudson Bay”), (c)
affiliates of funds managed by Reverence Capital Partners L.P. (“Reverence”), and (d) certain other investors (the “Other
Investors” and, collectively with Liberty, Reverence and Hudson Bay, the “Investors”, and the investments agreements entered
into with each of the Investors on March 7, 2024, collectively, the “Original Investment Agreements”). On March 11, 2024,
NYCB entered into separate amendments to the Original Investment Agreements with Liberty (such agreement, as amended,
the “Liberty Investment Agreement”), Hudson Bay (such agreements, as amended, the “Hudson Bay Investment Agreements”)
and Reverence (such agreement, as amended, the “Reverence Agreement” and, collectively with the Liberty Agreement, the
Hudson Bay Agreements and the Original Investment Agreements of the Other Investors, the “Investment Agreements”).
Pursuant to the Investment Agreements, on March 11, 2024, the Investors invested an aggregate of approximately $1.05
billion in the Company in exchange for the sale and issuance by the Company of (a) 76,630,965 shares of our common stock, at
a purchase price per share of $2.00, (b) 192,062 shares of a new series of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share,
designated as Series B Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), at a price per share of
$2,000, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock (or, in certain limited circumstances, one share of
Series C Preferred Stock (as defined below)), (c) 256,307 shares of a new series of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per
share, designated as Series C Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”, together with the
Series B Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”), at a price per share of $2,000, each share of which is convertible into 1,000
shares of common stock, and (d) warrants (the “Issued Warrants”), which may not be exercised until 180 days after issuance
thereof, affording the holder thereof the right, until the seven-year anniversary of the issuance of such Issued Warrant, to
purchase for $2,500 per share, shares of a new class of non-voting, common-equivalent preferred stock of the Company (the
“Series D NVCE Stock”), each share of Series D NVCE Stock is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock (or, in certain
limited circumstances, one share of Series C Preferred Stock), and all of which shares of Series D NVCE Stock, upon issuance,
will represent the right (on an as converted basis) to receive 315,000,000 million shares of common stock.
On March 11, 2024, we entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with each Investor (the “Registration Rights
Agreement”), pursuant to which we will provide customary registration rights to the Investors and their affiliates and certain
permitted transferees with respect to, among other things, (a) the shares of our common stock purchased under the Investment
Agreements, (b) shares of our common stock issued upon the conversion of shares of the Preferred Stock and exercise of the
Issued Warrants purchased under the Investment Agreements, (c) in certain circumstances, the shares of Preferred Stock and (d)
the Warrants. Under the Registration Rights Agreement, the Investors are entitled to customary shelf registration rights (which
will initially be on a Form S-1) and customary piggyback registration rights, in each case, subject to certain limitations as set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement. Liberty and Reverence will additionally be entitled to request a certain number of
marketed and unmarketed underwritten shelf takedowns and shall have the right to select the managing underwriter to
administer any underwritten shelf takedowns provided the selection is reasonably acceptable to us.
The foregoing description of the Investment Agreements, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issued Warrant, and the
transactions contemplated thereby are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the
Investment Agreements, which are filed as Exhibits 10.18–20 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Registration Rights
Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.21 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the IssuedWarrant, which is filed as
Exhibit 4.5 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and in each case incorporated by reference herein.
In connection with this capital raise, (i) Joseph Otting was appointed as President and Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, effective as of April 1, 2024, (ii) Alessandro DiNello was named Non-Executive Chairman of the Company,
effective as of April 1, 2024, (iii) the Board of Directors of the Company was reduced to ten members, and (iv) four new
directors (Steven Mnuchin, Joseph Otting, Allen Puwalski and Milton Berlinski) were appointed to the Board.
Additionally, the Company announced on March 11, 2024 that it plans to submit to its stockholders a plan for the
adoption and approval of at least a 1-3 reverse stock split of our common stock and to increase the number of authorized shares
27
of the Company's common stock to at least 1,700,000,000 (or at least 566,670,000 in the event of approval of the reverse stock
split).
Item 1A. Risk Factors
There are various risks and uncertainties that are inherent to our business. Primary among these are (1) interest rate risk,
which arises from movements in interest rates; (2) credit risk, which arises from an obligor’s failure to meet the terms of any
contract with a bank or to otherwise perform as agreed; (3) risks related to our financial statements; (4) liquidity and dividend
risk, which arises from a bank’s inability to meet its obligations when they come due without incurring unacceptable losses, and
related risks regarding our ability to pay dividends; (5) legal/compliance risk, which arises from violations of, or non-
conformance with, laws, rules, regulations, prescribed practices, or ethical standards; (6) financial and market risk, which arises
from changes in the value of portfolios of financial instruments, as well as other matters that may dilute the value of our
securities; (7) strategic risk, which is the risk of loss arising from the execution of our strategic initiatives and business
strategies, including our acquisition and integration of other companies we acquire; (8) operational risk, which arises from
problems with service or product delivery; and (9) reputational risk, which arises from negative public opinion resulting in a
significant decline in stockholder value.
Following is a discussion of the material risks and uncertainties that could have a material adverse impact on our financial
condition, results of operations, and the value of our shares. The failure to properly identify, monitor, and mitigate any of the
below referenced risks, could result in increased regulatory risk and could potentially have an adverse impact on the Company.
Additional risks that are not currently known to us, or that we currently believe to be immaterial, also may have a material
effect on our financial condition and results of operations. This Annual Report on Form 10-K is qualified in its entirety by those
risk factors.
Summary of Risk Factors
Interest Rate Risks
•
Changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest income and negatively impact the value of our loans, securities,
and other assets and have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, financial condition, results of operations, and
capital.
Credit Risks
•
•
•
•
Our allowance for credit losses might not be sufficient to cover our actual losses, which would adversely impact our
financial condition and results of operations.
Our concentration in multi-family loans and CRE loans could expose us to increased lending risks and related loan
losses.
Our New York State multi-family loan portfolio could be adversely impacted by changes in legislation or regulations.
Economic weakness in the New York City metropolitan region could have an adverse impact on our financial
condition.
Financial Statements Risks
Our accounting estimates and risk management processes rely on analytical and forecasting models.
Impairment in the carrying value of other intangible assets could negatively impact our financial condition.
•
•
• We may fail to maintain effective internal controls, which could impact the accuracy and timeliness of financial
reporting.
Liquidity and Dividend Risks
•
•
•
•
•
Failure to maintain an adequate level of liquidity could result in an inability to fulfill our financial obligations and also
could subject us to material reputational and compliance risk.
Reduction or elimination of our quarterly cash dividend could have an adverse impact on the market price of our stock.
The inability to receive dividends from our subsidiary bank could have a material adverse effect on our financial
condition or results of operations, and our ability to maintain or increase the current level of cash dividends we pay to
our stockholders.
If we were to defer payments on our trust preferred capital debt securities or were in default under the related
indentures, we would be prohibited from paying dividends or distributions on our common stock.
Dividends on our Series A, B and C Preferred Stock are discretionary and noncumulative, and may not be paid if such
payment will result in our failure to comply with all applicable laws and regulations.
28
•
Our Series A, B, and C Preferred Stocks have preferential rights over common stockholders, potentially impacting our
liquidity and financial condition.
Legal/Compliance Risks
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Inability to fulfill minimum capital requirements could limit our ability to conduct or expand our business, pay a
dividend, or result in termination of our FDIC deposit insurance, and thus impact our financial condition, our results of
operations, and the market value of our stock.
Our results of operations could be materially affected by restrictions on our operations imposed by bank regulators,
changes in bank regulation, or by our ability to comply with certain existing laws, rules, and regulations governing our
industry.
As a Category IV banking organization, we are subject to stringent regulations, including reporting, capital stress
testing, and liquidity risk management and non-compliance could result in regulatory risks and restrictions on our
activities.
Noncompliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering statutes/regulations could result in material
financial loss.
Failure to comply with OFAC regulations could result in legal and reputational risks.
Our enterprise risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating the risks to which we are subject.
If tax authorities determine that we did not adequately provide for our taxes, our income tax expense could be
increased.
• We are subject to numerous consumer protection laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to sanctions.
•
Legislative and regulatory focus on data privacy and risks can subject us to heightened scrutiny and reputational
damage.
Financial and Market Risks
•
Declines in economic conditions could adversely affect the values of loans we originate and securities in which we
invest.
Rising mortgage rates and adverse changes in mortgage market conditions could reduce mortgage revenue.
•
• We are highly dependent on the Agencies to buy mortgage loans that we originate, and changes in these entities or in
•
•
the manner or volume of loans they purchase or their current roles could adversely affect our business and financial
condition.
Changes in the servicing, origination, or underwriting guidelines or criteria required by the Agencies could adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Future sales or issuances of our common stock or other securities (including warrants) or the issuance of securities
pursuant to the exercise of warrants issued by us may dilute existing holders of our common stock and other securities,
decrease the value of our common stock and other securities and adversely affect the market price of our common
stock and other securities.
Strategic Risks
•
•
•
Extensive competition for loans and deposits could adversely affect the expansion of our business and our financial
condition.
Limitations on our ability to grow our loan portfolios could adversely affect our ability to generate interest income.
The inability to engage in merger transactions, or to realize the anticipated benefits of acquisitions in which we might
engage, could adversely affect our ability to compete with other financial institutions and weaken our financial
performance.
• We may be exposed to challenges in combining the operations of acquired or merged businesses, including our recent
Flagstar acquisition and Signature acquisition, into our operations, which may prevent us from achieving the expected
benefits from our merger and acquisition activities.
The success of the Signature transaction will depend on a number of uncertain factors, including our decisions
regarding the fair value of the assets acquired and the bargain purchase gain recorded on the transaction, which could
materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
•
Operational Risks
•
•
Our stress testing processes rely on analytical and forecasting models that may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate,
which could adversely affect the effectiveness of our strategic planning and our ability to pursue certain corporate
goals.
The Company, entities that we have acquired, and certain of our service providers have experienced information
technology security breaches and may be vulnerable to future security breaches, which have resulted in, and could
result in, additional expenses, exposure to civil litigation, increased regulatory scrutiny, losses, and a loss of customers.
29
• We rely on third parties to perform certain key business functions, which may expose us to further operational risk.
•
Failure to keep pace with technological changes could have a material adverse impact on our ability to compete for
loans and deposits, and therefore on our financial condition and results of operations.
The inability to attract and retain key personnel could adversely impact our operations.
The transition to a new Chief Executive Officer will be critical to our success and our business may be adversely
impacted if we do not successfully manage the transition process in a timely manner.
Our operations are dependent upon the soundness of other financial intermediaries and thus could expose us to
systemic risk.
•
•
•
• We may be terminated as a servicer or subservicer or incur costs or liabilities if we do not satisfy servicing obligations.
• We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans, pay fees or indemnify buyers against losses.
• We utilize third-party mortgage originators which subjects us to strategic, reputation, compliance and operational risk.
• We are subject to various legal or regulatory investigations and proceedings.
• We may be required to pay interest on mortgage escrow accounts under state law despite Federal preemption.
• We could be exposed to fraud risks that affect our operations and reputation.
Reputational Risk
•
•
Damage to our reputation could significantly harm the business we engage in, our competitive position and growth
prospects.
Increasing scrutiny from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders with respect to our environmental,
social, and governance practices may impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks.
Interest Rate Risks
Changes in interest rates could reduce our net interest income and negatively impact the value of our loans, securities, and
other assets. This could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, financial condition, results of operations, and
capital.
The cost of our deposits and short-term wholesale borrowings is largely based on short-term interest rates, the level of
which is driven by the FOMC of the FRB. However, the yields generated by our loans and securities are typically driven by
intermediate-term interest rates, which are set by the bond market and generally vary from day to day. The level of our net
interest income is therefore influenced by movements in such interest rates, and the pace at which such movements occur. If the
interest rates on our interest-bearing liabilities increase at a faster pace than the interest rates on our interest-earning assets, the
result could be a reduction in net interest income and, with it, a reduction in our earnings. Our net interest income and earnings
would be similarly impacted were the interest rates on our interest-earning assets to decline more quickly than the interest rates
on our interest-bearing liabilities. In addition, such changes in interest rates could affect our ability to originate loans and attract
and retain deposits; the fair values of our securities and other financial assets; the fair values of our liabilities; and the average
lives of our loan and securities portfolios. Changes in interest rates also could have an effect on loan refinancing activity, which,
in turn, would impact the amount of prepayment income we receive on our multi-family and CRE loans. Because prepayment
income is recorded as interest income, the extent to which it increases or decreases during any given period could have a
significant impact on the level of net interest income and net income we generate during that time. Also, changes in interest
rates could have an effect on the slope of the yield curve. If the yield curve were to invert or become flat, our net interest
income and net interest margin could contract, adversely affecting our net income and cash flows, and the value of our assets.
Moreover, higher inflation could lead to fluctuations in the value of our assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures,
and could result in lower equity market valuations of financial services companies.
Credit Risk
Our allowance for credit losses might not be sufficient to cover our actual losses, which would adversely impact our
financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to mitigating credit risk through our underwriting processes, we attempt to mitigate such risk through the
establishment of an allowance for credit losses. The process of determining whether or not the allowance is sufficient to cover
potential credit losses is based on the current expected credit loss model or CECL. This methodology is described in detail
under “Critical Accounting Estimates” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations” in this report. CECL may result in greater volatility in the level of the ACL, depending on various assumptions
and factors used in this model. If the judgments and assumptions we make with regard to the allowance are incorrect, our
allowance for losses on such loans might not be sufficient, and an additional provision for credit losses might need to be made.
Depending on the amount of such loan loss provisions, the adverse impact on our earnings could be material. In addition,
30
growth in our loan portfolio may require us to increase the allowance for credit losses on such loans by making additional
provisions, which would reduce our net income.
Furthermore, bank regulators have the authority to require us to make provisions for credit losses or otherwise recognize
loan charge-offs following their periodic review of our loan portfolio, our underwriting procedures, and our allowance for
losses on such loans. Any increase in the loan loss allowance or in loan charge-offs as required by such regulatory authorities
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our concentration in multi-family loans and CRE loans could expose us to increased lending risks and related loan losses.
At December 31, 2023, $37.3 billion or 44.0 percent of our total loans and leases, held for investment portfolio consisted
of multi-family loans and $10.5 billion or 12.4 percent consisted of CRE loans. These types of loans generally expose a lender
to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one-to-four family residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often
depends on the successful operation of the properties and the sale of such properties securing the loans. Such loans typically
involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one-to-four family residential
loans. Also, many of our borrowers have more than one of these types of loans outstanding. Consequently, an adverse
development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to
an adverse development with respect to a one-to-four family residential real estate loan. In addition, if loans that are
collateralized by real estate become troubled and the value of the real estate has been significantly impaired, then we may not
be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan,
which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
The CRE loans we make are secured by income-producing properties such as office buildings, retail centers, mixed-use
buildings, and multi-tenanted light industrial properties. At December 31, 2023, $3.4 billion, or 32.1 percent of our commercial
real estate loan portfolio was secured by office buildings. We may incur future losses on commercial real estate loans due to
declines in occupancy rates and rental rates in office buildings, which could occur as a result of less need for office space due to
more people working from home or other factors.
Our New York State multi-family loan portfolio could be adversely impacted by changes in legislation or regulation which,
in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
On June 14, 2019, the New York State legislature passed the New York Housing Stability and Tenant Protection Act of
2019. This legislation represents the most extensive reform of New York State’s rent laws in several decades and generally
limits a landlord’s ability to increase rents on rent regulated apartments and makes it more difficult to convert rent regulated
apartments to market rate apartments. As a result, the value of the collateral located in New York State securing the Company’s
multi-family loans or the future net operating income of such properties could potentially become impaired which, in turn,
could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Economic weakness in the New York City metropolitan region, where the majority of the properties collateralizing our
multi-family, CRE, and ADC loans, and the majority of the businesses collateralizing our other C&I loans, are located could
have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our business depends significantly on general economic conditions in the New York City metropolitan region, where the
majority of the buildings and properties securing the multi-family, CRE, and ADC loans we originate for investment and the
businesses of the customers to whom we make our other C&I loans are located. Accordingly, the ability of our borrowers to
repay their loans, and the value of the collateral securing such loans, may be significantly affected by economic conditions in
this region, including changes in the local real estate market. A significant decline in general economic conditions caused by
inflation, recession, unemployment, acts of terrorism, extreme weather, or other factors beyond our control, could therefore
have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because multi-family and CRE loans
represent the majority of the loans in our portfolio, a decline in tenant occupancy or rents, due to such factors, or for other
reasons, such as new legislation, could adversely impact the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans on a timely basis,
which could have a negative impact on our net income. Furthermore, economic or market turmoil could occur in the near or
long term. This could negatively affect our business, our financial condition, and our results of operations, as well as our ability
to maintain the level of cash dividends we currently pay to our stockholders.
31
Financial Statements Risk
Our accounting estimates and risk management processes rely on analytical and forecasting models.
The processes we use to estimate expected losses and to measure the fair value of financial instruments, as well as the
processes used to estimate the effects of changing interest rates and other market measures on our financial condition and
results of operations, depends upon the use of analytical and forecasting models. These models reflect assumptions that may not
be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances. Even if these assumptions are adequate,
the models may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or their implementation. If the
models that we use for interest rate risk and asset-liability management are inadequate, we may incur increased or unexpected
losses upon changes in market interest rates or other market measures. If the models that we use for determining our expected
losses are inadequate, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to support future charge-offs. If the models that we
use to measure the fair value of financial instruments are inadequate, the fair value of such financial instruments may fluctuate
unexpectedly or may not accurately reflect what we could realize upon sale or settlement of such financial instruments. Any
such failure in our analytical or forecasting models could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Impairment in the carrying value of other intangible assets could negatively impact our financial condition and results of
operations.
At December 31, 2023, other intangible assets, primarily core deposit intangibles, totaled $625 million. We review our
other intangible assets for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the carrying value may not be recoverable. A significant decline in deposits may necessitate taking additional charges in the
future related to the impairment of other intangible assets. The amount of any impairment charge could be significant and could
have a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
We may fail to maintain effective internal controls, which could impact the accuracy and timeliness of financial reporting.
We recognize the critical importance of maintaining effective internal controls over financial reporting to ensure accurate
and timely financial reporting, prevent fraud, and maintain investor confidence. We have implemented a system of internal
controls that is regularly reviewed and updated. However, there is a risk that we may fail to maintain an effective system of
internal controls, which could impair our ability to report financial results accurately and in a timely manner. These risks
include human error, misconduct, inadequate processes, fraud, data breaches, and non-compliance with laws and regulations.
We also acknowledge the challenges posed by changes in processes, procedures, technologies, employee turnover, and labor
shortages. We have identified certain material weaknesses described in Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and may
discover additional future material weaknesses or significant deficiencies, which could divert management attention and
increase our expenses, in order to correct the weaknesses or deficiencies in our controls. A "material weakness" is a deficiency,
or a combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a
material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Control weaknesses or failures could result in financial losses, reputational harm, loss of investor confidence, regulatory
actions, and limitations on our business activities.
Liquidity and Dividend Risks
Failure to maintain an adequate level of liquidity could result in an inability to fulfill our financial obligations and also
could subject us to material reputational and compliance risk.
Our primary sources of liquidity are the retail and institutional deposits we gather or acquire in connection with
acquisitions, and the brokered deposits we accept; borrowed funds, primarily in the form of wholesale borrowings from the
FHLB-NY and various Wall Street brokerage firms; cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of loans; and cash
flows generated through the repayment and sale of securities. In addition, and depending on current market conditions, we have
the ability to access the capital markets from time to time to generate additional liquidity. Deposit flows, calls of investment
securities and wholesale borrowings, and the prepayment of loans and mortgage-related securities are strongly influenced by
such external factors as the direction of interest rates, whether actual or perceived; local and national economic conditions; and
competition for deposits and loans in the markets we serve. Deposit outflows can occur for a number of reasons, including
clients seeking higher yields, clients with uninsured deposits may seek greater financial security or clients may simply prefer to
do business with our competitors, or for other reasons. The withdrawal of more deposits than we anticipate could have an
adverse impact on our profitability as this source of funding, if not replaced by similar deposit funding, would need to be
32
replaced with more expensive wholesale funding, the sale of interest-earning assets, other sources of funding, or a combination
of them all. The replacement of deposit funding with wholesale funding could cause our overall cost of funds to increase, which
would reduce our net interest income and results of operations. A decline in interest-earning assets would also lower our net
interest income and results of operations. As of December 31, 2023, approximately 35.9 percent of our total deposits of
$81.5 billion were not FDIC-insured.
In addition, large-scale withdrawals of brokered or institutional deposits could require us to pay significantly higher
interest rates on our retail deposits or on other wholesale funding sources, which would have an adverse impact on our net
interest income and net income. Furthermore, changes to the FHLB-NY’s underwriting guidelines for wholesale borrowings or
lending policies may limit or restrict our ability to borrow, and therefore could have a significant adverse impact on our
liquidity. A decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, and meet our
expenses, or to fulfill such obligations as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands. Downgrades of the
credit ratings of the Company and the Bank, such as those announced by certain credit rating agencies in both February and
March 2024, could result in an acceleration in deposit outflows and additional collateral needs, which this far have been
modest. They could adversely affect our access to liquidity and capital, and could significantly increase our cost of funds,
trigger additional collateral or funding requirements, and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to
us or to purchase our securities. This could affect our growth, profitability, and financial condition, including our liquidity.
Reduction or elimination of our quarterly cash dividend could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common
stock.
The holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors may declare out of
funds available for such payments under applicable law and regulatory guidance, and, although we have historically declared
cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so. Furthermore, the payment of dividends falls under federal
regulations that have grown more stringent in recent years. While we pay our quarterly cash dividend in compliance with
current regulations, such regulations could change in the future. As a result of our acquisitions of Flagstar and Signature, we are
required to seek regulatory approval from the OCC for the payment of any dividend to the Parent Company through at least the
period ending November 1, 2024, which could restrict our ability to pay the common stock dividend. In the Company’s January
31, 2024 earnings release for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2023, the Company announced that its Board of
Directors reduced the Company’s quarterly cash dividend to $0.05 per common share to accelerate the building of capital to
support our balance sheet as a Category IV banking organization. Following the issuance of that earnings release, the market
price of our common stock experienced a decline. On March 7, 2024, the Company announced that future quarterly cash
dividends on shares of the Company's common stock would be further reduced to $0.01 per share. Any further reduction or
elimination of our common stock dividend in the future due to actions to build capital or the inability to receive required
regulatory approvals, or for any other reason, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
The inability to receive dividends from our subsidiary bank could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition
or results of operations, as well as our ability to maintain or increase the current level of cash dividends we pay to our
stockholders.
The Parent Company (i.e., the company on an unconsolidated basis) is a separate and distinct legal entity from the Bank,
and a substantial portion of the revenues the Parent Company receives consists of dividends from the Bank. These dividends are
the primary funding source for the dividends we pay on our common stock and the interest and principal payments on our debt.
Various federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that a bank may pay to its parent company. In
addition, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon the liquidation or reorganization of a subsidiary may be subject
to the prior claims of the subsidiary’s creditors. As a result of our acquisitions of Flagstar and Signature, we are required to seek
regulatory approval from the OCC for the payment of any dividend to the Bancorp through at least the period ending November
1, 2024. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Parent Company, we might not be able to service our debt, pay our
obligations, or pay dividends on our common stock.
If we were to defer payments on our trust preferred capital debt securities or were in default under the related indentures, we
would be prohibited from paying dividends or distributions on our common stock.
The terms of our outstanding trust preferred capital debt securities prohibit us from (1) declaring or paying any dividends
or distributions on our capital stock, including our common stock; or (2) purchasing, acquiring, or making a liquidation
payment on such stock, under the following circumstances: (a) if an event of default has occurred and is continuing under the
applicable indenture; (b) if we are in default with respect to a payment under the guarantee of the related trust preferred
securities; or (c) if we have given notice of our election to defer interest payments but the related deferral period has not yet
33
commenced, or a deferral period is continuing. In addition, without notice to, or consent from, the holders of our common
stock, we may issue additional series of trust preferred capital debt securities with similar terms, or enter into other financing
agreements, that limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock.
Dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock are discretionary and
noncumulative, and may not be paid if such payment will result in our failure to comply with all applicable laws and
regulations.
Dividends on our Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock are discretionary and
noncumulative. If our Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee of the Board) does not authorize and declare a
dividend on (a) the Series A Preferred Stock for any dividend period, holders of the depository shares will not be entitled to
receive any dividend for that dividend period, and the unpaid dividend will cease to accrue and be payable, or (b) Series B
Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock, the holders thereof will not be entitled to receive any dividend for that dividend
period. For our Series A Preferred Stock, we have no obligation to pay dividends accrued for a dividend period after the
dividend payment date for that period if our Board of Directors (or any duly authorized committee thereof) has not declared a
dividend before the related dividend payment date, whether or not dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock or any other series
of our preferred stock or our common stock are declared for any future dividend period. Dividends on our Series B Preferred
Stock and Series C Preferred Stock are payable at a rate of 13 percent per annum, payable quarterly and in arrears. Additionally,
under the FRB’s capital rules, dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock
may only be paid out of our net income, retained earnings, or surplus related to other additional tier 1 capital instruments. If the
non-payment of dividends on Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock for any dividend
period would cause the Company to fail to comply with any applicable law or regulation, or any agreement we may enter into
with our regulators from time to time, then we would not be able to declare or pay a dividend for such dividend period.
Our Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock initially have rights, preferences and
privileges that are not held by, and are preferential to the rights of, our common stockholders, which could adversely affect
our liquidity and financial condition.
The holders of our Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock initially have the right
to receive a payment on account of the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of our business before any payment may be made to holders of our common stock. Following the satisfaction of the
liquidation preference, the Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock participates with our common stock on an as-
converted basis in a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Our obligations to the holders of our Series A
Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock could limit our ability to obtain additional financing,
which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. The preferential rights could also result in divergent interests
between the holders of our common stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and
other classes of securities.
Legal/Compliance Risks
Inability to fulfill minimum capital requirements could limit our ability to conduct or expand our business, pay a dividend,
or result in termination of our FDIC deposit insurance, and thus impact our financial condition, our results of operations,
and the market value of our stock.
We are subject to the comprehensive, consolidated supervision and regulation set forth by the FRB and the OCC. Such
regulation includes, among other matters, the level of leverage and risk-based capital ratios we are required to maintain.
Depending on general economic conditions, changes in our capital position could have a materially adverse impact on our
financial condition and risk profile, and also could limit our ability to grow through acquisitions or otherwise. Compliance with
regulatory capital requirements may limit our ability to engage in operations that require the intensive use of capital and
therefore could adversely affect our ability to maintain our current level of business or expand. Furthermore, it is possible that
future regulatory changes could result in more stringent capital or liquidity requirements, including increases in the levels of
regulatory capital we are required to maintain and changes in the way capital or liquidity is measured for regulatory purposes,
either of which could adversely affect our business and our ability to expand. For example, federal banking regulations adopted
under Basel III standards require bank holding companies and banks to undertake significant activities to demonstrate
compliance with higher capital requirements. Any additional requirements to increase our capital ratios or liquidity could
necessitate our liquidating certain assets, perhaps on terms that are unfavorable to us or that are contrary to our business plans.
In addition, such requirements could also compel us to issue additional securities, thus diluting the value of our common stock.
In addition, failure to meet established capital requirements could result in the FRB and/or OCC placing limitations or
34
conditions on our activities and further restricting the commencement of new activities. The failure to meet applicable capital
guidelines could subject us to a variety of enforcement remedies available to the federal regulatory authorities, including
limiting our ability to pay dividends; issuing a directive to increase our capital; and terminating our FDIC deposit insurance.
Our results of operations could be materially affected by the imposition of restrictions on our operations by bank regulators,
further changes in bank regulation, or by our ability to comply with certain existing laws, rules, and regulations governing
our industry.
We are subject to regulation, supervision, and examination by the following entities: (1) the OCC; (2) the FDIC; (3) the
FRB-NY; and (4) the CFPB, as well as state licensing restrictions and limitations regarding certain consumer finance products.
Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which a bank holding company and its banking subsidiaries may
engage, and are intended primarily for the protection of the DIF, the banking system in general, and bank customers, rather than
for the benefit of a company’s stockholders. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their
supervisory and enforcement activities, including with respect to the imposition of restrictions on the operation of a bank or a
bank holding company, the imposition of significant fines, the ability to delay or deny merger or other regulatory applications,
the payment of dividends, the classification of assets by a bank, and the adequacy of a bank’s allowance for loan losses, among
other matters. Failure to comply (or to ensure that our agents and third-party service providers comply) with laws, regulations,
or policies, including our failure to obtain any necessary state or local licenses, could result in enforcement actions or sanctions
by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties, and/or reputational damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, or results of operations. Penalties for such violations may also include: revocation of licenses;
fines and other monetary penalties; civil and criminal liability; substantially reduced payments by borrowers; modification of
the original terms of loans, permanent forgiveness of debt, or inability to, directly or indirectly, collect all or a part of the
principal of or interest on loans provided by the Bank. Changes in such regulation and supervision, or changes in regulation or
enforcement by such authorities, whether in the form of policy, regulations, legislation, rules, orders, enforcement actions,
ratings, or decisions, could have a material impact on the Company, our subsidiary bank and other affiliates, and our operations.
In addition, failure of the Company or the Bank to comply with such regulations could have a material adverse effect on our
earnings and capital. See “Regulation and Supervision” in Part I, Item 1, “Business” earlier in this filing for a detailed
description of the federal, state, and local regulations to which the Company and the Bank are subject.
As a Category IV banking organization with over $100 billion in assets, we are subject to stringent regulations, including
reporting, capital stress testing, and liquidity risk management. Non-compliance could result in regulatory risks and
restrictions on our activities.
As a result of the Signature transaction, our total assets exceeded $100 billion and therefore we became classified as a
Category IV banking organization under the rules issued by the federal banking agencies that tailor the application of enhanced
prudential standards to large bank holding companies and the capital and liquidity rules to large bank holding companies and
depository institutions under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief, and Consumer Protection Act.
As a Category IV banking organization we are subject to enhanced liquidity risk management requirements which include
reporting, liquidity stress testing, a liquidity buffer and resolution planning, subject to the applicable transition periods. If we
were to meet or exceed certain other thresholds for asset size, we would become subject to additional requirements. Failure to
meet these requirements could expose us to compliance risks, higher penalties, increased expectations, and limitations on our
activities. As a Category IV banking organization, we are required to implement and maintain an adequate liquidity risk
management and monitoring process to ensure compliance with these requirements, and our failure to ensure compliance may
have adverse consequences on our operations, reputation and future profitability. We anticipate incurring significant expenses
to develop policies, programs, and systems that comply with the enhanced standards applicable to us.
Noncompliance with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations could result in
material financial loss.
The BSA and the USA Patriot Act contain anti-money laundering and financial transparency provisions intended to detect
and prevent the use of the U.S. financial system for money laundering and terrorist financing activities. The BSA, as amended
by the USA Patriot Act, requires depository institutions to undertake activities including maintaining an anti-money laundering
program, verifying the identity of clients, monitoring for and reporting suspicious transactions, reporting on cash transactions
above a certain threshold, and responding to requests for information by regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies.
FINCEN, a unit of the U.S. Treasury Department that administers the BSA, is authorized to impose significant civil monetary
penalties for violations of these requirements. If our BSA policies, procedures and systems are deemed to be deficient, or the
BSA policies, procedures and systems of the financial institutions that we acquire in the future are deficient, we would be
subject to reputational risk and potential liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay
35
dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plan, including our
acquisition plans, which would negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to comply with OFAC regulations could result in legal and reputational risks.
The United States has imposed economic sanctions that affect transactions with designated foreign countries, foreign
nationals, and other potentially exposed persons. These are typically referred to as the "OFAC" rules, given their administration
by the United States Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control. Failure to comply with these sanctions could have
serious legal and reputational consequences.
Our enterprise risk management framework may not be effective in mitigating the risks to which we are subject, based upon
the size, scope, and complexity of the Company.
As a financial institution, we are subject to a number of risks, including interest rate, credit, liquidity, legal/compliance,
market, strategic, operational, and reputational. Our ERM framework is designed to minimize the risks to which we are subject,
as well as any losses stemming from such risks. Although we seek to identify, measure, monitor, report, and control our
exposure to such risks, and employ a broad and diverse set of risk monitoring and mitigation techniques in the process, those
techniques are inherently limited because they cannot anticipate the existence or development of risks that are currently
unknown and unanticipated. For example, economic and market conditions, heightened legislative and regulatory scrutiny of
the financial services industry, and increases in the overall complexity of our operations, among other developments, have
resulted in the creation of a variety of risks that were previously unknown and unanticipated, highlighting the intrinsic
limitations of our risk monitoring and mitigation techniques. As a result, the further development of previously unknown or
unanticipated risks may result in our incurring losses in the future that could adversely impact our financial condition and
results of operations. Furthermore, an ineffective ERM framework, as well as other risk factors, could result in a material
increase in our FDIC insurance premiums.
If federal, state, or local tax authorities were to determine that we did not adequately provide for our taxes, our income tax
expense could be increased, adversely affecting our earnings.
The amount of income taxes we are required to pay on our earnings is based on federal, state, and local legislation and
regulations. We provide for current and deferred taxes in our financial statements, based on our results of operations, business
activity, legal structure, interpretation of tax statutes, assessment of risk of adjustment upon audit, and application of financial
accounting standards. We may take tax return filing positions for which the final determination of tax is uncertain, and our net
income and earnings per share could be reduced if a federal, state, or local authority were to assess additional taxes that have
not been provided for in our consolidated financial statements. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will achieve our
anticipated effective tax rate. Unanticipated changes in tax laws or related regulatory or judicial guidance, or an audit
assessment that denies previously recognized tax benefits, could result in our recording tax expenses that materially reduce our
net income.
We are subject to numerous laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair
lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide variety of sanctions.
The CRA requires the Federal Reserve and OCC to assess our performance in meeting the credit needs of the
communities we serve, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. If the Federal Reserve or OCC determines that we
need to improve our performance or are in substantial non-compliance with CRA requirements, various adverse regulatory
consequences may ensue. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and
regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The CFPB, the U.S. Department of Justice
and other federal agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. The CFPB is also authorized to prescribe
rules applicable to any covered person or service provider, identifying and prohibiting acts or practices that are “unfair,
deceptive, or abusive” in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the
offering of a consumer financial product or service. A successful regulatory challenge to an institution’s performance under the
CRA, fair lending laws or regulations, or consumer lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions,
including damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on
expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s
performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation. Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, state attorneys general have indicated that they intend to
take a more active role in enforcing consumer protection laws, including through use of Dodd-Frank Act provisions that
authorize state attorneys general to enforce certain provisions of federal consumer financial laws and obtain civil money
36
penalties and other relief available to the CFPB. If we become subject to such investigation, the required response could result
in substantial costs and a diversion of the attention and resources of our management.
Legislative and regulatory focus on data privacy and risks can subject us to heightened scrutiny and reputational damage.
Data privacy and cybersecurity risks have become a subject of heightened legislative and regulatory focus in recent years.
Federal bank regulatory agencies have proposed regulations to enhance cyber risk management standards, which would apply
to us and our third-party service providers. These regulations focus on areas such as cyber risk governance, management of
dependencies, incident response, cyber resilience, and situational awareness. State-level legislation and regulations have also
been proposed or adopted, requiring notification to individuals in the event of a security breach of their personal data. Examples
include the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) and other state-level privacy, data protection, and data security laws and
regulations. We collect, maintain, and use non-public personal information of our customers, clients, employees, and others.
The sharing, use, disclosure, and protection of this information are governed by federal and state laws. Compliance with these
laws is essential to protect the privacy of personal information and avoid potential liability and reputational damage. Failure to
comply with privacy laws and regulations may expose us to fines, litigation, or regulatory enforcement actions. It may also
require changes to our systems, business practices, or privacy policies, which could adversely impact our operating results.
Privacy initiatives have imposed and will continue to impose additional operational burdens on us. These initiatives may limit
our ability to pursue desirable business initiatives and increase the risks associated with any future use of personal data. New
privacy and data protection initiatives, such as the CCPA, may require changes to policies, procedures, and technology for
information security and data segregation. Non-compliance with these initiatives may make us more vulnerable to operational
failures and subject to monetary penalties, litigation, or regulatory enforcement actions.
Financial and Market Risks
A decline in economic conditions could adversely affect the value of the loans we originate and the securities in which we
invest.
Declines in real estate values and an increase in the financial stress on borrowers stemming from high unemployment or
other adverse economic conditions, could negatively affect our borrowers and, in turn, the repayment of the loans in our
portfolio. Deterioration in economic conditions also could subject us and our industry to increased regulatory scrutiny, and
could result in an increase in loan delinquencies, an increase in problem assets and foreclosures, and a decline in the value of
the collateral for our loans, which could reduce our customers’ borrowing power. Deterioration in local economic conditions
could drive the level of loan losses beyond the level we have provided for in our loan loss allowance; this, in turn, could
necessitate an increase in our provisions for loan losses, which would reduce our earnings and capital. Furthermore, declines in
the value of our investment securities could result in our having to record losses based on the other-than-temporary impairment
of securities, which would reduce our earnings and also could reduce our capital. In addition, continued economic weakness
could reduce the demand for our products and services, which would adversely impact our liquidity and the revenues we
produce.
Rising mortgage rates and adverse changes in mortgage market conditions could reduce mortgage revenue.
The residential real estate mortgage lending business is sensitive to changes in interest rates, especially long-term interest
rates. Lower interest rates generally increase the volume of mortgage originations, while higher interest rates generally cause
that volume to decrease. Therefore, our mortgage performance is typically correlated to fluctuations in interest rates, primarily
the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate. Historically, mortgage origination volume and sales for the Bank and for other financial
institutions have risen and fallen in response to these and other factors. An increase in interest rates and/or a decrease in our
mortgage production volume could have a materially adverse effect on our operating results. The 10-year U.S. Treasury rate
was 3.97 percent at December 31, 2023, and averaged 2.96 percent during 2023, 101 basis points higher than average rates
experienced during 2022. The sustained higher rates experienced throughout 2023 negatively impacted the mortgage market
including our loan origination volume and refinancing activity. In addition to being affected by interest rates, the secondary
mortgage markets are also subject to investor demand for residential mortgage loans and investor yield requirements for these
loans. These conditions may fluctuate or worsen in the future. Adverse market conditions, including increased volatility,
changes in interest rates and mortgage spreads and reduced market demand, could result in greater risk in retaining mortgage
loans pending their sale to investors. A prolonged period of secondary market illiquidity may result in a reduction of our loan
mortgage production volume and could have a materially adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our mortgage origination business is also subject to the cyclical and seasonal trends of the real estate market. The cyclical
nature of our industry could lead to periods of growth in the mortgage and real estate markets followed by periods of declines
37
and losses in such markets. Seasonal trends have historically reflected the general patterns of residential and commercial real
estate sales, which typically peak in the spring and summer seasons. One of the primary influences on our mortgage business is
the aggregate demand for mortgage loans, which is affected by prevailing interest rates, housing supply and demand, residential
construction trends, and overall economic conditions. If we are unable to respond to the cyclical nature of our industry by
appropriately adjusting our operations or relying on the strength of our other product offerings during cyclical downturns, our
business, financial condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. Additionally, the fair value of our MSRs is
highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and changes in market implied interest rate volatility. Decreases in interest rates can
trigger an increase in actual repayments and market expectation for higher levels of repayments in the future which have a
negative impact on MSR fair value. Conversely, higher rates typically drive lower repayments which results in an increase in
the MSR fair value. We utilize derivatives to manage the impact of changes in the fair value of the MSRs. We may have basis
risk and our risk management strategies, which rely on assumptions or projections, may not adequately mitigate the impact of
changes in interest rates, interest rate volatility, convexity, credit spreads, or prepayment speeds, and, as a result, the change in
the fair value of MSRs may negatively impact earnings.
We are highly dependent on the Agencies to buy mortgage loans that we originate. Changes in these entities and changes in
the manner or volume of loans they purchase or their current roles could adversely affect our business, financial condition
and results of operations.
We generate mortgage revenues primarily from gains on the sale of single-family residential loans pursuant to programs
currently offered by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, Ginnie Mae and other investors. These entities account for a substantial portion
of the secondary market in residential mortgage loans. Any future changes in these programs, our eligibility to participate in
such programs, their concentration limits with respect to loans purchased from us, the criteria for loans to be accepted or laws
that significantly affect the activity of such entities could, in turn, result in a lower volume of corresponding loan originations or
other administrative costs which may have a materially adverse effect on our results of operations or could cause us to take
other actions that would be materially detrimental. Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac remain in conservatorship and a path forward
for them to emerge from conservatorship is unclear. Their roles could be reduced, modified or eliminated as a result of
regulatory actions and the nature of their guarantees could be limited or eliminated relative to historical measurements. The
elimination or modification of the traditional roles of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac could create additional competition in the
market and significantly and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in the servicing, origination, or underwriting guidelines or criteria required by the Agencies could adversely affect
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are required to follow specific guidelines or criteria that impact the way we originate, underwrite or service loans.
Guidelines include credit standards for mortgage loans, our staffing levels and other servicing practices, the servicing and
ancillary fees that we may charge, modification standards and procedures, and the amount of non-reimbursable advances. We
cannot negotiate these terms, which are subject to change at any time, with the Agencies. A significant change in these
guidelines, which decreases the fees we charge or requires us to expend additional resources in providing mortgage services,
could decrease our revenues or increase our costs, adversely affecting our business, financial condition, and results of
operations. In addition, changes in the nature or extent of the guarantees provided by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac or the
insurance provided by the FHA could also have broad adverse market implications. The fees that we are required to pay to the
Agencies for these guarantees have changed significantly over time and any future increases in these fees would adversely
affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Future sales or issuances of our common stock or other securities (including warrants) or the issuance of securities
pursuant to the exercise of warrants issued by us may dilute existing holders of our common stock and other securities,
decrease the value of our common stock and other securities and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and
other securities.
During the fourth quarter of 2023, the Company took decisive actions to build capital, reinforce our balance sheet,
strengthen our risk management processes, and better align the Company with relevant bank peers. We significantly built our
reserve levels by recording a $552 million provision for loan losses, bringing our allowance for credit losses to $992 million at
December 31, 2023, reflecting our actions to build reserves during the quarter to address weakness in the office sector, potential
repricing risk in the multi-family portfolio and an increase in classified assets, which better aligns the Company with its
relevant bank peers, including Category IV banks. We are also subject to regulatory capital requirements and regulatory
changes could result in more stringent capital or liquidity requirements, including increases in the levels of regulatory capital
we are required to maintain and changes in the way capital or liquidity is measured for regulatory purposes. Accordingly, we
may seek to raise additional capital, including by pursuing or effecting additional issuances of our securities. Our ability to
38
raise additional capital (and the associated terms) depends on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions, and a
number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the financial services and banking industry, market conditions
and governmental activities, and on our financial condition and performance.
On March 11, 2024, we completed an approximately $1.05 billion equity investment in the Company in connection with
which we sold and issued (a) 76,630,965 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price per share of $2.00, (b) 192,062 shares
of a new series of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, designated as Series B Noncumulative Convertible Preferred
Stock, at a price per share of $2,000, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock, (c) 256,307 shares
of a new series of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, designated as Series C Noncumulative Convertible Preferred
Stock, at a price per share of $2,000, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock, and (d) warrants,
which may not be exercised until 180 days after issuance thereof, affording the holder thereof the right, until the seven-year
anniversary of the issuance of such warrant, to purchase for $2,500 per share, shares of a new class of non-voting, common-
equivalent preferred stock of the Company, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock, and all of
which shares of Series D NVCE Stock, upon issuance, will represent the right (on an as converted basis) to receive 315 million
shares of common stock. Additionally, if the Company is not able to obtain certain approvals from our stockholders on or
before September 9, 2024, then the Company will be required to issue to the investors in the March 2024 capital raise cash-
settled warrants, which would become exercisable 60 days after their issuance if the such stockholder approvals still have not
been obtained at such time, that provide the holder thereof the right, until the ten-year anniversary of the issuance of such
warrant, to receive from the Company cash in an amount equal to (i) from issuance thereof until (and including) November 5,
2024, 160 percent of such holder’s investment in the Company in the March 2024 capital raise; (ii) on (and including)
November 6, 2024 until (and including) January 4, 2025, 180 percent of such holder’s investment in the Company in the March
2024 capital raise; (iii) on (and including) January 5, 2025 until (and including) March 5, 2025, 200 percent of such holder’s
investment in the Company in the March 2024 capital raise; and (iv) from and after March 6, 2025, 220 percent of such holder’s
investment in the Company in the March 2024 capital raise, in each case, net of the exercise price (which is the amount of such
holder’s investment in the Company in the March 2024 capital raise).
Our Board of Directors has the authority, in many situations, to issue additional shares of authorized but unissued stock
(including securities convertible or exchangeable for stock) in public or private offerings without any vote of our shareholders.
If, in the future, the Company is required or otherwise determines to raise additional capital (including through the issuance of
additional securities), any such capital raise or issuance may dilute the percentage of ownership interest of existing
shareholders, may dilute the per share book value of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of our
common stock and other securities. No assurance can be given that, in the future, the Company will be able to (i) raise any
required capital or (ii) raise capital on terms that are beneficial to shareholders.
Strategic Risks
Extensive competition for loans and deposits could adversely affect our ability to expand our business, as well as our
financial condition and results of operations.
Because our profitability stems from our ability to attract deposits and originate loans, our continued ability to compete
for depositors and borrowers is critical to our success. Our success as a competitor depends on a number of factors, including
our ability to develop, maintain, and build long-term relationships with our customers by providing them with convenience, in
the form of multiple branch locations, extended hours of service, and access through alternative delivery channels; a broad and
diverse selection of products and services; interest rates and service fees that compare favorably with those of our competitors;
and skilled and knowledgeable personnel to assist our customers by addressing their financial needs. External factors that may
impact our ability to compete include, among others, the entry of new lenders and depository institutions in our current markets
and, with regard to lending, an increased focus on multi-family and CRE lending by existing competitors.
Limitations on our ability to grow our loan portfolios could adversely affect our ability to generate interest income, as well
our financial condition and results of operations, perhaps materially.
Our portfolios of multi-family and CRE loans represent the largest portion of our asset mix (56 percent of total loans held
for investment as of December 31, 2023). Our leadership position in these markets has been instrumental to our production of
solid earnings and our consistent record of exceptional asset quality. We monitor the ratio of our multi-family, CRE, and ADC
loans (as defined in the CRE Guidance) to our total risk-based capital for compliance with regulatory guidance. Any inability to
grow our multi-family and CRE loan portfolios, could negatively impact our ability to grow our earnings per share.
39
The inability to engage in merger transactions, or to realize the anticipated benefits of acquisitions in which we might
engage, could adversely affect our ability to compete with other financial institutions and weaken our financial
performance.
Our ability to engage in future mergers and acquisitions depends on our ability to identify suitable merger partners and
acquisition opportunities, our ability to finance and complete negotiated transactions at acceptable prices and on acceptable
terms, and our ability to obtain the necessary stockholder and regulatory approvals. If we are unable to engage in or complete a
desired acquisition or merger transaction, our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely impacted. As
acquisitions have been a significant source of deposits, the inability to complete a business combination could require that we
increase the interest rates we pay on deposits in order to attract such funding through our current branch network, or that we
increase our use of wholesale funds. Increasing our cost of funds could adversely impact our net interest income and our net
income. Furthermore, the absence of acquisitions could impact our ability to fulfill our loan demand. In addition, mergers and
acquisitions can lead to uncertainties about the future on the part of customers and employees. Such uncertainties could cause
customers and others to consider changing their existing business relationships with the company to be acquired, and could
cause its employees to accept positions with other companies before the merger occurs. As a result, the ability of a company to
attract and retain customers, and to attract, retain, and motivate key personnel, prior to a merger’s completion could be
impaired. Furthermore, no assurance can be given that acquired operations would not adversely affect our existing profitability;
that we would be able to achieve results in the future similar to those achieved by our existing banking business; that we would
be able to compete effectively in the market areas served by acquired branches; or that we would be able to manage any growth
resulting from a transaction effectively. In particular, our ability to compete effectively in new markets would be dependent on
our ability to understand those markets and their competitive dynamics, and our ability to retain certain key employees from the
acquired institution who know those markets better than we do.
We may be exposed to challenges in combining the operations of acquired or merged businesses, including our recent
Flagstar acquisition and Signature acquisition, into our operations, which may prevent us from achieving the expected
benefits from our merger and acquisition activities.
We may not be able to fully achieve the strategic objectives and operating efficiencies that we anticipate in our merger
and acquisition activities. Inherent uncertainties exist in integrating the operations of an acquired business. We may lose our
customers or the customers of acquired entities as a result of the acquisitions. We may also lose key personnel from the
acquired entity as a result of an acquisition. We may not discover all known and unknown factors when examining a company
for acquisition or merger during the due diligence period. These factors could produce unintended and unexpected
consequences for us including, but not limited to, increased compliance and legal risks, including increased litigation or
regulatory actions such as fines or restrictions related to the business practices or operations of the combined business.
Undiscovered factors as a result of an acquisition or merger could bring civil, criminal, and financial liabilities against us, our
management, and the management of those entities we acquire or merge with. In addition, if difficulties arise with respect to the
integration process, we may incur higher integration expenses than anticipated and the economic benefits expected to result
from the acquisition, including revenue growth and cost savings, might not occur or might not occur to the extent we expected.
Failure to successfully integrate businesses that we acquire or merge with could have an adverse effect on our profitability,
return on equity, return on assets, or our ability to implement our strategy, any of which in turn could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The success of the Signature transaction will depend on a number of uncertain factors, including our decisions regarding
the fair value of the assets acquired and the bargain purchase gain recorded on the transaction, which could materially and
adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
Our acquisition of certain assets of Signature Bank in March 2023 was an FDIC-assisted transaction and the expedited
nature of the FDIC-assisted transaction did not allow bidders the time and access to information customarily associated with
preparing for and evaluating a negotiated transaction. As a result, fair value estimates we have made in connection with the
Signature transaction may be inaccurate and subject to change, which could adversely impact our financial condition, results of
operations and future prospects. In addition, we may obtain additional information and evidence during the period of one year
from March 20, 2023, the date we completed the Signature transaction, that may result in changes to the estimated amounts
recorded as of December 31, 2023, which could change the amount of the bargain purchase gain we have recorded.
Adjustments to this gain may be recorded based on additional information received after the acquisition date that affect the
measurement of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed and any decrease in the amount of bargain purchase gain we have
recorded could also adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.
40
Operational Risks
Our stress testing processes rely on analytical and forecasting models that may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate, which
could adversely affect the effectiveness of our strategic planning and our ability to pursue certain corporate goals.
The processes we use to estimate the effects of changing interest rates, real estate values, and economic indicators such as
unemployment on our financial condition and results of operations depend upon the use of analytical and forecasting models.
These models reflect assumptions that may not be accurate, particularly in times of market stress or other unforeseen
circumstances. Furthermore, even if our assumptions are accurate predictors of future performance, the models they are based
on may prove to be inadequate or inaccurate because of other flaws in their design or implementation. If the models we use in
the process of managing our interest rate and other risks prove to be inadequate or inaccurate, we could incur increased or
unexpected losses which, in turn, could adversely affect our earnings and capital. Additionally, failure by the Company to
maintain compliance with strict capital, liquidity, and other stress test requirements under banking regulations could subject us
to regulatory sanctions, including limitations on our ability to pay dividends.
The Company, entities that we have acquired, and certain of our service providers have experienced information technology
security breaches and may be vulnerable to future security breaches. These incidents have resulted in, and could result in,
additional expenses, exposure to civil litigation, increased regulatory scrutiny, losses, and a loss of customers, any of which
could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, and the market price of our stock.
Communication and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business, as we use such systems, and those
maintained and provided to us by third-party service providers, to manage our customer relationships, our general ledger, our
deposits, and our loans. In addition, our operations rely on the secure processing, storage, and transmission of confidential and
other information in our computer systems and networks. Although we, and entities we have acquired, take and have taken
protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, the security of our computer systems, software,
and networks, as well as the security of the computer systems, software, and networks of certain of our service providers, have
been, and may in the future be, vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses, or other malicious code
and cyber-attacks that have had and could have an impact on information security. With the rise and permeation of online and
mobile banking, the financial services industry in particular faces substantial cybersecurity risk due to the type of sensitive
information provided by customers. We, and our third-party service providers, have been and may in the future be subject to
cybersecurity incidents, including those that involve the unauthorized access to customer information affecting other financial
institutions and industry groups. Our systems and those of our third-party service providers and customers are regularly the
subject of attempted attacks that are increasingly sophisticated, and it is possible that we or they could experience a significant
event in the future that could adversely affect our business or operations. In addition, breaches of security have in the past and
may in the future occur through intentional or unintentional acts by those having authorized or unauthorized access to our
confidential or other information, or that of our customers, clients, or counterparties. Certain previously identified cyber
incidents have resulted, and future such events could result, in the breach of confidential and other information processed and
stored in our computer systems and networks. These events could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or the
operations of our customers, clients, or counterparties. Further, we may not know that an attack occurred until well after the
event. Even after discovering an attempt or breach occurred, we may not know the extent of the impact of the attack for some
period of time. This could cause us significant reputational damage or result in our experiencing significant losses.
While we diligently assess applicable regulatory and legislative developments affecting our business, laws and
regulations relating to cybersecurity have been frequently changing, imposing new requirements on us. In light of these
conditions, we face the potential for additional regulatory scrutiny that will lead to increasing compliance and technology
expenses and, in some cases, possible limitations on the achievement of our plans for growth and other strategic objectives. We
may also be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or investigate and remediate
vulnerabilities or other exposures arising from operational and security risks, including expenses for third-party expert
consultants or outside counsel. We are currently subject to litigation regarding cyber incidents, and we also may be subject to
future litigation and financial losses that either are not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance we maintain
or any third-party indemnification or insurance. We believe that the impact of any previously identified cyber incidents,
including those subject to ongoing investigation and remediation, will not have a material financial impact.
In addition, we routinely transmit and receive personal, confidential, and proprietary information by e-mail and other
electronic means. We have discussed, and worked with our customers, clients, and counterparties to develop secure
transmission capabilities, but we do not have, and may be unable to put in place, secure capabilities with all of these
constituents, and we may not be able to ensure that these third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the
confidentiality of such information. We maintain disclosure controls and procedures to ensure we will timely and sufficiently
41
notify our investors of material cybersecurity risks and incidents, including the associated financial, legal, or reputational
consequence of such an event, as well as reviewing and updating any prior disclosures relating to the risk or event. While we
have established information security policies, procedures and controls, including an Incident Response Plan, to prevent or limit
the impact of systems failures and interruptions, we may not be able to anticipate all possible security breaches that could affect
our systems or information and there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or will be adequately prevented or
mitigated by our policies, procedures and controls if they do.
The Company and the Bank rely on third parties to perform certain key business functions, which may expose us to further
operational risk.
We outsource certain key aspects of our data processing to certain third-party providers. While we have selected these
third-party providers carefully, we cannot control their actions. Our ability to deliver products and services to our customers, to
adequately process and account for our customers’ transactions, or otherwise conduct our business could be adversely impacted
by any disruption in the services provided by these third parties; their failure to handle current or higher volumes of usage; or
any difficulties we may encounter in communicating with them. Replacing these third-party providers also could entail
significant delay and expense. Our third-party providers may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing
schemes, and other security breaches. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information
through various other third-party providers and their personnel. We may be required to expend significant additional resources
to protect against the threat of such security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by such security
breaches or viruses. To the extent that the activities of our third-party providers or the activities of our customers involve the
storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, regulatory
scrutiny, litigation, and other possible liabilities. These types of third-party relationships are subject to increasingly demanding
regulatory requirements and oversight by federal bank regulators (such as the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the
Comptroller of the Currency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation) and the CFPB. As a result, if our regulators
conclude that we have not exercised adequate oversight and control over vendors and subcontractors or other ongoing third-
party business relationships or that such third-parties have not performed appropriately, we could be subject to enforcement
actions, including civil money penalties or other administrative or judicial penalties or fines, as well as requirements for
consumer remediation. In addition, the Company may not be adequately insured against all types of losses resulting from third-
party failures, and our insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover all losses resulting from systems failures or other
disruptions to our banking services.
Failure to keep pace with technological changes could have a material adverse impact on our ability to compete for loans
and deposits, and therefore on our financial condition and results of operations.
Financial products and services have become increasingly technology-driven. Our ability to meet the needs of our
customers competitively, and in a cost-efficient manner, is dependent on our ability to keep pace with technological advances
and invest in new technology as it becomes available. Many of our competitors have greater resources than we do and may be
better equipped to invest in and market new technology-driven products and services.
The inability to attract and retain key personnel could adversely impact our operations.
To a large degree, our success depends on our ability to attract and retain key personnel whose expertise, knowledge of
our markets, and years of industry experience make them difficult to replace. Competition for skilled leaders in our industry can
be intense, and we may not be able to hire or retain the people we would like to have working for us. The unexpected loss of
services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business, given the specialized
knowledge of such personnel and the difficulty of finding qualified replacements on a timely basis. Furthermore, our ability to
attract and retain personnel with the skills and knowledge to support our business may require that we offer additional
compensation and benefits that would reduce our earnings.
The transition to a new Chief Executive Officer will be critical to our success and our business may be adversely impacted if
we do not successfully manage the transition process in a timely manner.
Our success depends, in part, on the effectiveness of our transition to our new CEO, Joseph M. Otting, on April 1, 2024.
The new CEO will be critical to executing on and achieving our vision, strategic direction, culture, products, and technology. If
we are unable to execute an orderly transition and successfully integrate the new CEO into our leadership team, our operations
and financial conditions may be adversely affected.
42
Many aspects of our operations are dependent upon the soundness of other financial intermediaries and thus could expose
us to systemic risk.
The soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of relationships between them
involving credit, trading, execution of transactions, and the like. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default
by, one institution could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses, or defaults by other institutions.
As such “systemic risk” may adversely affect the financial intermediaries with which we interact on a daily basis (such as
clearing agencies, clearing houses, banks, and securities firms and exchanges), we could be adversely impacted as well.
We may be terminated as a servicer or subservicer or incur costs, liabilities, fines and other sanctions if we fail to satisfy our
servicing obligations, including our obligations with respect to mortgage loan foreclosure actions.
At December 31, 2023, we had relationships with 10 owners of MSRs, excluding ourselves, for which we act as
subservicer for the mortgage loans they own. Due to the limited number of relationships, discontinuation of existing agreements
with those third parties or adverse changes in contractual terms could have a significant negative impact to our mortgage
servicing revenue. The terms and conditions in which a master servicer may terminate subservicing contracts are broad and
could be exercised at the discretion of the master servicer without requiring cause. Additionally, the master servicer directs the
oversight of custodial deposits associated with serviced loans and, to the extent allowable, could choose to transfer the oversight
of the Bank's custodial deposits to another depository institution. Further, as servicer or subservicer of loans, we have certain
contractual obligations, including foreclosing on defaulted mortgage loans or, to the extent applicable, considering alternatives
to foreclosure. If we commit a material breach of our obligations as servicer, we may be subject to termination if the breach is
not cured within a specified period of time following notice, causing us to lose servicing income.
We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans, pay fees or indemnify buyers against losses.
When selling mortgage loans, we provide customary representations and warranties to purchasers, guarantors and
insurers, including the Agencies, regarding loan originations. Agreements may require repurchasing, substituting mortgage
loans, or indemnify buyers against losses, in the event we breach these representations or warranties. We may also face
litigation and associated costs. With respect to loans that are originated through our broker or correspondent channels, the
remedies against originating brokers or correspondents may be limited, posing financial risk. If repurchase and indemnity
demands increase, our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition may also be adversely affected. Additionally,
servicing errors may lead to reimbursement obligations, we may have a significant reduction to noninterest income or an
increase to noninterest expense. We may incur legal and document-related expenses from foreclosure actions. These challenges
could harm our reputation or negatively affect our servicing business and, as a result, our profitability.
The pipeline represents the UPB for loans the Agencies identified as potentially needing to be repurchased, and the
estimated probable loss associated with these loans is included in our representation and warranty reserve. While we believe the
level of the reserve to be appropriate, the reserve may not be adequate to cover losses for loans that we have sold or securitized
for which we may be subsequently required to repurchase, pay fines or fees, or indemnify purchasers and insurers because of
violations of customary representations and warranties. Additionally, the pipeline could increase substantially without warning.
Our regulators, as part of their supervisory function, may review our representation and warranty reserve for losses and may
recommend or require us to increase our reserve, based upon their judgment, which may differ from that of Management.
We utilize third-party mortgage originators which subjects us to strategic, reputation, compliance, and operational risk.
We utilize third-party mortgage originators, i.e. mortgage brokers and correspondent lenders, who are not our employees.
These third parties originate mortgages or provide services to many different banks and other entities. Accordingly, they may
have relationships with, or loyalties to, such banks and other parties that are different from those they have with or to us. Failure
to maintain good relations with such third-party mortgage originators could have a negative impact on our market share which
would negatively impact our results of operations. We rely on third-party mortgage originators to originate and document the
mortgage loans we purchase or originate. While we perform due diligence on the mortgage companies with whom we do
business as well as review the loan files and loan documents we purchase to attempt to detect any irregularities or legal
noncompliance, we have less control over these originators than employees of the Bank. Due to regulatory scrutiny, our third-
party mortgage originators could choose or be required to either reduce the scope of their business or exit the mortgage
origination business altogether. The TILA-RESPA Integrated Disclosure Rule issued by the CFPB establishes comprehensive
mortgage disclosure requirements for lenders and settlement agents in connection with most closed-end consumer credit
transactions secured by real property. The rule requires certain disclosures to be provided to consumers in connection with
applying for and closing on a mortgage loan. The rule also mandates the use of specific disclosure forms, timing of
43
communicating information to borrowers, and certain record keeping requirements. The ongoing administrative burden and the
system requirements associated with complying with these rules or potential changes to these rules could impact our mortgage
volume and increase costs. These arrangements with third-party mortgage originators and the fees payable by us to such third
parties could also be subject to future regulatory scrutiny and restrictions.
The Equal Credit Opportunity Act, The Consumer Protection Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit discriminatory and
other lending practices by lenders, including financial institutions. Mortgage and consumer lending practices raise compliance
risks resulting from the detailed and complex nature of mortgage and consumer lending laws and regulations imposed by
federal Regulatory Agencies as well as the relatively independent and diverse operating channels in which loans are originated.
As we originate loans through various channels, we, and our third-party originators, are especially impacted by these laws and
regulations and are required to implement appropriate policies and procedures to help ensure compliance with fair lending laws
and regulations and to avoid lending practices that result in the disparate treatment of, or disparate impact to, borrowers across
our various locations under multiple channels. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations, by us, or our third-party
originators, could result in the Bank being liable for damages to individual borrowers, changes in business practices, or other
imposed penalties.
We are subject to various legal or regulatory investigations and proceedings.
At any given time, we are involved with a number of legal and regulatory examinations as a part of reviews conducted by
regulators and other parties, which may involve banking, securities, consumer protection, employment, tort, and numerous
other laws and regulations. Proceedings or actions brought against us may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties,
injunctions, business improvement orders, consent orders, supervisory agreements, restrictions on our business activities, or
other results adverse to us, which could materially and negatively affect our business. If such claims and other matters are not
resolved in a manner favorable to us, they may result in significant financial liability and/or adversely affect the market
perception of us and our products and services as well as impact customer demand for those products and services. Some of the
laws and regulations to which we are subject may provide a private right of action that a consumer or class of consumers may
pursue to enforce these laws and regulations. We are currently subject to stockholder class and derivative actions which seek
significant damages and other relief, and may be subject to similar actions in the future. Any financial liability or reputational
damage could have a materially adverse effect on our business and, in turn, on our financial condition and results of operations.
Claims asserted against us can be highly complicated and slow to develop, making the outcome of such proceedings difficult to
predict or estimate early in the process. As a participant in the financial services industry, it is likely that we will be exposed to
a high level of litigation and regulatory scrutiny relating to our business and operations. Although we establish accruals for
legal or regulatory proceedings when information related to the loss contingencies represented by those matters indicates both
that a loss is probable and that the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated, we do not have accruals for all legal or
regulatory proceedings where we face a risk of loss. Due to the inherent subjectivity of the assessments and unpredictability of
the outcome of legal and regulatory proceedings, amounts accrued may not represent the ultimate loss to us from the legal and
regulatory proceedings in question. As a result, our ultimate losses may be significantly higher than the amounts accrued for
legal loss contingencies. For further information, see Note 19 - Commitments and Contingencies and Item 3 - Legal
Proceedings.
We may be required to pay interest on certain mortgage escrow accounts in accordance with certain state laws despite the
Federal preemption under the National Bank Act.
In 2018, the Ninth Circuit Federal Court of Appeals held that California state law requiring mortgage servicers to pay
interest on certain mortgage escrow accounts was not, as a matter of law, preempted by the National Bank Act (Lusnak v. Bank
of America). This ruling goes against the position that regulators, national banks, and other federally-chartered financial
institutions have taken regarding the preemption of state-law mortgage escrow interest requirements. The opinion issued by the
Ninth Circuit Federal Court of Appeals is legal precedent only in certain parts of the western United States. We are defending
similar litigation in California, and are currently appealing a federal district court judgment against us in that case to the Ninth
Circuit. We are arguing that the Lusnak case was wrongly decided; we believe our situation can be distinguished from Lusnak
as a matter of law and California’s interest on escrow law should be preempted as a matter of fact. If the Ninth Circuit’s holding
is more broadly adopted by other Federal Circuits, including those covering states that currently have enacted, or in the future
may enact, statutes requiring the payment of interest on escrow balances or if we would be required to retroactively credit
interest on escrow funds, the Company’s earnings could be adversely affected.
44
We could be exposed to fraud risks that affect our operations and reputation.
We face significant risks related to fraud, which could result in financial loss, expensive litigation, and damage to our
reputation. Our organization is exposed to various types of fraud, including fraud or theft by colleagues or outsiders and
unauthorized transactions. We rely heavily on information provided by clients and third parties, and misrepresentations in this
information can lead to funding loans that do not meet our expectations or on unfavorable terms. We bear the risk of loss
associated with misrepresentations, and it can be challenging to recover any monetary losses suffered. We have implemented
various controls and security measures, but the failure of any of these controls could result in a failure to detect or mitigate
fraud risks in a timely manner. We are committed to ongoing investments and attention to combat fraud and enhance our
security measures to protect against these risks.
Reputational Risk
Damage to our reputation could significantly harm the businesses we engage in, as well as our competitive position and
prospects for growth.
Our ability to attract and retain investors, customers, clients, and employees could be adversely affected by damage to our
reputation resulting from various sources, including employee misconduct, litigation, or regulatory outcomes; failure to deliver
minimum standards of service and quality; compliance failures; unintentional disproportionate assessment of fees to customers
of protected classes; unethical behavior; unintended disclosure of confidential information; and the activities of our clients,
customers, and/or counterparties. Actions by the financial services industry in general, or by certain entities or individuals
within it, also could have a significantly adverse impact on our reputation. Our actual or perceived failure to identify and
address various issues also could give rise to reputational risk that could significantly harm us and our business prospects,
including failure to properly address operational risks. These issues include legal and regulatory requirements; consumer
protection, fair lending, and privacy issues; properly maintaining customer and associated personal information; record keeping;
protecting against money laundering; sales and trading practices; and ethical issues.
Increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders with respect to
our environmental, social, and governance practices may impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional
risks.
Companies are facing increasing scrutiny from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders related to their
environmental, social, and governance ("ESG") practices and disclosure. Investor advocacy groups, investment funds, and
influential investors are also increasingly focused on these practices, especially as they relate to the environment, health and
safety, diversity, labor conditions, and human rights. Increased ESG-related compliance costs could result in increases to our
overall operational costs. Failure to adapt to or comply with regulatory requirements or investor or stakeholder expectations
and standards could negatively impact our reputation, ability to do business with certain partners, and our stock price. New
government regulations could also result in new or more stringent forms of ESG oversight and expanding mandatory and
voluntary reporting, diligence, and disclosure. Additionally, concerns over the long-term impacts of climate change have led
and will continue to lead to governmental efforts around the world to mitigate those impacts. Investors, consumers, and
businesses also may change their behavior on their own as a result of these concerns. The Company and its customers will need
to respond to new laws and regulations as well as investor, consumer and business preferences resulting from climate change
concerns. The Company and its customers may face cost increases, asset value reductions, and operating process changes,
among other impacts. The impact on the Company’s customers will likely vary depending on their specific attributes, including
reliance on or role in carbon intensive activities. In addition, the Company would face reductions in credit worthiness on the
part of some customers or in the value of assets securing loans. Investors could determine not to invest in the Company’s
securities due to various climate change related considerations. The Company’s efforts to take these risks into account in
making lending and other decisions may not be effective in protecting the Company from the negative impact of new laws and
regulations or changes in investor, consumer or business behavior.
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 1C.
Cybersecurity
Risk Management and Strategy
45
The importance of protecting against unauthorized access to or use of customer data that has been entrusted to us as part
of the various services provided to our customers; as well as operational disruptions caused by cybersecurity events, is of
paramount importance to us. The Bank relies upon a formalized Information/Cybersecurity Program (“ICP”) to ensure we are
protecting the confidentiality, integrity and availability of confidential information. The ICP is approved by the Board of
Directors or a Committee thereof annually, and is designed to identify reasonably foreseeable internal and external threats,
assess the likelihood and potential damage these threats could cause, and assess the appropriateness of policies, standards and
procedures used to identify and mitigate risk levels to within the documented risk appetite. The ICP has been designed to align
with industry best practices, as well as Regulatory guidelines and laws; and leverages both the Secure Control and the National
Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity frameworks as its baselines.
The ICP incorporates formal policies and procedures to ensure established controls are subjected to testing and
independent effective challenge, to provide for appropriate due diligence and ongoing oversight of third parties who have
access to our confidential information and/or systems, and to provide information and cybersecurity training to our employee
population to ensure awareness of risks facing the institution and latest techniques used by malicious actors. A key component
of the training program is the performance of phishing and social engineering campaign, the result of which are used to gauge
the training program’s effectiveness, as well as to identify employees that pose a potential higher level of phishing/social
engineering susceptibility risk, with all such employees provided additional targeted training. The ICP also includes subject
matter expert review of third-party servicing agreements to ensure provisions adequately protect the bank in the event of a
cybersecurity event whenever the relationship involves sensitive customer information. Internal auditors and third-party
security experts are relied upon to review and ensure that established controls are appropriately designed, effectively
implemented, and operating as intended; with such reviews undertaken as part of the Bank’s internal audit and third-party
penetration testing programs.
The information/cybersecurity risk management program relies upon a layered security model to protect against both
internal and external threats; and is a component of the Bank’s formalized enterprise risk management program (“ERM
Program”), which is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors or Committee thereof at least annually. The ERM
Program sets forth enterprise-wide operational practices to ensure consistency in the organizations approach to risk
identification, documentation, measurement, management, and mitigation with all aspects of risk management documented
within a centrally maintained risk management platform (“RMP”). A key aspect of the ERM Program is the risk and control
self-assessment (“RCSA”) process, which is used to evaluate the mitigation effectiveness of implemented controls through an
independent effective challenge program. Gaps or control weaknesses identified as part of the RCSA process require creation
of issues and remediation strategies, both of which are formally documented within the RMP, where remediation efforts are
managed and monitored from initial creation through ultimate completion of the respective work effort. Independent effective
challenge has been embedded throughout this process and ensures that remediation efforts will, and have satisfactorily
addressed the identified issue.
A formal Incident Response Plan (“Plan”) is maintained by the Information Security Department, and approved by the
Board of Directors or designated Committee thereof at least annually. The Plan sets forth the Bank’s information/cybersecurity
incident response framework, which has been designed to ensure a consistent, repeatable response to any actual or threatened
cybersecurity incident (“Incident”). The framework sets forth the team structure utilized for the coordination, monitoring,
oversight, and internal and external reporting in connection with any identified Incident; and delineates responsibilities for all
team members involved in response activities, as well as guidance for all employees in connection with defining, discovering,
reporting, investigating, containing, and recovering from an Incident. During the reporting period, we did not experience any
cybersecurity risks or incidents that have materially or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Bank; including its business
strategy, result of operations, or financial condition.
We believe that the impact of any previously identified cyber incidents, including those subject to ongoing investigation
and remediation, will not have a material impact on the Company, including business strategy, results of operations or financial
condition.
Governance
The Board of Directors, through its Risk Assessment (“RAC”) and Technology (“TEC”) Committees, (together the
“Committees”) provides direction and oversight of both the enterprise risk management and information/cybersecurity risk
management programs. The Committees meet monthly to review and discuss overall state, current developments, management
and performance metrics, risk identification and mitigation status, and new initiatives associated with both the Enterprise Risk
Management and Information/Cybersecurity Programs. The Committees rely upon various management level committees (e.g.
46
Enterprise Risk Management, Operational Risk Management, and Technology Management) for oversight and direct
management of the overarching risk management framework, which includes the information/cybersecurity risk management
program and direct reporting by the Chief Information Security Officer (“CISO”).
The CISO is responsible for administration, management, and oversight of the Information/Cybersecurity Program; and is
supported by a team of individuals that possess various levels of educational and technical hands-on expertise to carry out daily
responsibilities and to ensure the Program’s success and continued maturation. The CISO reports directly to the Chief Risk
Officer, and has over 15 years of direct experience in designing, implementing, and maturing information and cybersecurity
strategies within the financial sector. Prior to joining the Bank, the CISO served as a technology examiner for one of the three
Federal banking regulatory agencies, with over ten years of experience performing technology examinations of financial
institutions (“FI”) and FI service providers primarily within the New York metropolitan area.
Item 2.
Properties
We own certain of our branch offices, as well as our headquarters on Long Island and certain other back-office buildings
in New York, Ohio, Florida and Michigan. We also utilize other branch and back-office locations in those states, and in New
Jersey, Arizona, California, Indiana, and Wisconsin under various lease and license agreements that expire at various times.
(See Note 8 - Leases in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”) We believe that our facilities are adequate to
meet our present and immediately foreseeable needs.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of its business. All such actions in the
aggregate involve amounts that are believed by management to be immaterial to the financial condition and results of
operations of the Company.
The Company and its President and Chief Executive Officer and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer have been named as defendants in a shareholder class action captioned Lemm, Jr. v. New York Community Bancorp,
Inc., et al., Case No. 1:24-cv-00903, filed on February 6, 2024 in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of
New York. This action, which seeks unspecified compensatory damages to be proven at trial, alleges violations of the federal
securities laws, including Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and SEC Rule
10b-5, with respect to disclosures concerning the Company’s business, operations and prospects, particularly regarding the
impact of the Flagstar and Signature transactions and the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio and related matters, that
were made in the Company’s public SEC filings and press releases during the period beginning on March 1, 2023 and ending
on January 30, 2024. The Company intends to vigorously defend this action and any related actions.
The Company and its President and Chief Executive Officer and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer have also been named as defendants in a second shareholder class action captioned Miskey v. New York Community
Bancorp, Inc., et al., Case No. 1:24-cv-01118, filed on February 13, 2024 in the United States District Court for the Eastern
District of New York. This action also seeks unspecified compensatory damages to be proven at trial and alleges violations of
the federal securities laws, including Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and SEC Rule 10b-5, with respect to
disclosures concerning the Company’s business, operations and prospects, particularly regarding the impact of the Flagstar and
Signature transactions and the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio and related matters, that were made in the
Company’s public SEC filings and press releases during the period beginning on March 1, 2023 and ending on February 5,
2024. The Company intends to vigorously defend this action and any related actions.
The Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,
as well as all of the Company’s current directors, have also been named as defendants in a shareholder derivative action
captioned Hauser v. Cangemi, et al., Case No. 1:24-cv-01207, filed on February 15, 2024 in the United States District Court for
the Eastern District of New York. This action, which also names the Company as a nominal defendant and seeks unspecified
compensatory damages and certain corporate governance and internal procedures reforms, alleges claims of breach of fiduciary
duty, gross mismanagement, waste of corporate assets, unjust enrichment, aiding and abetting with respect to the director
defendants, and violations of Sections 10(b) and 21D of the Exchange Act with respect to the officer defendants. The
allegations in the complaint relate to disclosures concerning the Company’s business, operations and prospects, particularly
regarding the impact of the Flagstar and Signature transactions and the Bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio and related
matters, that were made in the Company’s public SEC filings and press releases during the period beginning on March 1, 2023
and ending on January 31, 2024, as well as the defendants’ management of the Company during such period. The Company
intends to vigorously defend this action and any related actions.
47
The outcome of the pending litigation described above is uncertain. There can be no assurance (i) that we will not incur
material losses due to damages, penalties, costs and/or expenses as a result of such litigation, (ii) that the reserves we have
established will be sufficient to cover such losses, or (iii) that such losses will not materially exceed such reserves and have a
material impact on our financial condition or results of operations. The Company may incur significant legal expenses in
defending the litigation described above during the pendency of these matters, and in connection with any other potential cases,
including expenses for the potential reimbursement of legal fees of officers and directors under indemnification obligations.
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
None.
48
PART II
Item 5.
Market For the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters, and Issuer Purchases
The common stock of New York Community Bancorp, Inc. trades on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under
the symbol “NYCB.”
At December 31, 2023, the number of outstanding shares was 722,066,370 and the number of registered owners was
approximately 11,746. The latter figure does not include those investors whose shares were held for them by a bank or broker at
that date.
Stock Performance Graph
The following graph compares the cumulative total return on the Company’s stock in the five years ended December 31,
2023 with the cumulative total returns on a broad market index (the S&P Mid-Cap 400 Index) and a peer group index (the S&P
U.S. BMI Banks Index) during the same time. The S&P Mid-Cap 400 Index was chosen as the broad market index in
connection with the Company’s trading activity on the NYSE; the S&P U.S. BMI Banks Index currently is comprised of 258
bank and thrift institutions, including the Company. S&P Global Market Intelligence provided us with the data for both indices.
The performance graph is being furnished solely to accompany this report pursuant to Item 201(e) of Regulation S-K, and
is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated
by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general
incorporation language in such filing.
The cumulative total returns are based on the assumption that $100.00 was invested in each of the three investments on
December 31, 2018 and that all dividends paid since that date were reinvested. Such returns are based on historical results and
are not intended to suggest future performance.
49
CUMULATIVE TOTAL STOCKHOLDER RETURN
COMPARED WITH PERFORMANCE OF SELECTED INDICES
DECEMBER 31, 2018 THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2023
12/31/2018
12/31/2019
12/31/2020
12/31/2021
12/31/2022
12/31/2023
New York Community Bancorp, Inc. $
100.00 $
135.38 $
127.51 $
156.41 $
118.03 $
S&P Mid-Cap 400 Index $
100.00 $
126.20 $
143.44 $
178.95 $
155.58 $
S&P U.S. BMI Banks Index $
100.00 $
137.36 $
119.83 $
162.92 $
135.13 $
149.75
181.15
147.41
Share Repurchases
Shares Repurchased Pursuant to the Company’s Stock-Based Incentive Plans
Participants in the Company’s stock-based incentive plans may have shares of common stock withheld to fulfill the
income tax obligations that arise in connection with the vesting of their stock awards. Shares that are withheld for this purpose
are repurchased pursuant to the terms of the applicable stock-based incentive plan, rather than pursuant to the share repurchase
program authorized by the Board of Directors, described below.
Shares Repurchased Pursuant to the Board of Directors’ Share Repurchase Authorization
On October 23, 2018, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $300 million of the Company’s common
stock. Under said authorization, shares may be repurchased on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. As of
December 31, 2023, the Company has approximately $9 million remaining under this repurchase authorization.
50
Relative ValueNew York Community BancorpS&P Mid-Cap 400 IndexS&P U.S. BMI Banks Index12/31/201812/31/201912/31/202012/31/202112/31/202212/31/202380100120140160180200 Shares that are repurchased pursuant to the Board of Directors’ authorization, and those that are repurchased pursuant to
the Company’s stock-based incentive plans, are held in our Treasury account and may be used for various corporate purposes,
including, but not limited to, merger transactions and the vesting of restricted stock awards.
During the year December 31, 2023, the Company repurchased $12 million or 1 million shares of its common stock:
(dollars in millions, except share data)
Period
First Quarter 2023
Second Quarter 2023
Third Quarter 2023
Fourth Quarter 2023
October 1 - 31, 2023
November 1 - 30, 2023
December 1 - 31, 2023
Total Fourth Quarter 2023
2023 Total
Item 6.
Reserved
Total Shares of
Common Stock
Repurchased
Average Price Paid
per Common Share
Total Allocation
Total Shares of Common Stock
Purchased as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or Programs
976,454 $
9.33 $
190,177
33,956
1,525
4,897
50,526
56,948 $
1,257,535 $
10.36
12.50
10.29
9.34
9.92
16.57
9.59 $
9
2
0
0
—
1
1
12
0
0
0
—
—
—
—
—
Item 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
At December 31, 2023, total assets were $114.1 billion, up $23.9 billion compared to December 31, 2022. Total deposits
were $81.5 billion at December 31, 2023, up $22.8 billion from December 31, 2022. These year-to-date increases were
primarily due to our March 20, 2023, assumption of a substantial amount of the deposits and certain identified liabilities and the
acquisition of certain assets and lines of business of Signature Bridge Bank, from the FDIC as receiver for Signature Bridge
Bank (the “Signature Transaction”). See Note 3 - Business Combinations to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further
information regarding the Signature Transaction.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net loss was $79 million as compared to net income of $650 million for the year
ended December 31, 2022. Net loss available to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2023 was
$112 million, compared to net income $617 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Diluted (loss) earnings per share
totaled $(0.16) for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to $1.26 for the year ended December 31, 2022.
The net loss for 2023 primarily reflects a goodwill impairment of $2.4 billion recorded in the fourth quarter partially
offset by a $2.1 billion bargain gain on the Signature Transaction. During the fourth quarter of 2023, management also took
decisive actions to build capital, reinforce our balance sheet, strengthen our risk management processes, and better align
ourselves with the relevant bank peers. We significantly built our reserve levels by recording a $552 million provision for loan
losses, bringing our allowance for credit losses to $992 million at December 31, 2023, reflecting our actions to build reserves
during the quarter to address weakness in the office sector, potential repricing risk in the multi-family portfolio and conditions
leading to increases in classified assets, which better aligns the Company with its relevant bank peers, including Category IV
banks. In addition, we added on-balance sheet liquidity as we prepare for the enhanced prudential standards that apply to banks
with $100 billion or more in total assets.
Loan Portfolio
At December 31, 2023, total C&I loans were $25.3 billion compared to $12.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The
majority of the increase is attributable to the $9.9 billion of C&I loans acquired in the Signature Transaction along with
continued growth through new originations.
51
The multi-family loan portfolio was $37.3 billion at December 31, 2023, down slightly compared to $38.1 billion at
December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023, multi-family loans represented 44 percent of total loans, compared to 55 percent at
December 31, 2022, further demonstrating the reduction of our concentration in this asset class.
Commercial loans (commercial real estate and acquisition, development and construction loans) increased $2.9 billion at
December 31, 2023 to $13.4 billion compared to $10.5 billion at December 31, 2022 largely attributable to the Signature
Transaction and growth in our home builder finance portfolio.
One-to-four family residential loans totaled $6.1 billion at December 31, 2023, representing 7 percent of total loans
compared to $5.8 billion or eight percent of total loans at December 31, 2022. Other loans totaled $2.7 billion at December 31,
2023 compared to $2.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The other loan portfolio consists mostly of HELOC and other consumer
loans.
Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2023 totaled $1.2 billion, up from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2022.
Deposit Base
Deposits at December 31, 2023 totaled $81.5 billion, up $22.8 billion compared to $58.7 billion at December 31, 2022
primarily driven by the Signature Transaction.
Our deposit base includes $29.3 billion of uninsured deposits at December 31, 2023, up $12.9 billion as compared to
December 31, 2022 largely due to the Signature Transaction. This represents 35.9 percent of our total deposits. These amounts
were determined based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting purposes and exclude internal
accounts. At December 31, 2023 total liquidity (cash and cash equivalents, unpledged securities, and FHLB and FRB
borrowing capacity) was $27.9 billion.
Net Interest Income
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net interest income totaled $3.1 billion, up $1.7 billion or 120 percent compared
to the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase was primarily the result of the Flagstar acquisition, which closed in late
2022, and the Signature transaction, which closed in late March of 2023.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net interest margin was 2.99 percent, up sixty-four basis points compared to the
year ended December 31, 2022. The year-over-year increase was primarily the result of a larger balance sheet driven by both
the Flagstar acquisition and the Signature transaction, and due to organic loan growth, along with the impact of higher interest
rates.
Asset Quality
At December 31, 2023, NPA to total assets equaled 0.39 percent compared to 0.17 percent at December 31, 2022 while
NPL to total loans equaled 0.51 percent compared to 0.20 percent at December 31, 2022. The increase in NPLs was primarily
driven by a $125 million increase in multi-family loans and a $108 million in commercial real estate loans. Repossessed assets
of $14 million were slightly higher compared to $12 million in the prior year.
Recent Events
Declaration of Dividend on Common Shares
On January 30, 2024, the Company's Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per share on the
Company's common stock. The dividend is payable on February 28, 2024 to common stockholders of record as of February 14,
2024.
Appointment of Executive Chairman
On February 6, 2024, the Company appointed Alessandro (Sandro) DiNello as Executive Chairman, effective as of
February 7, 2024. In this capacity, Mr. DiNello serves as the most senior executive officer of the Company.
52
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is our primary source of income. Its level is a function of the average balance of our interest-earning
assets, the average balance of our interest-bearing liabilities, and the spread between the yield on such assets and the cost of
such liabilities. These factors are influenced by both the pricing and mix of our interest-earning assets and our interest-bearing
liabilities which, in turn, are impacted by various external factors, including the local economy, competition for loans and
deposits, the monetary policy of the FOMC, and market interest rates.
The cost of our deposits and borrowed funds is largely based on short-term rates of interest, the level of which is partially
impacted by the actions of the FOMC.
While the target federal funds rate generally impacts the cost of our short-term borrowings and deposits, the yields on our
held-for-investment loans and other interest-earning assets are not as sensitive to intermediate-term market interest rates.
Another factor that impacts the yields on our interest-earning assets—and our net interest income—is the income
generated by our multi-family and CRE loans and securities when they prepay. Since prepayment income is recorded as interest
income, an increase or decrease in its level will also be reflected in the average yields (as applicable) on our loans, securities,
and interest-earning assets, and therefore in our net interest income, our net interest rate spread, and our net interest margin.
It should be noted that the level of prepayment income on loans recorded in any given period depends on the volume of
loans that refinance or prepay during that time. Such activity is largely dependent on such external factors as current market
conditions, including real estate values, and the perceived or actual direction of market interest rates. This impact is most
prevalent in our multi-family and CRE portfolios, and to a lesser extent in our C&I and ADC portfolios. In addition, while a
decline in market interest rates may trigger an increase in refinancing and, therefore, prepayment income, so too may an
increase in market interest rates. It is not unusual for borrowers to lock in lower interest rates when they expect, or see, that
market interest rates are rising rather than risk refinancing later at a still higher interest rate. The impact of prepayments on the
current quarter and year was minimal.
Year-over-Year Comparison
For the year ended December 31, 2023, net interest income totaled $3.1 billion, up $1.7 billion or 120 percent compared
to $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022. The year-over-year increase was primarily the result of the Flagstar
acquisition, which closed late last year, and the Signature Transaction, which closed in late March of this year.
•
•
•
•
Interest income on mortgages and other loans increased $2.7 billion driven by a $32.5 billion or 65.8 percent increase
in average loan balances to $81.9 billion. This is primarily driven by the December 2022 acquisition of Flagstar and
the March 2023 Signature Transaction. Additionally, we had a 177 basis point increase in the average loan yield to 5.5
percent in the current year primarily due to higher yields on acquired loans and the rising interest rate environment.
Prepayments in 2023 were $9 million.
Interest income on securities increased $244 million driven by a 149 basis point increase in the average yield to 4.2
percent from 2.7 percent along with a $3.2 billion or 42.5 percent increase in the average securities balance to $10.6
billion. The increase was driven by higher rates on new purchase and higher yields on acquired Flagstar securities.
Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents increased $487 million reflecting a 367 basis point increase in the average
yield to 5.1 percent driven by higher short-term market rates and an increase in the average balance driven by the
Signature Transaction and bolstering our on-balance sheet liquidity.
Interest expense on average interest-bearing deposits increased $1.4 billion to $1.8 billion during the year ended
December 31, 2023, driven by a 206 basis point increase in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits due to rising
interest rates. Average interest earning deposits grew $20.3 billion, or 56.4 percent, to $56.3 billion. The balance
growth primarily reflects the December acquisition of Flagstar and the March Signature Transaction.
53
•
Interest expense on borrowed funds increased $343 million or 109.6 percent to $656 million driven by a 162 basis
point increase in rates in addition to a $2.5 billion or 16.5 percent increase in the average balance to $17.9 billion.
Net Interest Margin
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our average balance sheet for the periods indicated, including
the average yields on our interest-earning assets and the average costs of our interest-bearing liabilities. Average yields are
calculated by dividing the interest income produced by the average balance of interest-earning assets. Average costs are
calculated by dividing the interest expense produced by the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The average balances
for the periods are derived from average balances that are calculated daily. The average yields and costs include fees, as well as
premiums and discounts (including mark-to-market adjustments from acquisitions), that are considered adjustments to such
average yields and costs.
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts
$ 29,286 $
943
3.22 % $
17,910 $
226
1.26 % $ 12,829 $
(dollars in millions)
ASSETS:
Interest-earning assets:
Mortgage and other loans and leases , net (1)
Securities (2) (3)
Reverse repurchase agreements
Interest-earning cash and cash equivalents
Total interest-earning assets
Non-interest-earning assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Interest-bearing deposits:
Savings accounts
Certificates of deposit
Total interest-bearing deposits
Short term borrowed funds
Other borrowed funds
Total borrowed funds
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Non-interest-bearing deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Net interest income/interest rate spread
Net interest margin
Ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
Average
Balance
Interest
Average
Yield/Cost
Average
Balance
Interest
Average
Yield/Cost
Average
Balance
Interest
Average
Yield/Cost
$ 81,855 $ 4,509
5.51 % $
49,376 $ 1,848
3.74 % $ 43,200 $ 1,525
10,611
388
10,025
444
22
516
4.18 %
5.77 %
5.14 %
7,448
460
1,988
200
2.69 %
6,625
156
15
29
3.24 %
430
1.47 %
2,016
4
4
$ 102,879 $ 5,491
5.34 % $
59,272 $ 2,092
3.53 % $ 52,271 $ 1,689
7,616
$ 110,495
5,130
$
64,402
5,275
$ 57,546
31
28
55
9,941
17,097
169
646
1.70 %
3.78 %
9,336
8,772
60
97
0.64 %
1.11 %
7,612
9,094
$ 56,324 $ 1,758
3.12 % $
36,018 $
383
1.06 % $ 29,535 $
114
7,263
10,671
305
351
4.20 %
2,408
3.29 %
12,982
56
257
2.32 %
2,343
1.99 %
13,366
$ 17,934 $
656
3.66 % $
15,390 $
313
2.04 % $ 15,709 $
$ 74,258 $ 2,414
3.25 % $
51,408 $
696
1.35 % $ 45,244 $
8
278
286
400
21,583
4,073
$ 99,914
10,581
$ 110,495
5,124
787
$
57,319
7,083
$
64,402
4,578
790
$ 50,612
6,934
$ 57,546
3.53 %
2.35 %
1.05 %
0.17 %
3.23 %
0.24 %
0.36 %
0.60 %
0.38 %
0.34 %
2.08 %
1.82 %
0.88 %
$ 3,077
2.09 %
2.99 %
1.39 x
$ 1,396
2.17 %
2.35 %
1.15 x
$ 1,289
2.35 %
2.47 %
1.16 x
(1) Amounts are net of net deferred loan origination costs/(fees) and includes loans held for sale and non-performing loans.
(2) Amounts are at amortized cost.
(3)
Includes FHLB stock and FRB stock.
54
The following table presents the extent to which changes in interest rates and changes in the volume of interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities affected our interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated. Information
is provided in each category with respect to (i) the changes attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by
prior rate); (ii) the changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) the net change.
The changes attributable to the combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the changes due to
volume and the changes due to rate on each separate line.
(in millions)
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
Mortgage and other loans and leases, net
Securities
Reverse repurchase agreements
Interest Earning cash and cash equivalents
Total interest-earnings assets
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts
Savings accounts
Certificates of deposit
Short term borrowed funds
Other borrowed funds
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Change in net interest income
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023 compared to Year Ended
2022
Increase/(Decrease) Due to:
2022 compared to Year Ended
2021
Increase/(Decrease) Due to:
Volume
Rate
Net
Volume
Rate
Net
$
1789 $
11200000
0
872 $ 2661 $
2440000
00
132000000
-4000000 11000000 7000000
4870000
00
413000000 74000000
231 $
92 $
323
22
1
—
22
10
25
44
11
25
2,327
1,072 3,399
247
156
403
366
10
315
204
(76)
743
351
99
234
45
170
717
109
549
249
94
975
1,718
64
11
(4)
2
(8)
83
131
195
21
46
46
(13)
213
32
42
48
(21)
296
107
$
1,584 $
97 $ 1,681 $
164 $
(57) $
For the year ended December 31, 2023, the net interest margin was 2.99 percent, up 64 basis points compared to the year
ended December 31, 2022. The year-over-year increase was primarily the result of a larger balance sheet with loans at higher
yields driven by both the Flagstar acquisition and the Signature Transaction along with the impact of higher interest rates.
Average interest-earning assets increased $43.6 billion, or 74 percent, on a year-over-year basis to $102.9 billion for the year
ended December 31, 2023, while the average yield rose 181 basis points to 5.34 percent.
Average loan balances rose $32.5 billion, or 66 percent, to $81.9 billion while the average loan yield rose 177 basis points
to 5.51 percent on a year-over-year basis. Average cash balances increased $8.0 billion to $10.0 billion, while the average yield
rose to 5.14 percent from 1.47 percent. Average securities increased $3.2 billion, or 42 percent, to $10.6 billion, while the
average yield improved to 4.18 percent from 2.69 percent.
Average interest-bearing liabilities increased $22.9 billion, or 44 percent, to $74.3 billion while the average cost increased
to 3.25 percent from 1.35 percent. Average interest-bearing deposits rose $20.3 billion, or 56 percent, while the average cost of
deposits increased to 3.12 percent compared to 1.06 percent. Average borrowed funds increased $2.5 billion to $17.9 billion
while the average cost rose to 3.66 percent from 2.04 percent. Average non-interest-bearing deposits rose $16.5 billion to $21.6
billion.
Provision for Credit Losses
Comparison to Prior Year to Date
The year ended December 31, 2023 provision for credit losses was $833 million compared to $133 million for the year
ended December 31, 2022. The 2023 provision primarily reflects an initial $132 million provision for credit losses for acquired
loans and related commitments from the Signature Transaction and a net $483 million increase in ACL and unfunded
commitment reserves which reflects our actions to build reserves during the fourth quarter to address weakness in the office
sector, potential repricing risk in the multi-family portfolio and conditions leading to increases in classified assets. Lastly, the
Company recorded a net $10 million provision related to net charge-offs on AFS securities.
Total net loan charge-offs amounted to $208 million, including $112 million for a co-operative loan, $40 million for a
CRE loan, and $30 million for commercial loans, mainly from two C&I loans in the fourth quarter. The charged-off co-
55
operative loan was subsequently transferred to held-for-sale status. On February 29, the loan was sold, realizing a gain of $26
million from its previously written-down fair value estimate. This gain on sale will be recognized in the first quarter of 2024.
For a more detailed discussion and analysis of the total allowance for credit losses, see the "Credit Quality" section of this
MD&A and "Note 7 - Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases".
Non-Interest Income
We generate non-interest income through a variety of sources, including—among others—fee income (in the form of
retail deposit fees and charges on loans); net return on our MSR asset; net gain on loan sales and securitizations, net loan
administration income (including loan subservicing income); income from our investment in BOLI; and “other” sources,
including the revenues produced through the sale of third-party investment products.
The following table summarizes our non-interest income for the respective periods:
(in millions)
Bargain purchase gain
Fee income
Net return on mortgage servicing rights
Net gain on loan sales and securitizations
Other
Bank-owned life insurance
Net loan administration income
Net loss on securities
Total non-interest income
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
2,131 $
159 $
172
103
89
68
43
82
(1)
27
6
5
17
32
3
(2)
$
2,687 $
247 $
—
23
—
—
9
29
—
—
61
Non-interest income increased $2.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December
31, 2022 primarily due to the bargain purchase gain of $2.1 billion related to the Signature Transaction. Excluding bargain
purchase gains, non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $556 million as compared to $88 million for
the year ended December 31, 2022. For the year ended December 31, 2023, net gains on loan sales, net return on mortgage
servicing rights and net loan administration income totaled $274 million compared to $14 million for the year ended December
31, 2022, all driven by a full year of the Flagstar acquisition. The two acquisitions also drove higher fee income, loan
administration income and other income driven by mortgage and FDIC loan servicing along with a higher volume of customer
based fees.
Non-Interest Expense
Non-interest expense increased $4.3 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December
31, 2022, driven by goodwill impairment in the fourth quarter totaling $2.4 billion. Additionally, merger related expenses
increased $223 million due to the closing of the Signature transaction and ongoing integration costs. Excluding the goodwill
impairment and merger related expenses, non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 totaled $2.2 billion as
compared to $0.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2022.
Total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 were up approximately $1.5 billion compared to the year
ended December 31, 2022 primarily driven by a full-year of Flagstar activity and the Signature transaction, which closed in late
March of 2023. Included in total operating expenses is a $49 million expense for the FDIC special assessment issued to certain
banks nationally related to deposit insurance fund shortfalls, including the assessment issued by the FDIC in February 2024..
Income Tax Expense
For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company reported a provision for income taxes of $29 million, compared to
$176 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. Income tax expense for the current year was impacted by the bargain
purchase gain arising from the Signature transaction.
56
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 2022 AS COMPARED TO 2021
The results of operations comparison of 2022 compared to 2021 can be found in the Company’s previously filed Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year-ended December 31, 2022 under Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations”- Results of Operations: 2022 As Compared to 2021.”
Signature Transaction - Certain Financial Information
In accordance with the guidance provided in Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 1:K, “Financial Statements of Acquired
Troubled Financial Institutions” (“SAB 1:K”) the Company has omitted certain financial information on the Signature
Transaction required by Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X and Article 11 of Regulation S-X. SAB 1:K provides relief from the
requirements of Rule 3-05 and Article 11 of Regulation S-X under certain circumstances, including a transaction such as the
Signature Transaction, in which the registrant engages in an acquisition of a troubled financial institution for which historical
financial statements are not reasonably available or relevant and in which federal assistance is an essential and significant part
of the transaction.
FINANCIAL CONDITION
Balance Sheet Summary
Total assets increased $23.9 billion to $114.1 billion as of December 31, 2023, compared to $90.1 billion at
December 31, 2022 due to the Signature Transaction, which closed on March 20, 2023, and organic growth.
The Company acquired approximately $11.7 billion of loans, net of purchase accounting adjustments ("PAA"), $33.5
billion of deposits, net of PAA, and $2.1 billion of other liabilities related to the Signature Transaction.
Total loans and leases held for investment were $84.6 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $69.0 billion at
December 31, 2022. The increase was driven by the aforementioned loans acquired from the Signature Transaction and organic
loan growth.
The securities portfolio totaled $9.2 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $9.1 billion at December 31, 2022. As of
December 31, 2023, the Company has no held-to-maturity securities portfolio and all of the Company’s securities were
designated as “Available-for-Sale”, consistent with December 31, 2022.
Total deposits grew $22.8 billion, or 39 percent to $81.5 billion at December 31, 2023 compared to $58.7 billion at
December 31, 2022 primarily driven by the deposits assumed in the Signature Transaction. Included in the December 31, 2023
balance are $247 million in non-interest-bearing custodial deposits related to the Signature Transaction.
Wholesale borrowings at December 31, 2023 remained flat at $20.3 billion when compared to December 31, 2022.
57
Loans held-for-investment
The following table summarizes the composition of our loan portfolio:
(in millions)
Mortgage Loans:
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Acquisition, development, and construction
Total mortgage loans
Other Loans:
Commercial and industrial
Other loans
Total other loans held for investment
Total loans and leases held for investment
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases
Total loans and leases held for investment, net
Loans held for sale
Total loans and leases, net
Loan Maturity and Repricing Analysis
At December 31,
2023
2022
Percent of
Loans Held
for Investment
Amount
Percent of
Loans Held for
Investment
Amount
55.3 %
12.4 %
8.4 %
2.8 %
78.9 %
17.8 %
3.3 %
21.1 %
$
37,265
44.0 % $
38,130
10,470
6,061
2,912
12.4 %
7.2 %
3.4 %
8,526
5,821
1,996
$
56,708
67.0 % $
54,473
$
25,254
29.9 % $
12,276
$
$
2,657
27,911
84,619
(992)
$
83,627
1,182
$
84,809
3.1 %
2,252
33.0 % $
14,528
100.0 % $
69,001
100.0 %
(393)
68,608
1,115
69,723
$
$
The following table sets forth the maturity or period to repricing of our portfolio of loans held for investment at
December 31, 2023. Loans that have adjustable rates are shown as being due in the period during which their interest rates are
next subject to change.
(in millions)
Amount due:
Within one year
After one year:
One to five years
Over five years to fifteen years
Over fifteen years
Total due or repricing after one year
Multi- Family
Commercial
Real Estate
One-to-
Four
Family
Acquisition,
Development, and
Construction
Other
Total Loans
$
3,530 $
1,233 $
14 $
1,049 $
8,323 $
14,149
28,419
5,314
2
33,735
7,946
1,263
28
9,237
54
297
5,696
6,047
1,775
25
63
1,863
14,973
3,280
1,335
19,588
53,167
10,179
7,124
70,470
Total amounts due or repricing, gross
$
37,265 $
10,470 $
6,061 $
2,912 $
27,911 $
84,619
58
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2023, the dollar amount of all loans held for investment that are due
after December 31, 2024, and indicates whether such loans have fixed or adjustable rates of interest:
(in millions)
Mortgage Loans:
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Acquisition, development, and construction
Total mortgage loans
Other loans
Total loans
Fixed
Adjustable
Total
$
8,758 $
24,977 $
33,735
3,381
2,201
121
14,461
9,836
5,856
3,846
1,742
36,421
9,752
$
24,297 $
46,173 $
9,237
6,047
1,863
50,882
19,588
70,470
The following table summarizes our production of loans held for investment:
(in millions)
Mortgage Loan Originated for Investment:
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Acquisition, development, and construction
Total mortgage loans originated for investment
Other Loans Originated for Investment:
Specialty finance
Commercial and industrial
Other
Total other loans originated for investment
Total loans originated for investment
Multi-Family Loans
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
Amount
Percent of Total
Amount
Percent of Total
$
$
$
$
$
839
1,092
3,739
1,571
7,241
7,326
4,942
1,178
13,446
20,687
4.0 % $
5.3 %
18.1 %
7.6 %
8,387
1,086
328
149
49.2 %
6.4 %
1.9 %
0.9 %
35.0 % $
9,950
58.4 %
35.4 % $
23.9 %
5.7 %
6,001
1,016
83
65.0 % $
7,100
100.0 % $
17,050
35.2 %
6.0 %
0.4 %
41.6 %
100.0 %
The multi-family loans we produce are primarily secured by non-luxury residential apartment buildings in New York City
that feature rent-regulated units and below-market rents.
The multi-family loan portfolio was $37.3 billion at December 31, 2023, down slightly compared to $38.1 billion at
December 31, 2022 due to a combination of higher interest rates and our loan diversification strategy.
The majority of our multi-family loans were secured by rental apartment buildings.
At December 31, 2023, $21.1 billion or 57 percent of the Company’s total multi-family loan portfolio is secured by
properties in New York State, of which $18.3 billion are subject to rent regulation laws. Of the $18.3 billion properties subject
to rent regulation, approximately 38 percent are currently in an interest only period. The weighted average LTV of the New
York State rent regulated multi-family portfolio was 58 percent as of December 31, 2023 as compared to 57 percent at
December 31, 2022.
In addition to underwriting multi-family loans on the basis of the buildings’ income and condition, we consider the
borrowers’ credit history, profitability, and building management expertise. Borrowers are required to present evidence of their
ability to repay the loan from the buildings’ current rent rolls, their financial statements, and related documents.
While a percentage of our multi-family loans are ten-year fixed rate credits, the vast majority of our multi-family loans
feature a term of ten or twelve years, with a fixed rate of interest for the first five or seven years of the loan, and an alternative
59
rate of interest in years six through ten or eight through twelve. The rate charged in the first five or seven years is generally
based on intermediate-term interest rates plus a spread.
During the remaining years, the loan resets to an annually adjustable rate that is indexed to CME Term SOFR or Prime,
plus a spread. Alternately, the borrower may opt for a fixed rate that is tied to the five-year fixed advance rate of the FHLB-NY,
plus a spread. The fixed-rate option also requires the payment of one percentage point of the then-outstanding loan balance. In
either case, the minimum rate at repricing is equivalent to the rate in the initial five-or seven-year term. As the rent roll
increases, the typical property owner seeks to refinance the mortgage, and generally does so before the loan reprices in year six
or eight.
Multi-family loans that refinance within the first five or seven years are typically subject to an established prepayment
penalty schedule. Depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of prepayment, the penalties normally range from
five percentage points to one percentage point of the then-current loan balance. If a loan extends past the fifth or seventh year
and the borrower selects the fixed-rate option, the prepayment penalties typically reset to a range of five points to one point
over years six through ten or eight through twelve. For example, a ten-year multi-family loan that prepays in year three would
generally be expected to pay a prepayment penalty equal to three percentage points of the remaining principal balance. A
twelve-year multi-family loan that prepays in year one or two would generally be expected to pay a penalty equal to five
percentage points.
Because prepayment penalties assessed to the borrower are recorded as interest income, they are reflected in the average
yields on our loans and interest-earning assets, our net interest rate spread and net interest margin, and the level of net interest
income we record. No assumptions are involved in the recognition of prepayment income, as such income is recorded when the
cash is received.
Our success as a multi-family lender partly reflects the solid relationships we have developed with the market’s leading
mortgage brokers and generational direct relationships, who are familiar with our lending practices, our underwriting standards,
and our long-standing practice of basing our loans on the cash flows produced by the properties. The process of producing such
loans is generally four to six weeks in duration.
We primarily underwrite our multi-family loans based on the current cash flows produced by the collateral property, with
a reliance on the “income” approach to appraising the properties, rather than the “sales” approach. We also consider a variety of
other factors, including the physical condition of the underlying property; the net operating income of the mortgaged premises
prior to debt service; the DSCR, which is the ratio of the property’s net operating income to its debt service; and the ratio of the
loan amount to the appraised value (i.e., the LTV) of the property.
In addition to requiring a minimum DSCR of 120 percent on multi-family buildings at origination, we obtain a security
interest in the personal property located on the premises, and an assignment of rents and leases. Our multi-family loans
generally represent no more than 75 percent of the lower of the appraised value or the sales price of the underlying property,
and typically feature an amortization period of 30 years. In addition, our multi-family loans may contain an initial interest-only
period which typically does not exceed two years; however, these loans are underwritten on a fully amortizing basis. Exceptions
to these levels are made to borrowers on a case by case basis and approved by the joint authority of credit and lending officers
and when necessary, the Board Credit Committee of the Board.
We continue to monitor our loans held for investment portfolio and the related allowance for credit losses, particularly
given the economic pressures facing the commercial real estate and multi-family markets. In general, buildings that are subject
to rent regulation have historically tended to be stable, with occupancy levels remaining more or less constant over time.
Because the rents are typically below market and the buildings securing our loans are generally maintained in good condition,
they have been more likely to retain their tenants in adverse economic times. In addition, we generally exclude any short-term
property tax exemptions and abatement benefits the property owners receive when we underwrite our multi-family loans.
60
The following table presents a geographical analysis of the multi-family loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio:
(in millions)
New York City:
Manhattan
Brooklyn
Bronx
Queens
Staten Island
Total New York City
New Jersey
Long Island
Total Metro New York
Other New York State
Pennsylvania
Florida
Ohio
Arizona
All other states
Total
Commercial Real Estate
At December 31, 2023
Multi-Family Loans
Amount
Percent of Total
$
$
$
6,893
5,840
3,619
2,831
133
19,316
5,064
509
24,889
1,233
3,682
1,681
1,085
434
4,261
$
37,265
18 %
16 %
10 %
8 %
— %
52 %
14 %
1 %
67 %
3 %
10 %
5 %
3 %
1 %
11 %
100 %
At December 31, 2023, CRE loans represented $10.5 billion, or 12 percent, of total loans held for investment, reflecting a
$2.0 billion increase when compared to $8.5 billion at December 31, 2022. Approximately $1.9 billion of CRE loans were
acquired in the Signature Transaction.
CRE loans represented $1.1 billion, or 5 percent, of the loans we originated for the year ended December 31, 2023 as
compared to $1.1 billion, or 6 percent for the year ended December 31, 2022.
The CRE loans we produce are secured by income-producing properties such as office buildings, retail centers, mixed-use
buildings, and multi-tenanted light industrial properties. At December 31, 2023, the largest concentration of CRE loans were
secured by properties in the metro New York City area. Refer to the Geographical Analysis table included below for additional
details.
Approximately $3.4 billion of the CRE portfolio are office properties with an average balance of approximately
$10 million and located primarily in the New York metro area.
The terms of more than half of our CRE loans primarily feature a fixed rate of interest for the first five years of the loan
that is generally based on intermediate-term interest rates plus a spread. In addition to customary fixed rate terms, we now also
offer floating rates advances indexed to CME Term SOFR. These products are generally offered in combination with interest
rate cap or swaps that provide borrowers with additional optionality to manage their interest rate risk. Following the initial fixed
rate period, the loan resets to an adjustable interest rate that is indexed to CME Term SOFR or Prime, plus a spread.
Alternately, the borrower may opt for a fixed rate that is tied to the five-year fixed advance rate of the FHLB-NY plus a spread.
The fixed-rate option also requires the payment of an amount equal to one percentage point of the then-outstanding loan
balance. In either case, the minimum rate at repricing is equivalent to the rate in the initial five- or seven-year term.
Prepayment penalties apply to certain of our CRE loans. Depending on the remaining term of the loan at the time of
prepayment, the penalties normally range from five percentage points to one percentage point of the then-current loan balance.
61
If a loan extends past the fifth or seventh year and the borrower selects the fixed rate option, the prepayment penalties typically
reset to a range of five points to one point over years six through ten or eight through twelve.
We originate CRE loans in adherence with underwriting standards, and require that such loans qualify on the basis of the
property’s current income stream and DSCR. The approval of a loan primarily depends on the borrower’s credit history,
profitability, and expertise in property management, and generally requires a minimum DSCR of 130 percent and a maximum
LTV of 65 percent. In addition, the origination of CRE loans typically requires a security interest in the fixtures, equipment, and
other personal property of the borrower and/or an assignment of the rents and/or leases. In addition, certain of our CRE loans
may contain an interest-only period which typically does not exceed three years; however, these loans are underwritten on a
fully amortizing basis.
The following table presents a geographical analysis of the CRE loans in our held-for-investment loan portfolio:
(in millions)
New York
Michigan
New Jersey
Florida
Texas
Pennsylvania
Ohio
All other states
Total
At December 31, 2023
Commercial Real Estate Loans
Amount
Percent of Total
$
$
5,319
1,000
580
457
105
374
132
2,503
10,470
51 %
10 %
5 %
4 %
1 %
4 %
1 %
24 %
100 %
Acquisition, Development, and Construction Loans
At December 31, 2023, our ADC loans represented $2.9 billion, or 3 percent, of total loans held for investment, reflecting
an increase of $916 million compared to December 31, 2022.
Because ADC loans are generally considered to have a higher degree of credit risk, especially during a downturn in the
credit cycle, borrowers are required to provide a guarantee of repayment and completion. The risk of loss on an ADC loan is
largely dependent upon the accuracy of the initial appraisal of the property’s value upon completion of construction; the
developer’s experience; the estimated cost of construction, including interest; and the estimated time to complete and/or sell or
lease such property.
When applicable, as a condition to closing an ADC loan, it is our practice to require that properties meet pre-sale or pre-
lease requirements prior to funding.
C&I Loans
At December 31, 2023 C&I loans totaled $25.3 billion or 30 percent of total loans held-for-investment. Included in this
portfolio is $5.1 billion in warehouse loans that allow mortgage lenders to fund the closing of residential mortgage loans.
The non-warehouse C&I loans we produce are primarily made to small and mid-size businesses and finance companies.
Such loans are tailored to meet the specific needs of our borrowers, and include term loans, demand loans, revolving lines of
credit, and, to a much lesser extent, loans that are partly guaranteed by the Small Business Administration.
A broad range of C&I loans, both collateralized and unsecured, are made available to businesses for working capital
(including inventory and accounts receivable), business expansion, the purchase of machinery and equipment, and other general
corporate needs. In determining the term and structure of C&I loans, several factors are considered, including the purpose, the
collateral, and the anticipated sources of repayment. C&I loans are typically secured by business assets and personal guarantees
of the borrower, and include financial covenants to monitor the borrower’s financial stability.
62
Also included in our C&I portfolio is our national warehouse lending platform with relationship managers across the
country. We offer warehouse lines of credit to other mortgage lenders which allow the lender to fund the closing of residential
mortgage loans. Each extension, advance, or draw-down on the line is fully collateralized by residential mortgage loans and is
paid off when the lender sells the loan to an outside investor or, in some instances, to the Bank.
Underlying mortgage loans are predominantly originated using the agencies' underwriting standards. The guideline for
debt to tangible net worth is 15 to 1. At December 31, 2023, we had $5.1 billion outstanding warehouse loans to other mortgage
lenders and have relationships in place to lend up to $11.8 billion at our discretion.
The interest rates on our C&I loans can be fixed or floating, with floating-rate loans being tied to SOFR, prime or some
other market index, plus an applicable spread. Our floating-rate loans may or may not feature a floor rate of interest. The
decision to require a floor on C&I loans depends on the level of competition we face for such loans from other institutions, the
direction of market interest rates, and the profitability of our relationship with the borrower.
Specialty Finance
At December 31, 2023, specialty finance loans and leases totaled $5.2 billion or 6 percent of total loans held for
investment, up $769 million or 17 percent compared to December 31, 2022.
We produce our specialty finance loans and leases through a subsidiary that is staffed by a group of industry veterans
with expertise in originating and underwriting senior securitized debt and equipment loans and leases. The subsidiary
participates in syndicated loans that are brought to them, and equipment loans and leases that are assigned to them, by a select
group of nationally recognized sources, and are generally made to large corporate obligors, many of which are publicly traded,
carry investment grade or near-investment grade ratings, and participate in stable industries nationwide.
The specialty finance loans and leases we fund fall into three categories: asset-based lending, dealer floor-plan lending,
and equipment loan and lease financing. Each of these credits is secured with a perfected first security interest in, or outright
ownership of, the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as a non-cancelable lease. As of December 31, 2023,
84 percent of specialty finance loan commitments are structured as floating rate obligations which will benefit in a rising rate
environment.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company originated $7.3 billion of specialty finance loans and leases, representing 35
percent of total originations compared to $6.0 billion for the same period in 2022, representing 35 percent of total originations.
Since launching our specialty finance business in the third quarter of 2013, no losses have been recorded on any of the
loans or leases in this portfolio.
One-to-Four Family Loans
At December 31, 2023, one-to-four family loans represented $6.1 billion, including $996 million of LGG, or 7 percent, of
total loans held for investment. As of December 31, 2023, the repurchase liability on LGG loans was $456 million. As of
December 31, 2022 one-to-four family loans totaled $5.8 billion. These loans include various types of conforming and non-
conforming fixed and adjustable rate loans underwritten using Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac guidelines for the purpose of
purchasing or refinancing owner occupied and second home properties. We typically hold certain mortgage loans in LHFI that
do not qualify for sale to the Agencies and that have an acceptable yield and risk profile. The LTV requirements on our
residential first mortgage loans vary depending on occupancy, property type, loan amount, and FICO scores. Loans with LTVs
exceeding 80 percent are required to obtain mortgage insurance. As of December 31, 2023, non-government guaranteed loans
in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 741 and an average LTV of 53.
Substantially all LGG are insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Nonperforming
repurchased loans in this portfolio earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate from the time the
underlying loan becomes 60 days delinquent until the loan is conveyed to HUD (if foreclosure timelines are met), which is not
paid by the FHA until claimed. The Bank has a unilateral option to repurchase loans sold to GNMA if the loan is due, but
unpaid, for three consecutive months (typically referred to as 90 days past due) and can recover losses through a claims process
from the guarantor. These loans are recorded in loans held for investment and the liability to repurchase the loans is recorded in
other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Certain loans within our portfolio may be subject to
indemnifications and insurance limits which expose us to limited credit risk. We have reserved for these risks within other
assets and as a component of our ACL on residential first mortgages.
63
Other Loans
At December 31, 2023, other loans totaled $2.7 billion and consisted primarily of home equity lines of credit, boat and
recreational vehicle indirect lending, point of sale consumer loans and other consumer loans, including overdraft loans.
Our home equity portfolio includes HELOANs, second mortgage loans, and HELOCs. These loans are underwritten and
priced in an effort to ensure credit quality and loan profitability. Our debt-to-income ratio on HELOANs and HELOCs is
capped at 43 percent and 45 percent, respectively. We currently limit the maximum CLTV to 89.99 percent and FICO scores to
a minimum of 700. Second mortgage loans and HELOANs are fixed rate loans and are available with terms up to 20 years.
HELOC loans are primarily variable-rate loans that contain a 10-year interest only draw period followed by a 20-year
amortizing period. As of December 31, 2023, loans in this portfolio had an average current FICO score of 751.
As of December 31, 2023, loans in our indirect portfolio had an average current FICO score of 743. Point of sale loans
consist of unsecured consumer installment loans originated primarily for home improvement purposes through a third-party
financial technology company who also provides us a level of credit loss protection.
Loans Held for Sale
Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2023 totaled $1.2 billion, up from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2022. The
Signature Transaction contributed $360 million of Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans to this increase. We classify
loans as held for sale when we originate or purchase loans that we intend to sell. We have elected the fair value option for
nearly all of this portfolio, except the SBA loans. We estimate the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices
for securities backed by similar types of loans, where available, or by discounting estimated cash flows using observable inputs
inclusive of interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral.
Credit Quality
A loan generally is classified as a “non-accrual” loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemed to be
impaired because we no longer expect to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.
When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, we cease the accrual of interest owed, and previously accrued interest is reversed
and charged against interest income. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, all of our non-performing loans were non-
accrual loans. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is current and we have reasonable assurance that the
loan will be fully collectible.
We monitor non-accrual loans both within and beyond our primary lending area in the same manner. Monitoring loans
generally involves inspecting and re-appraising the collateral properties; holding discussions with the principals and managing
agents of the borrowing entities and retain legal counsel, as applicable; requesting financial, operating, and rent roll
information; confirming that hazard insurance is in place or force-placing such insurance; monitoring tax payment status.
advancing funds as needed; and seeking approval from the courts to appoint a receiver, when necessary to protect the Bank’s
interests, including to collect rents, manage property operations, and ensure maintenance of the collateral properties.
It is our policy to order updated appraisals for all non-performing loans 90 days or more past due that are collateralized
by multi-family buildings, CRE properties, or land, if the most recent appraisal on file for the property is more than one year
old. Appraisals are ordered annually until such time as the loan becomes performing and is returned to accrual status. It is not
our policy to obtain updated appraisals for performing loans. However, appraisals may be ordered for performing loans when a
borrower requests an increase in the loan amount, a modification in loan terms, or an extension of a maturing loan.
Non-performing loans are reviewed regularly by management and discussed on a monthly basis with the Board Credit
Committee, and the Board of Directors of the Bank, as applicable. In accordance with our charge-off policy, collateral-
dependent non-performing loans are written down to their current appraised values, less certain transaction costs. Workout
specialists from our Loan Workout Unit actively pursue borrowers who are delinquent in repaying their loans in an effort to
collect payment. In addition, outside counsel with experience in foreclosure proceedings are retained to institute such action
with regard to such borrowers.
Properties and other assets that are acquired through foreclosure are classified as repossessed assets, and are recorded at
fair value at the date of acquisition, less the estimated cost of selling the property. Subsequent declines in the fair value of the
assets are charged to earnings and are included in non-interest expense. It is our policy to require an appraisal and an
64
environmental assessment of properties classified as OREO before foreclosure, and to re-appraise the properties on an as-
needed basis, and not less than annually, until they are sold. We dispose of such properties as quickly and prudently as possible,
given current market conditions and the property’s condition.
To mitigate the potential for credit losses, we underwrite our loans in accordance with credit standards that we consider to
be prudent. In the case of multi-family and CRE loans, we look first at the consistency of the cash flows being generated by the
property to determine its economic value using the “income approach,” and then at the market value of the property that
collateralizes the loan. The amount of the loan is then based on the lower of the two values, with the economic value more
typically used.
The condition of the collateral property is another critical factor. Multi-family buildings and CRE properties are inspected
from rooftop to basement as a prerequisite to approval. Furthermore, independent appraisers, whose appraisals are carefully
reviewed by our experienced in-house appraisal officers and staff, perform appraisals on collateral properties.
In addition, we work with a select group of mortgage brokers who are familiar with our credit standards and whose track
record with our lending officers is typically greater than ten years. Furthermore, in New York City, where the majority of the
buildings securing our multi-family loans are located, the rents that tenants may be charged on certain apartments are typically
restricted under certain rent-control or rent-stabilization laws. As a result, the rents that tenants pay for such apartments are
generally lower than current market rents. Buildings with a preponderance of such rent-regulated apartments are less likely to
experience vacancies in times of economic adversity.
To further manage our credit risk, our lending policies limit the amount of credit granted to any one borrower, and
typically require minimum DSCRs of 120 percent for multi-family loans and 130 percent for CRE loans. At origination, we
typically lend up to 75 percent of the appraised value on multi-family buildings and up to 65 percent on commercial properties.
Exceptions to these DSCR and LTV limitations are minimal and approved by the joint authority of credit and lending officers
and when necessary, the Board Credit Committee of the Board.
With regard to ADC loans, we typically lend up to 75 percent of the estimated as-completed market value of multi-family
and residential tract projects; however, in the case of home construction loans to individuals, the limit is 80 percent. With
respect to commercial construction loans, we typically lend up to 65 percent of the estimated as-completed market value of the
property. Credit risk is also managed through the loan disbursement process. Loan proceeds are disbursed periodically in
increments as construction progresses, and as warranted by inspection reports provided to us by our own lending officers and/or
consulting engineers.
To minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, each of our credits is secured with a perfected first
security interest or outright ownership in the underlying collateral, and structured as senior debt or as a non-cancellable lease.
To further minimize the risk involved in specialty finance lending and leasing, we re-underwrite each transaction. In addition,
we retain outside counsel to conduct a further review of the underlying documentation.
Other C&I loans generally represent loans to commercial businesses which meet certain desired client characteristics and
credit standards. The credit standards for commercial borrowers are based on numerous criteria, including historical and
projected financial information, strength of management, acceptable collateral, and market conditions and trends in the
borrower’s industry. These loans are generally variable rate loans in which the interest rate fluctuates with a specified index
rate.
The procedures we follow with respect to delinquent loans are generally consistent across all categories, with late charges
assessed, and notices mailed to the borrower, at specified dates. We attempt to reach the borrower by telephone to ascertain the
reasons for delinquency and the prospects for repayment. When contact is made with a borrower at any time prior to foreclosure
or recovery against collateral property, we attempt to obtain full payment, and will consider a repayment schedule to avoid
taking such action. Delinquencies are addressed by our Loan Workout Unit and every effort is made to collect rather than
initiate foreclosure proceedings.
Fair values for all multi-family buildings, CRE properties, and land are determined based on the appraised value. If an
appraisal is more than one year old and the loan is classified as either non-performing or as an accruing TDM, then an updated
appraisal is required to determine fair value. Estimated disposition costs are deducted from the fair value of the property to
determine estimated net realizable value. In the instance of an outdated appraisal on an impaired loan, we adjust the original
appraisal by using a third-party index value to determine the extent of impairment until an updated appraisal is received.
65
Asset Quality Measures
The following table presents the Company's asset quality measures at the respective dates:
Non-performing loans to total loans held for investment
Non-performing assets to total assets
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to non-performing loans
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases to total loans held for investment
Non-Performing Loans
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
0.51 %
0.39
231.51
1.17
0.20 %
0.17
278.87
0.57
The following table presents our non-performing loans held for investment by loan type and the changes in the respective
balances:
(in millions)
Non-Performing Loans(1)(2):
Non-accrual mortgage loans:
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Acquisition, development, and construction
Total non-accrual mortgage loans
Commercial and industrial
Other non-accrual loans(3)
Total non-performing loans
Repossessed assets
Total non-performing assets
Change from
December 31, 2022
to
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022
Amount
$
$
$
$
$
138 $
128
95
2 $
363 $
43
22
428 $
14
442 $
13 $
20
92
—
125
3
13
141
12
153
(1) Excludes LGG that are insured by U.S government agencies.
(2) Unpaid principal balance.
(3)
Includes home equity, consumer and other loans.
The following table sets forth the changes in non-accrual loans for the year ended December 31, 2023:
(in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2022
New non-accrual, including acquired from acquisition
Charge-offs
Transferred to repossessed assets
Loan payoffs, including dispositions and principal pay-downs
Restored to performing status
Balance at December 31, 2023
$
$
At December 31, 2023 total non-accrual mortgage loans increased $238 million to $363 million, while commercial and
industrial loans increased $40 million to $43 million and other non-accrual loans increased $9 million to $22 million compared
to December 31, 2022.
At December 31, 2023, NPA to total assets equaled 0.39 percent compared to 0.17 percent at December 31, 2022 while
NPL to total loans equaled 0.51 percent compared to 0.20 percent at December 31, 2022. The increase in NPLs was primarily
driven by a $125 million increase in multi-family loans and a $108 million in commercial real estate loans, primarily office.
Repossessed assets of $14 million were slightly higher compared to $12 million in the prior year.
66
125
108
3
2
238
40
9
287
2
289
141
466
(97)
(3)
(36)
(43)
428
Delinquencies
The following table presents our loans, 30 to 89 days past due by loan type and the changes in the respective balances:
Change from
December 31, 2023
to
December 31, 2022
December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022
Amount
Percent
$
121 $
34 $
28
40
2
37
22
$
250 $
2
21
—
2
11
70
87
26
19
2
35
11
180
256 %
1300 %
90 %
NM
1750 %
100 %
257 %
(in millions)
Loans 30 to 89 Days Past Due(1):
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Acquisition, development, and construction
Commercial and industrial
Other loans
Total loans 30-89 days past due
(1) Excludes LGG that are insured by U.S government agencies.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The following table sets forth the allocation of the consolidated allowance for losses on loans, at each year-end:
(dollars in millions)
Multi-family loans
Commercial real estate loans
One-to-four family first mortgage loans
Acquisition, development, and construction loans
Commercial and industrial
Other loans
Total loans
2023
At December 31,
2022
2021
Amount
Percent of Total
Loans and Leases
Amount
Percent of Total
Loans and Leases
Amount
Percent of Total
Loans and Leases
$
$
307
366
48
36
132
103
992
44 % $
178
55 % $
159
76 %
12
7
3
30
3
100 % $
46
46
20
103
393
12
8
3
—
21
17
1
2
20
15
—
—
—
9
100 % $
199
100 %
(1) Percentages represent the percentage of each loan and lease category to total loans and leases
The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases increased $599 million from December 31, 2022 to December 31,
2023. The day 1 impact of the Signature Transaction that closed on March 20, 2023 added $127 million to the reserve. The
remaining net increase of approximately $472 million primarily reflects our actions to build reserves during the fourth quarter
to address weakness in the office sector, potential repricing risk in the multi-family portfolio and conditions leading to increases
in classified assets, which better aligns the Company with its relevant bank peers, including Category IV banks. The allowance
for credit losses on loans and leases represented 232 percent of non-performing loans at December 31, 2023, as compared to
279 percent at the prior year-end.
Based on the acceleration of asset quality metric deterioration and collateral value trends observed during 4Q23,
predominantly in office, management employed its judgment and qualitative reserves were increased to the higher end of the
range as of December 31, 2023. In applying this judgement, management also considered the severity of emerging risks such as
feedback from regulators, market information, the impact of potential internal loan review weaknesses on the identification of
emerging risks, deterioration in collateral values or borrower financial statements, trends or indications of degradation in asset
quality metrics such as problem loans, charge-offs and nonaccruals, and market indications.
Charge-offs
For the year ended December 31, 2023, our gross charge-offs were $223 million and net charge-offs were $208 million,
compared to gross charge-offs of $7 million and net recoveries of $4 million over the same period in 2022.
67
The following table presents information on the Company's net charge-offs:
(in millions)
Charge-offs:
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family residential
Commercial and industrial
Other
Total charge-offs
Recoveries:
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family residential
Commercial and industrial
Other
Total recoveries
Net charge-offs (recoveries)
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
$
$
$
$
119 $
56
4
30
14
223 $
—
—
(11)
(4)
(15) $
208 $
1
4
—
—
2
7
(4)
—
(7)
—
(11)
(4)
68
The following table presents information on the Company's net charge-offs as compared to average loans held for
investment outstanding:
(in millions)
Multi-family
Net charge-offs during the period
Average amount outstanding
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans
Commercial real estate
Net charge-offs during the period
Average amount outstanding
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans
One-to-Four Family first mortgage
Net charge-offs during the period
Average amount outstanding
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans
Acquisition, Development and Construction
Net charge-offs during the period
Average amount outstanding
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans
Commercial and Industrial Loans
Net charge-offs during the period
Average amount outstanding
Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans
Other Loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period
Average amount outstanding
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans
Total loans
Net charge-offs (recoveries) during the period
Average amount outstanding
Net charge-offs (recoveries) as a percentage of average loans
Lending Authority
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
119
37,839
0.31 %
56
9,905
0.57 %
4
5,907
0.06 %
—
2,530
0.00 %
19
21,460
0.09 %
10
2,552
0.38 %
208
80,193
0.26 %
1
36,292
0.00 %
—
6,964
0.00 %
—
516
0.00 %
—
203
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1
32,424
0.00 %
2
5,489
0.04 %
1
191
0.52 %
—
152
0.00 %
0.00 %
(7)
—
$
$
—
—
0.00 %
0.00 %
$
$
$
$
(5)
5,401
(0.09) %
(4)
49,376
(0.01) %
(6)
4,944
(0.12) %
(2)
43,200
0.00 %
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
We maintain credit limits in compliance with regulatory requirements. Under regulatory guidance, the Bank may not
make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15 percent of Tier 1 plus Tier 2 capital and
any portion of the ACL not included in Tier 2 capital. We have a tracking and reporting process to monitor lending
concentration levels, and all new commercial real estate credit exposures to relationships that exceed $200 million and all other
commercial credit exposures to relationships that exceed $100 million must be approved by the Board Credit Committee of the
Board. Exceptions to these levels are made to borrowers on a case by case basis, with the approval of the Board Credit
Committee of the Board. Relationships less than the aforementioned limits including those discussed throughout the loans held
for investment section of this document, are approved by the joint authority of credit officers and lending officers. The Board
Credit Committee has authority to direct changes in lending practices as they deem necessary or appropriate in order to address
individual or aggregate risks, including regulatory considerations, and credit exposures in accordance with the Bank’s strategic
objectives and risk appetites.
69
At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the largest mortgage loan in our portfolio was a $329 million multi-
family loan, which is collateralized by properties located in Brooklyn, New York. As of the date of this report, the loan has
been current since origination.
Securities
Total securities were $9.2 billion, or 8 percent, of total assets at December 31, 2023, compared to $9.1 billion, or 10
percent of total assets at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, all of our securities were
designated as “Available-for-Sale”. At December 31, 2023, 12 percent of our portfolio are floating rate securities.
As of December 31, 2023, the net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of tax, was $581 million as
compared to $626 million at December 31, 2022, reflecting the rising interest rate environment.
At December 31, 2023, available-for-sale securities had an estimated weighted average life of six years. Included in the
quarter-end amount were mortgage-related securities of $6.6 billion and other debt securities of $2.6 billion.
At the prior year-end, available-for-sale securities were $9.1 billion, and had an estimated weighted average life of six
years. Mortgage-related securities accounted for $4.8 billion of the year-end balance, with other debt securities accounting for
the remaining $4.3 billion.
The following table summarizes the weighted average yields of debt securities for the maturities indicated at
December 31, 2023:
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities: (1)
Due within one year
Due from one to five years
Due from five to ten years
Due after ten years
Total debt securities available for sale
Mortgage-
Related
Securities
U.S.
Government
and GSE
Obligations
State,
County,
and
Municipal
Other
Debt
Securities (2)
— %
4.65 %
— %
— %
3.33
2.73
4.18
4.09
5.42
1.61
—
2.27
—
3.16
—
3.16
5.53
5.05
5.74
5.56
(1) The weighted average yields are calculated by multiplying each carrying value by its yield and dividing the sum of these results by the total carrying
values and are not presented on a tax-equivalent basis.
Includes corporate bonds, capital trust notes, foreign notes, and asset-backed securities.
(2)
Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
At December 31, 2023 the Company had $861 million and $329 million of FHLB-NY stock, at cost, and FHLB-
Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. At December 31, 2022, the Company had $762 million and $329 million of FHLB-NY
stock, at cost and FHLB-Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. The Company maintains an investment in FHLB-NY stock
and, as a result of the Flagstar acquisition, FHLB-Indianapolis stock, partly in conjunction with its membership in the FHLB
and partly related to its access to the FHLB funding it utilizes. In addition, the Company had Federal Reserve Bank stock, at
cost, of $203 million and $176 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
BOLI is recorded at the total cash surrender value of the policies in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, and the
income generated by the increase in the cash surrender value of the policies is recorded in “Non-interest income” in the
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. Reflecting an increase in the cash surrender value of the
underlying policies, our investment in BOLI at December 31, 2023 rose $19 million to $1.6 billion compared to December 31,
2022.
70
Goodwill
We record goodwill in our consolidated statements of condition in connection with certain of our business combinations.
Goodwill, which is tested at least annually for impairment, refers to the difference between the purchase price and the fair value
of an acquired company’s assets, net of the liabilities assumed. As of December 31, 2023, the Company identified a triggering
event and applied a market approach using the end of day stock price. We evaluated those conditions known and knowable by
the Company and how a market participant would view the control premium as confirmed by the subsequent confirming market
evidence. This adjusted market capitalization was then compared to the carrying value to determine the extent of the shortfall
which was calculated to be in excess of the goodwill balance. The Company’s assessment concluded that goodwill from
historical transactions (2007 and prior) was fully impaired as of December 31, 2023. As a result, the Company recorded an
impairment charge of the entire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion.
Parent Company Liquidity
The Parent Company is a separate legal entity from the Bank and must provide for its own liquidity. At December 31,
2023 the Parent Company held cash and cash equivalents of $158 million. In addition to operating expenses, the Parent
Company is responsible for paying any dividends declared to our common and preferred stockholders. As a Delaware
corporation, the Parent Company is able to pay dividends either from surplus or, in case there is no surplus, from net profits for
the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.
The Parent Company has three primary funding sources for the payment of dividends, share repurchases, and other
corporate uses: dividends paid to the Parent Company by the Bank; capital raised through the issuance of equity; and funding
raised through the issuance of debt instruments.
Various legal restrictions limit the extent to which the Company’s subsidiary bank can supply funds to the Parent
Company and its non-bank subsidiaries. The Bank would require the approval of the OCC if the dividends it declares in any
calendar year were to exceed the total of its respective net profits for that year combined with its respective retained net profits
for the preceding two calendar years, less any required transfer to paid-in capital. The term “net profits” is defined as net
income for a given period less any dividends paid during that period. As a result of our acquisition of Flagstar, we are also
required to seek regulatory approval from the OCC for the payment of any dividend to the Parent Company through at least the
period ending November 1, 2024. In connection with receiving regulatory approval from the OCC for the Signature
Transaction, the Bank has committed that (i) for a period of two years from the date of the Signature Transaction, it will not
declare or pay any dividend without receiving a prior written determination of no supervisory objection from the OCC and (ii) it
will not declare or pay dividends on the amount of retained earnings that represents any net bargain purchase gain that is subject
to a conditional period that may be imposed by the OCC. In 2023, dividends of $580 million were paid by the Bank to the
Parent Company.
At December 31, 2023, we believe the Company has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash flow
obligations over the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future.
Bank Liquidity
We manage our liquidity to ensure that our cash flows are sufficient to support our operations, and to compensate for any
temporary mismatches between sources and uses of funds caused by variable loan and deposit demand.
We monitor our liquidity daily to ensure that sufficient funds are available to meet our financial obligations. The
following table presents available sources of liquidity as of December 31, 2023:
(Dollars in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents
Unencumbered investment securities
FHLB borrowing availability
Federal Reserve Bank borrowing availability through the discount window
Total Ready Liquidity
$
$
11,475
6,300
8,400
1,700
27,875
On a consolidated basis, our funding primarily stems from a combination of the following sources: retail, institutional,
and brokered deposits; borrowed funds, primarily in the form of wholesale borrowings; cash flows generated through the
repayment and sale of loans; and cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of securities.
71
CDs due to mature or reprice in one year or less from December 31, 2023 totaled $17.3 billion, representing 80 percent of
total CDs at that date. Our ability to attract and retain retail deposits, including CDs, depends on numerous factors, including,
among others, the convenience of our branches and our other banking channels; our customers’ satisfaction with the service
they receive; the rates of interest we offer; the types of products we feature; and the attractiveness of their terms.
Our decision to compete for deposits also depends on numerous factors, including, among others, our access to deposits
through acquisitions, the availability of lower-cost funding sources, the impact of competition on pricing, and the need to fund
our loan demand.
Deposits
Our ability to retain and attract deposits depends on numerous factors, including customer satisfaction, the rates of
interest we pay, the types of products we offer, and the attractiveness of their terms. The vast majority of our deposits are retail
in nature (i.e., they are deposits we have gathered through our branches or through business combinations).
Depending on their availability and pricing relative to other funding sources, we also include brokered deposits in our
deposit mix. Brokered deposits accounted for $9.5 billion of our deposits at December 31, 2023, compared to $5.1 billion at
December 31, 2022. Brokered money market accounts represented $1.3 billion of total brokered deposits at December 31, 2023
and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2022; brokered interest-bearing checking accounts represented $1.6 billion and $1.0 billion,
respectively. At December 31, 2023, we had $6.6 billion of brokered CDs, compared to $1.3 billion at December 31, 2022.
Our uninsured deposits are the portion of deposit accounts that exceed the FDIC insurance limit (currently $250,000).
These amounts were estimated based on the same methodologies and assumptions used for regulatory reporting purposes and
excludes internal accounts. At December 31, 2023 our deposit base includes $29.3 billion of uninsured deposits, a net increase
of $12.9 billion as compared to December 31, 2022 due to the Signature Transaction. This represents 36 percent of our total
deposits.
The following table indicates the amount of time deposits, by account, that are in excess of the FDIC insurance limit
(currently $250,000) by time remaining until maturity:
(in millions)
Portion of U.S. time deposits in excess of insurance limit
Time deposits otherwise uninsured with a maturity of:
3 months or less
Over 3 months through 6 months
Over 6 months through 12 months
Over 12 months
Total time deposits otherwise uninsured
Borrowed Funds
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
$
7,893 $
1,675
1,623
2,325
2,271
$
7,894 $
3,749
969
604
1,269
907
3,749
The majority of our borrowed funds are wholesale borrowings (FHLB-NY and FHLB-Indianapolis advances), Bank
Term Funding Program of the FRB of New York and, to a lesser extent, junior subordinated debentures and subordinated notes.
At December 31, 2023, total borrowed funds decreased $65 million to $21.3 billion compared to the balance at December 31,
2022.
Wholesale Borrowings
Wholesale borrowings totaled $20.3 billion at December 31, 2023 and 2022.
FHLB-NY and FHLB-Indianapolis advances accounted for $19.3 billion and $20.3 billion at December 31, 2023 and
December 31, 2022, respectively. Pursuant to blanket collateral agreements with the Bank, our FHLB-NY, FHLB-Indianapolis
advances and overnight advances are secured by pledges of certain eligible collateral in the form of loans and securities. At
December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, $2.0 billion and $6.8 billion of our wholesale borrowings had callable features,
respectively.
72
The Company’s wholesale borrowings also include the $1.0 billion drawn on the BTFP. The BTFP draw is secured by
pledges of certain eligible collateral in the form of securities eligible for purchase by the Federal Reserve Banks in open market
operations (for example, U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency securities, and U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities).
We had no federal funds outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
Junior Subordinated Debentures
Junior subordinated debentures totaled $579 million at December 31, 2023 compared to $575 million at December 31,
2022.
Subordinated Notes
At December 31, 2023, the balance of subordinated notes was $438 million compared to $432 million at December 31,
2022.
See Note 12 - Borrowed Funds,” in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” for a further discussion of
our wholesale borrowings, our junior subordinated debentures and subordinated debt.
Contractual Obligations
In the normal course of business, we enter into a variety of contractual obligations in order to manage our assets and
liabilities, fund loan growth, operate our branch network, and address our capital needs. These obligations include commitments
to extend credit in the form of mortgage and other loan originations, as well as commercial, performance stand-by, and financial
stand-by letters of credit.
These commitments consist of agreements to extend credit, as long as there is no violation of any condition established in
the contract under which the loan is made. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and
may require the payment of a fee.
The letters of credit we issue consist of performance stand-by, financial stand-by, and commercial letters of credit.
Financial stand-by letters of credit primarily are issued for the benefit of other financial institutions, municipalities, or landlords
on behalf of certain of our current borrowers, and obligate us to guarantee payment of a specified financial obligation.
Performance stand-by letters of credit are primarily issued for the benefit of local municipalities on behalf of certain of
our borrowers. Performance letters of credit obligate us to make payments in the event that a specified third party fails to
perform under non-financial contractual obligations. Commercial letters of credit act as a means of ensuring payment to a seller
upon shipment of goods to a buyer.
Such letters of credit typically require the presentation of documents that describe the commercial transaction, and
provide evidence of shipment and the transfer of title. Fees collected in connection with the issuance of letters of credit are
included in “Fee income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.
For the year ended December 31, 2023, we did not engage in any off-balance sheet transactions that we expect to have a
material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
At December 31, 2023, we had no commitments to purchase securities.
Regulatory Capital
The Bank is subject to regulation, examination, and supervision by the OCC and the Federal Reserve (the “Regulators”).
The Bank is also governed by numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991,
which established five categories of capital adequacy ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Such
classifications are used by the FDIC to determine various matters, including prompt corrective action and each institution’s
FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to the Regulators’
qualitative judgments about the components of capital and risk weightings, among other factors.
The quantitative measures established to ensure capital adequacy require that banks maintain minimum amounts and
ratios of leverage capital to average assets and of common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital, and total capital to risk-weighted
73
assets (as such measures are defined in the regulations). At December 31, 2023, our capital measures continued to exceed the
minimum federal requirements for a bank holding company and for a bank. The following table sets forth our common equity
tier 1, tier 1 risk-based, total risk-based, and leverage capital amounts and ratios on a consolidated basis and for the Bank on a
stand-alone basis, as well as the respective minimum regulatory capital requirements, at that date:
The following tables present the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company:
Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2023
(in millions)
Total capital
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes
Excess
December 31, 2022
Total capital
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes
Excess
Common Equity Tier 1
Tier 1
Total
Leverage Capital
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
$
$
$
$
8,009
3,983
4,026
6,335
3,146
3,189
9.05 % $
4.50
4.55 % $
9.06 % $
4.50
4.56 % $
8,512
5,310
3,202
6,838
4,195
2,643
9.62 % $
10,415
11.77 % $
6.00
3.62 % $
7,081
3,334
8.00
3.77 % $
9.78 % $
6.00
3.78 % $
8,154
5,593
2,561
11.66 % $
8.00
3.66 % $
8,512
4,392
4,120
6,838
2,819
4,019
7.75 %
4.00
3.75 %
9.70 %
4.00
5.70 %
The following tables present the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Bank:
Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2023
(dollars in millions)
Total capital
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes
Excess
December 31, 2022
Total capital
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes
Excess
Common Equity Tier 1
Tier 1
Total
Leverage Capital
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
$
$
$
$
9,305
3,980
5,325
7,653
3,142
4,511
10.52 % $
4.50
6.02 % $
10.96 % $
4.50
6.46 % $
9,305
5,307
3,998
7,653
4,189
3,464
10.52 % $
10,271
11.61 % $
6.00
4.52 % $
7,076
3,195
8.00
3.61 % $
10.96 % $
7,982
11.43 % $
6.00
4.96 % $
5,585
2,397
8.00
3.43 % $
9,305
4,389
4,916
7,653
2,817
4,836
8.48 %
4.00
4.48 %
10.87 %
4.00
6.87 %
At December 31, 2023, our total risk-based capital ratio exceeded the minimum requirement for capital adequacy
purposes by 377 basis points and the fully phased-in capital conservation buffer by 127 basis points.
The Bank also exceeded the minimum capital requirements to be categorized as “Well Capitalized.” To be categorized as
well capitalized, a bank must maintain a minimum common equity tier 1 ratio of 6.50 percent; a minimum tier 1 risk-based
capital ratio of 8 percent; a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10 percent; and a minimum leverage capital ratio of 5
percent.
On July 27, 2023, the Federal Banking Agencies, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve, and the OCC, released a notice of
proposed rulemaking that would make significant amendments to the Basel III Capital Rules applicable to both the Company
and the Bank. In general, the proposed rule would align the regulatory capital calculation methodology for Category III and IV
banking organizations with the methodology applicable to Category I and II banking organizations. In addition to calculating
risk-weighted assets under the current U.S. standardized approach, the proposal introduces a new “Expanded Risk-Based
Approach,” including standardized approaches for credit risk, operational risk and credit valuation adjustment risk, as well as a
new approach for market risk that would be based upon internal models and standardized supervisory models. If adopted as
proposed, the Company would be required to calculate its risk-based capital ratios under both the current U.S. standardized
approach and the Expanded Risk-Based Approach and would be subject to the lower of the two resulting ratios for each risk-
based capital ratio. In addition, the proposal would require banking organizations to recognize most elements of AOCI in
regulatory capital, including unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, and lower thresholds for deductions
from CET1 capital for mortgage servicing assets and deferred tax assets, among other things. The proposal, if enacted, would
have an effective date of July 1, 2025, with certain elements, such as the recognition of AOCI in regulatory capital and changes
in risk-weighted assets calculated under the Expanded Risk-Based Approach, having a three-year phase-in period. We are in the
process of evaluating this proposed rulemaking and assessing its potential impact on the Company and the Bank if adopted as
proposed.
74
Reportable Segment and Reporting Unit
In 2023, our chief operating decision maker assessed performance and allocated resources at the consolidated Company
level. Following the acquisition of Flagstar Bank, N.A. and closing the Signature Transaction, we are currently in the process of
operationalizing the financial reporting – both historical and prospective – for our reportable segments and reporting units,
which may result in a change to either or both in future reporting periods.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Various elements of our accounting policies, by their nature, are subject to estimation techniques, valuation assumptions
and other subjective assessments. Certain accounting policies that, due to the judgment, estimates and assumptions are critical
to an understanding of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes, are described in Item 1. These policies relate to:
(a) the determination of our ACL, (b) fair value measurements and (c) the acquisition method of accounting. We believe the
judgment, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes are
appropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, given the sensitivity of our Consolidated Financial
Statements and the Notes to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could
result in material differences in our results of operations and/or financial condition.
Allowance for Credit Losses
The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases represents our current estimate of the lifetime credit losses expected
from our loan and lease portfolio and our unfunded lending commitments. Management estimates the allowance by projecting
and multiplying together the probability-of-default, loss-given-default and exposure-at-default depending on economic
parameters for each month of the remaining contractual term, as well as credit ratings for certain loans within the commercial
and industrial portfolio. The loss drivers for certain loans in the commercial and industrial portfolio are derived using credit
ratings. The economic forecast and the related economic parameters are developed using multiple economic forecast scenarios,
including related weightings, over the reasonable and supportable forecast period. The economic forecast scenarios and related
economic parameters are sourced from independent third parties. Economic parameters are developed using available
information relating to past events, current conditions, and economic forecasts. Historical credit loss experience over the
historical loss observation period provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses, with qualitative adjustments
made for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics such as levels of and trends in delinquencies and performance
of loans, levels of and trends in write-offs and recoveries collected, trends in volume and terms of loans, effects of any changes
in reasonable and supportable economic forecasts, effects of any changes in risk selection and underwriting standards, and other
changes in lending policies, procedures, and practices, experience, ability, and depth of lending management and other relevant
staff, available relevant information sources that support or contradict the registrant’s own forecast, effects of changes in
prepayment expectations or other factors affecting assessments of loan contractual term, industry conditions; and effects of
changes in credit concentrations. Expected credit losses are estimated over the contractual term of the loans, adjusted for
forecasted prepayments when appropriate. The methodology used in the estimation of the allowance for credit losses on loans
and leases, which is performed at least quarterly, is designed to be dynamic and responsive to changes in portfolio credit quality
and forecasted economic conditions. Each quarter the Company reassesses the appropriateness of the economic forecasting
period, the reversion period and historical mean.
The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases is measured on a collective (pool) basis when similar risk
characteristics exist. The portfolio segment represents the level at which a systematic methodology is applied to estimate credit
losses. Management believes the products within each of the entity’s portfolio segments exhibit similar risk characteristics.
Smaller pools of homogenous financing receivables with homogeneous risk characteristics were modeled using the
methodology selected for the portfolio segment. The Company leverages economic projections including property market and
prepayment forecasts from established independent third parties to inform its loss drivers in the forecast, as well as credit
ratings for certain loans within the commercial and industrial portfolio.
Loans that do not share risk characteristics are evaluated on an individual basis, including nonaccrual loans. If a loan is
determined to be collateral dependent, or meets the criteria to apply the collateral dependent practical expedient, expected credit
losses are determined based on the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date, less costs to sell as appropriate.
The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures. The Company estimates
expected credit losses over the contractual period in which the Company is exposed to credit risk via a contractual obligation to
extend credit, unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company. The allowance for credit losses on off-
balance sheet credit exposures is adjusted as a provision for credit losses expense. The estimate includes consideration of the
75
likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on commitments expected to be funded over their
estimated life. The Company examined historical credit conversion factor (“CCF”) trends to estimate utilization rates, and
chose an appropriate mean CCF based on both management judgment and quantitative analysis. Quantitative analysis involved
examination of CCFs over a range of fund-up windows (between 12 and 36 months) and comparison of the mean CCF for each
fund-up window with management judgment determining whether the highest mean CCF across fund-up windows made
business sense. The Company applies the same standards and estimated loss rates to the credit exposures as to the related class
of loans.
When applying this critical accounting estimate we incorporate several inputs and judgments that may be influenced by
changes period to period. These include, but are not limited to changes in the economic environment and forecasts, changes in
the credit profile and characteristics of the loan portfolio, property valuations and changes in prepayment assumptions.
While changes to the economic environment forecasts, and portfolio characteristics will change from period to period,
portfolio prepayments are an integral assumption in estimating the allowance for credit losses on our commercial real estate
portfolio (multi -family, CRE and ADC) which comprises 60 percent of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2023. Portfolio
prepayments are subject to estimation uncertainty and changes in this assumption could have a material impact to our
estimation process. Prepayment assumptions are sensitive to interest rates and existing loan terms and determine the weighted
average life of the commercial mortgage loan portfolio. Excluding other factors, as the weighted average life of the portfolio
increases or decreases, so will the required amount of the allowance for credit losses on commercial real estate.
Valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights
We purchase and originate mortgage loans for sale to the secondary market and often retain the right to service the loan at
the time of sale upon which, a mortgage servicing right (MSR) is created. We have elected to report our MSR assets at fair
value which is determined using an internal valuation model that utilizes an option-adjusted spread, constant prepayment rates,
costs to service, and other assumptions. The assumptions used in the MSR valuation are unobservable in nature, involve a
higher degree of judgment and are estimated based on our judgment regarding the value that market participants would assign
to the asset. To corroborate this estimate, we obtain third-party valuations of the MSR portfolio on a quarterly basis from
independent valuation services to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by the internal valuation model.
For further information and sensitivity analysis regarding the valuation of the MSR asset, see "Note 9 - Mortgage
Servicing Rights,” in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data."
Acquisition Method of Accounting
The acquisition method of accounting requires that acquired assets and liabilities in a business combination be recorded at
their fair values as of the acquisition date. This method often involves estimates, all of which are inherently subjective. We have
elected to hold the measurement period open to allow for potential adjustments for up to one year after the acquisition date, for
new information that existed at the acquisition date but may not have been known or available at that time. For further
information, refer to Note 3 - Business Combinations in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data".
Goodwill
The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually or when triggering events are identified. We utilize a
market approach to calculate the fair value of our single reporting unit, which considers how a market participant would view a
control premium, complemented by an income approach if deemed necessary. The resulting value is then compared to our book
value and any shortfalls would be recorded as an impairment.
As of December 31, 2023, the Company identified a triggering event and applied a market approach using the end of day
stock price, control premium for completed bank acquisitions, and an adjustment for Company-specific risk considerations
based on subsequent confirming market evidence. This adjusted market capitalization was then compared to the carrying value
to determine the extent of any shortfall which was calculated to be in excess of the goodwill balance. The Company’s
assessment concluded that goodwill from historical transactions (2007 and prior) was fully impaired as of December 31, 2023,
as confirmed by the Company’s current market capitalization. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of the
entire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion. Refer to "Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies" and "Note 16 -
Intangible Assets" in Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" for the methodologies and assumptions used in
the goodwill impairment analysis.
76
Item7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We manage our assets and liabilities to reduce our exposure to changes in market interest rates. The asset and liability
management process has three primary objectives: to evaluate the interest rate risk inherent in certain balance sheet accounts; to
determine the appropriate level of risk, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements,
and performance objectives; and to manage that risk in a manner consistent with guidelines approved by the Boards of
Directors of the Company and the Bank.
Market Risk
As a financial institution, we are focused on reducing our exposure to interest rate volatility, which represents our primary
market risk. Changes in market interest rates represent the greatest challenge to our financial performance, as such changes can
have a significant impact on the level of income and expense recorded on a large portion of our interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities, and on the market value of all interest-earning assets, other than those possessing a short term to
maturity. To reduce our exposure to changing rates, the Board of Directors and management monitor interest rate sensitivity on
a regular or as needed basis so that adjustments to the asset and liability mix can be made when deemed appropriate.
The actual duration of held-for-investment mortgage loans and mortgage-related securities can be significantly impacted
by changes in prepayment levels and market interest rates. The level of prepayments may, in turn, be impacted by a variety of
factors, including the economy in the region where the underlying mortgages were originated; seasonal factors; demographic
variables; and the assumability of the underlying mortgages. However, the factors with the most significant impact on
prepayments are market interest rates and the availability of refinancing opportunities.
We managed our interest rate risk by taking the following actions: (1) Continue to increase the investments portfolio with
an overall shorter duration profile; (2) The use of derivatives to manage our interest rate position; (3) Increased the focus on
retaining and increasing our branch deposits base.
Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis
Interest rate sensitivity is monitored through the use of a model that generates estimates of the change in our Economic
Value of Equity (EVE) over a range of interest rate scenarios. EVE is defined as the net present value of expected cash flows
from assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet contracts. The EVE ratio, under any interest rate scenario, is defined as the EVE in
that scenario divided by the market value of assets in the same scenario. The model assumes estimated loan and MBS
prepayment rates, current market value spreads, and deposit decay rates and betas.
Based on the information and assumptions in effect at December 31, 2023, the following table sets forth our EVE,
assuming the changes in interest rates noted:
Change in Interest Rates (in basis points)
Estimated Percentage Change in Economic
Value of Equity
-200 shock
-100 shock
+100 shock
+200 shock
(2.39)%
(1.31)%
(0.28)%
(1.44)%
The net changes in EVE presented in the preceding table are within the parameters approved by the Boards of Directors
of the Company and the Bank.
Accordingly, while the EVE analysis provides an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time,
such measurements are not intended to, and do not, provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on
our net interest income, and may very well differ from actual results.
Interest Rate Risk is also monitored through the use of a model that generates Net Interest Income (NII) simulations over
a range of interest rate scenarios. Modeling changes in NII requires that certain assumptions be made which may or may not
reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the NII analysis
presented below assumes that the composition of our interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a
period remains constant over the period being measured, and also assumes that a particular change in interest rates is reflected
uniformly across the yield curve, regardless of the duration to maturity or repricing of specific assets and liabilities.
77
Furthermore, the model does not take into account the benefit of any strategic actions we may take to further reduce our
exposure to interest rate risk. The assumptions used in the net interest income simulation are inherently uncertain. Actual results
may differ significantly from those presented in the following table, due to the frequency, timing, and magnitude of changes in
interest rates; changes in spreads between maturity and repricing categories; and prepayments, among other factors, coupled
with any actions taken to counter the effects of any such changes.
Based on the information and assumptions in effect at December 31, 2023, the following table reflects the estimated
percentage change in future net interest income for the next twelve months, assuming the changes in interest rates noted:
Change in Interest Rates (in basis points) (1)
Estimated Percentage Change in Future
Net Interest Income
-200 shock
-100 shock
+100 shock
+200 shock
(5.81)%
(3.17)%
3.24%
6.40%
(1)
In general, short- and long-term rates are assumed to increase in parallel instantaneously and then remain unchanged.
The net changes in NII presented in the preceding table are within the parameters approved by the Boards of Directors of
the Company and the Bank.
Future changes in our mix of assets and liabilities may result in greater changes to our EVE, and/or NII simulations.
In the event that our EVE and net interest income sensitivities were to breach our internal policy limits, we would
undertake the following actions to ensure that appropriate remedial measures were put in place:
•
•
In formulating appropriate strategies, the ALCO Committee would ascertain the primary causes of the variance from
policy tolerances, the expected term of such conditions, and the projected effect on capital and earnings.
Our ALCO Committee would inform the Board of Directors of the variance, and present recommendations to the
Board regarding proposed courses of action to restore conditions to within-policy tolerances.
Where temporary changes in market conditions or volume levels result in significant increases in risk, strategies may
involve reducing open positions or employing other balance sheet management activities including the potential use of
derivatives to reduce the risk exposure. Where variance from policy tolerances is triggered by more fundamental imbalances in
the risk profiles of core loan and deposit products, a remedial strategy may involve restoring balance through natural hedges to
the extent possible before employing synthetic hedging techniques. Other strategies might include:
•
•
•
•
Asset restructuring, involving sales of assets having higher risk profiles, or a gradual restructuring of the asset mix
over time to affect the maturity or repricing schedule of assets;
Liability restructuring, whereby product offerings and pricing are altered or wholesale borrowings are employed to
affect the maturity structure or repricing of liabilities;
Expansion or shrinkage of the balance sheet to correct imbalances in the repricing or maturity periods between assets
and liabilities; and/or
Use or alteration of off-balance sheet positions, including interest rate swaps, caps, floors, options, and forward
purchase or sales commitments.
In connection with our net interest income simulation modeling, we also evaluate the impact of changes in the slope of
the yield curve. At December 31, 2023, our analysis indicated that a further inversion of the yield curve would be expected to
result in a 2.1 increase in net interest income; conversely, an immediate steepening of the yield curve would be expected to
result in a 2.4 percent decrease in net interest income. Both scenarios are derived from immediate changes to short-term rates.
78
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms (PCAOB ID 185)
Consolidated Statements of Condition as of December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1 - Description of Business, Organization and Basis of Presentation
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Note 3 - Business Combinations
Note 4 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Note 5 - Investment Securities
Note 6 - Loans and Leases
Note 7 - Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases
Note 8 - Leases
Note 9 - Mortgage Servicing Rights
Note 10 - Variable Interest Entities
Note 11 - Deposits
Note 12 - Borrowed Funds
Note 13 - Federal, State, and Local Taxes
Note 14 - Stock-Related Benefit Plans
Note 15 - Derivative and Hedging Activities
Note 16 - Intangible Assets
Note 17 - Capital
Note 18 - Fair Value Measures
Note 19 - Commitments and Contingencies
Note 20 - Employee Benefits
Note 21 - Parent Company Only Financial Information
Note 22 - Subsequent Events
144
80
81
82
83
85
85
86
93
100
101
105
110
111
114
116
116
117
120
123
123
127
128
129
136
138
143
79
New York Community Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Condition
(in millions, except per share data)
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents
Securities:
Debt Securities available-for-sale ($2,822 and $434 pledged at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022,
respectively)
Equity investments with readily determinable fair values, at fair value
Total securities
Loans held for sale ($902 and $1,115 measured at fair value, respectively)
Loans and leases held for investment, net of deferred loan fees and costs
Less: Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases
Total loans and leases held for investment, net
Federal Home Loan Bank stock and Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost
Premises and equipment, net
Core deposit and other intangibles
Goodwill
Mortgage servicing rights
Bank-owned life insurance
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
Deposits:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts
Savings accounts
Certificates of deposit
Non-interest-bearing accounts
Total deposits
Borrowed funds:
Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Subordinated notes
Total borrowed funds
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock at par $0.01 (5,000,000 shares authorized): Series A (515,000 shares issued and outstanding)
Common stock at par 0.01 (900,000,000 shares authorized; 744,155,791 and 705,429,386
shares issued; and 722,066,370 and 681,217,334 shares outstanding, respectively)
Paid-in capital in excess of par
Retained earnings
Treasury stock, at cost ($22,089,421 and 24,212,052 shares, respectively)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of tax of $225 and $240, respectively
Net unrealized loss on pension and post-retirement obligations, net of tax of $12 and $18, respectively
Net unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(6) and $(20), respectively
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Total stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
80
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
$
11,475
$
2,032
$
$
9,145
14
9,159
1,182
84,619
(992)
83,627
1,392
652
625
—
1,111
1,580
3,254
9,060
14
9,074
1,115
69,001
(393)
68,608
1,267
491
287
2,426
1,033
1,561
2,250
114,057
$
90,144
30,700
$
8,773
21,554
20,499
81,526
20,250
579
438
21,267
2,897
105,690
503
7
8,231
443
(218)
(581)
(28)
10
(599)
8,367
22,511
11,645
12,510
12,055
58,721
20,325
575
432
21,332
1,267
81,320
503
7
8,130
1,041
(237)
(626)
(46)
52
(620)
8,824
$
114,057
$
90,144
New York Community Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of (Loss) Income and Comprehensive (Loss) Income
(in millions, except per share data)
INTEREST INCOME:
Loans and leases
Securities and money market investments
Total interest income
INTEREST EXPENSE:
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts
Savings accounts
Certificates of deposit
Borrowed funds
Total interest expense
Net interest income
Provision for credit losses
Net interest income after provision for credit loan losses
NON-INTEREST INCOME:
Fee income
Bank-owned life insurance
Net loss on securities
Net return on mortgage servicing rights
Net gain on loan sales and securitizations
Net loan administration income
Bargain purchase gain
Other
Total non-interest income
NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:
Operating expenses:
Compensation and benefits
Occupancy and equipment
General and administrative
Total operating expense
Intangible asset amortization
Merger-related and restructuring expenses
Goodwill impairment
Total non-interest expense
(Loss) Income before income taxes
Income tax expense
Net (loss) income
Preferred stock dividends
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders
Basic (loss) earnings per common share
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share
Net (loss) income
Other comprehensive gain (loss), net of tax:
Change in net unrealized loss on securities available for sale, net of tax of $(15); $223 and $42, respectively
Change in pension and post-retirement obligations, net of tax of $(5); $6 and $(8), respectively
Change in net unrealized gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax of $(3); $(24) and $(2), respectively
Reclassification adjustment for defined benefit pension plan, net of tax of $(1); $— and $(2), respectively
Reclassification adjustment for net (loss) gain on cash flow hedges included in net income, net of tax $17;
$1 and $(7), respectively
Total other comprehensive gain (loss), net of tax
Total comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
81
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
4,509 $
1,848 $
982
5,491
943
169
646
656
2,414
3,077
833
2,244
172
43
(1)
103
89
82
2,131
68
2,687
1,149
200
750
2,099
126
330
2,426
4,981
(50)
29
244
2,092
226
60
97
313
696
1,396
133
1,263
27
32
(2)
6
5
3
159
17
247
354
92
158
604
5
75
—
684
826
176
$
$
$
$
$
(79) $
650 $
33
33
(112) $
617 $
(0.16) $
(0.16) $
(79) $
1.26 $
1.26 $
650 $
45
12
6
6
(48)
21
(581)
(17)
64
2
(3)
(535)
$
(58) $
115 $
1,525
164
1,689
31
28
55
286
400
1,289
3
1,286
23
29
—
—
—
—
—
9
61
303
88
127
518
—
23
—
541
806
210
596
33
563
1.20
1.20
596
(112)
23
6
5
18
(60)
536
New York Community Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
(in millions, except share data)
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Balance at December 31, 2022
Shares
Outstanding
Preferred
Stock (Par
Value:
$0.01)
Common
Stock (Par
Value: 0.01)
Paid-in
Capital in
excess of
Par
Retained
Earnings
Treasury
Stock, at
Cost
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss, Net of Tax
Total
Stockholders’
Equity
681,217,334
$
503 $
7 $
8,130 $
1,041 $
(237) $
(620) $
8,824
Issuance and exercise of FDIC Equity appreciation
instrument
Shares issued for restricted stock, net of forfeitures
39,032,006
3,074,565
Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards
Net income
Dividends paid on common stock ($0.56)
Dividends paid on preferred stock ($63.76)
Purchase of common stock
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Balance at December 31, 2023
Year Ended December 31, 2022
Balance at December 31, 2021
Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards
Net income
Dividends paid on common stock ($0.68)
Dividends paid on preferred stock ($63.76)
Purchase of common stock
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Balance at December 31, 2022
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Balance at December 31, 2020
—
—
—
—
(1,257,535)
—
—
—
—
—
(2,336,935)
—
Issuance and exercise of FDIC Equity appreciation
instrument
Shares issued for restricted stock, net of forfeitures
214,990,316
3,548,310
Shares issued for restricted stock, net of forfeitures
2,515,942
Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards
Net income
Dividends paid on common stock ($0.68)
Dividends paid on preferred stock ($63.76)
Purchase of common stock
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
Balance at December 31, 2021
—
—
—
—
(1,402,107)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
85
(31)
47
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(79)
(486)
(33)
—
—
—
31
—
—
—
—
(12)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
21
85
—
47
(79)
(486)
(33)
(12)
21
722,066,370
$
503 $
7 $
8,231 $
443 $
(218) $
(599) $
8,367
465,015,643
$
503 $
5 $
6,126 $
741 $
(246) $
(85) $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,008
(33)
29
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
650
(317)
(33)
—
—
—
33
—
—
—
—
(24)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(535)
7,044
2,010
—
29
650
(317)
(33)
(24)
(535)
681,217,334
$
503 $
7 $
8,130 $
1,041 $
(237) $
(620) $
8,824
463,901,808
$
503 $
5 $
6,123 $
494 $
(258) $
(25) $
6,842
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(28)
31
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
596
(316)
(33)
—
—
28
—
—
—
—
(16)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(60)
—
31
596
(316)
(33)
(16)
(60)
465,015,643 $
503 $
5 $
6,126 $
741 $
(246) $
(85) $
7,044
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
82
New York Community Bancorp, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net (loss) income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
(79) $
650 $
596
Provision for loan losses
Amortization of intangibles
Depreciation
Amortization of discounts and premiums, net
Net loss on securities
Net gain on sales of loans
Net gain on sales of fixed assets
Gain on business acquisition
Goodwill Impairment
Stock-based compensation
Deferred tax expense
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
(Increase) decrease in other assets
Decrease in other liabilities
Purchases of securities held for trading
Proceeds from sales of securities held for trading
Change in loans held for sale, net
Net cash provided by operating activities
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from repayment of securities available for sale
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale including loans that have been securitized
Purchase of securities available for sale
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock
Proceeds from bank-owned life insurance, net
Proceeds from sales of loans
Purchases of loans
Net proceeds from sales of MSR's
Other changes in loans, net
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
Cash acquired in business acquisition
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net (decrease) increase in deposits
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowed funds
Proceeds from long-term borrowed funds
Repayments of long-term borrowed funds
Net disbursement of payments of loans serviced for others
Cash dividends paid on common stock
Cash dividends paid on preferred stock
Treasury stock repurchased
Payments relating to treasury shares received for restricted stock award tax payments
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash (1)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year (1)
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year (1)
83
833
126
39
221
1
(89)
—
(2,131)
2,426
47
(187)
(721)
(255)
(10)
10
32
263
1,402
1,858
(3,046)
1,501
(1,626)
30
—
—
50
(4,331)
(66)
24,901
20,673
(10,738)
(550)
19,850
(19,374)
(66)
(486)
(33)
—
(12)
(11,409)
9,527
2,082
133
5
18
(37)
2
(5)
(2)
(159)
—
29
(3)
348
(100)
(75)
75
147
1,026
732
228
(2,242)
635
(839)
16
—
(162)
—
(5,019)
(3)
331
3
—
21
(5)
—
(1)
—
—
—
31
(13)
(284)
(6)
(110)
110
(52)
290
1,728
—
(1,796)
92
(112)
12
37
(161)
—
(2,558)
(4)
—
(6,323)
(2,762)
7,662
2,550
9,479
2,622
950
2,072
(13,960)
(2,544)
(189)
(317)
(33)
(7)
(17)
5,168
(129)
2,211
—
(316)
(33)
—
(16)
2,735
263
1,948
2,211
$
11,609 $
2,082 $
Supplemental information:
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Transfers to repossessed assets from loans
Securitization of loans to mortgage-backed securities available for sale
Transfer of loans from held for investment to held for sale
Transfer of loans from held for sale to held for investment
MSRs resulting from sale or securitization of loans
Shares issued for restricted stock awards
Business Combinations:
Fair value of tangible assets acquired
Intangible assets
Mortgage servicing rights
Liabilities assumed
Common Stock issued in business combination
Issuance of FDIC Equity appreciation instrument
$
$
2,290 $
54
9 $
222
163
—
—
31
37,384
464
—
35,632
—
85
657 $
17
— $
162
—
—
19
33
24,449
292
1,012
23,584
2,010
—
402
471
1
161
52
94
—
28
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1) For further information on restricted cash, see Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
84
Note 1 - Description of Business, Organization and Basis of Presentation
Organization
New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (on a stand-alone basis, the “Parent Company” or, collectively with its subsidiaries,
the “Company” or "we") was organized under Delaware law on July 20, 1993 and is the holding company for Flagstar Bank
N.A. (hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”). The Company is headquartered in Hicksville, New York with regional
headquarters in Troy, Michigan.
The Company is subject to regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is a National
Association, subject to federal regulation and oversight by the OCC.
On November 23, 1993, the Company issued its initial offering of common stock (par value: $0.01 per share) at a price of
$25.00 per share ($0.93 per share on a split-adjusted basis, reflecting the impact of nine stock splits between 1994 and 2004).
The Company has grown organically and through a series of accretive mergers and acquisitions, culminating in its acquisition
of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc., which closed on December 1, 2022 and the Signature Transaction which closed on March 20, 2023.
Flagstar Bank, N.A. currently operates 420 branches across twelve states, including strong footholds in the Northeast and
Midwest and exposure to markets in the Southeast and West Coast. Flagstar Mortgage operates nationally through a wholesale
network of approximately 3,600 third-party mortgage originators. Flagstar Bank N.A. also operates through nine local
divisions, each with a history of service and strength: New York Community Bank, Queens County Savings Bank, Roslyn
Savings Bank, Richmond County Savings Bank, Roosevelt Savings Bank, and Atlantic Bank in New York; Garden State
Community Bank in New Jersey; Ohio Savings Bank in Ohio; and AmTrust Bank in Arizona and Florida.
Liquidity
On a consolidated basis, our funding primarily stems from a combination of the following sources: retail, institutional,
and brokered deposits; borrowed funds, primarily in the form of wholesale borrowings; cash flows generated through the
repayment and sale of loans; and cash flows generated through the repayment and sale of securities.
We manage our liquidity to ensure that our cash flows are sufficient to support our operations, to compensate for any
temporary mismatches between sources and uses of funds caused by variable loan and deposit demand, and to ensure that
sufficient funds are available to meet our financial obligations. See Note 22 - Subsequent Events for further information on our
recent capital raise.
Basis of Presentation
The following is a description of the significant accounting and reporting policies that the Company and its subsidiaries
follow in preparing and presenting their consolidated financial statements, which conform to U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles and to general practices within the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are used in connection with the
determination of the allowance for credit losses, mortgage servicing rights, the Flagstar acquisition and the Signature
Transaction.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and other entities in which the
Company has a controlling financial interest. All inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. The
Company currently has certain unconsolidated subsidiaries in the form of wholly-owned statutory business trusts, which were
formed to issue guaranteed capital securities. See Note 12 - Borrowed Funds for additional information regarding these trusts.
When necessary, certain reclassifications have been made to prior-year amounts to conform to the current-year
presentation.
Loans
85
Effective January 1, 2023, the Company adopted the provisions of Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2022-02,
"Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures" (ASU 2022-02),
which eliminated the accounting for troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) while expanding loan modification and vintage
disclosure requirements. Under ASU 2022-02, the Corporation assesses all loan modifications to determine whether one is
granted to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, regardless of whether the modified loan terms include a concession.
Modifications granted to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty may be in the form of an interest rate reduction, an other-
than-insignificant payment delay, a term extension, principal forgiveness or a combination thereof (collectively referred to as
Troubled Debt Modifications or TDMs).
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2022-02, the Company accounted for certain loan modifications and restructurings as TDRs.
In general, a modification or restructuring of a loan constituted a TDR if the Company granted a concession to a borrower
experiencing financial difficulty.
Adoption of New Accounting Standards
Standard
Description
Effective Date
ASU 2022-02- Financial
Instruments - Credit Losses
(Topic 326): Troubled Debt
Restructurings and Vintage
Disclosures Issued March
2022
ASU 2022-02 eliminates prior
accounting guidance for TDRs, while
enhancing disclosure requirements for
certain loan refinancings and
restructurings by creditors when a
borrower is experiencing financial
difficulty. The standard also requires that
an entity disclose current-period gross
charge-offs by year of origination for
financing receivables and net
investments in leases.
The Company adopted ASU 2022-02 effective January 1, 2023
using a modified retrospective transition approach for the
amendments related to the recognition and measurement of TDRs.
The impact of the adoption resulted in an immaterial change to the
allowance for credit losses ("ACL"), thus no adjustment to
retained earnings was recorded. Disclosures have been updated to
reflect information on loan modifications given to borrowers
experiencing financial difficulty as presented in Note 6. TDR
disclosures are presented for comparative periods only and are not
required to be updated in current periods. Additionally, the current
year vintage disclosure included in Note 6 has been updated to
reflect gross charge-offs by year of origination for the three
months ended September 30, 2023.
ASU 2023-02 Investments -
Equity Method and Joint
Ventures (Topic 323):
Accounting for Investments
in Tax Credit Structures
Using the Proportional
Amortization Method Issued:
March 2023
ASU 2023-02 permits reporting entities
to elect to account for their tax equity
investments, regardless of the tax credit
program from which the income tax
credits are received, using the
proportional amortization method if
certain conditions are met.
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash
The Company adopted ASU 2023-02 effective January 1, 2023
and it did not have a significant impact on the Company's
consolidated financial statements.
For cash flow reporting purposes, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and money
market investments, which include federal funds sold and reverse repurchase agreements, if any. At December 31, 2023 and
2022, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents totaled $11.5 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively. Included in cash and cash
equivalents at those dates were $10.7 billion and $837 million, respectively, of interest-bearing deposits in other financial
institutions, primarily consisting of balances due from the FRB-NY. There were no reverse repurchase agreements outstanding
as of December 31, 2023 and $793 million of reverse repurchase agreements were outstanding at December 31, 2022. There
were no federal funds sold outstanding at December 31, 2023 or December 31, 2022. Restricted cash totaled $134 million and
$50 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively and includes cash that the Bank pledges as
maintenance margin on centrally cleared derivatives and is included in other assets on the Consolidated Statements of
Condition.
Debt Securities and Equity Investments with Readily Determinable Fair Values
The securities portfolio primarily consists of mortgage-related securities and, to a lesser extent, debt and equity securities.
Securities that are classified as “available for sale” are carried at their estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains or losses,
net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in stockholders’ equity. Securities that the Company
has the intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and carried at amortized cost.
The fair values of our securities—and particularly our fixed-rate securities—are affected by changes in market interest
rates and credit spreads. In general, as interest rates rise and/or credit spreads widen, the fair value of fixed-rate securities will
decline. As interest rates fall and/or credit spreads tighten, the fair value of fixed-rate securities will rise.
86
The Company evaluates available-for-sale debt securities in unrealized loss positions at least quarterly to determine if an
allowance for credit losses is required. Based on an evaluation of available information about past events, current conditions,
and reasonable and supportable forecasts that are relevant to collectability, the Company has concluded that it expects to receive
all contractual cash flows from each security held in its available-for-sale securities portfolio.
The Company first assesses whether (i) it intends to sell, or (ii) it is more likely than not that the Company will be
required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria is met, any previously
recognized allowances are charged off and the security’s amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. If
neither of the aforementioned criteria are met, the Company evaluates whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit
losses or other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be
collected from the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of cash flows expected
to be collected is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded for the
credit loss, limited by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Any impairment that has not been
recorded through an allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income.
Management has made the accounting policy election to exclude accrued interest receivable on available-for-sale
securities from the estimate of credit losses. Available-for-sale debt securities are placed on non-accrual status when the
Company no longer expects to receive all contractual amounts due, which is generally at 90 days past due. Accrued interest
receivable is reversed against interest income when a security is placed on non-accrual status.
Equity investments with readily determinable fair values are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized
in net income.
Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized to expense and accreted to income over the remaining period to
contractual maturity using the interest method, and are adjusted for anticipated prepayments. Dividend and interest income are
recognized when earned. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
As a member of the FHLB-NY, the Company is required to hold shares of FHLB-NY stock, which is carried at cost. In
addition, in connection with the Flagstar acquisition, the Company also holds shares of FHLB-Indianapolis stock, which is
carried at cost. The Company’s holding requirement varies based on certain factors, including its outstanding borrowings from
the FHLB-NY and FHLB-Indianapolis.
The Company conducts a periodic review and evaluation of its FHLB-NY stock to determine if any impairment exists.
The factors considered in this process include, among others, significant deterioration in FHLB-NY earnings performance,
credit rating, or asset quality; significant adverse changes in the regulatory or economic environment; and other factors that
could raise significant concerns about the creditworthiness and the ability of the FHLB-NY to continue as a going concern.
Loans Held-for-Sale
The Company classifies loans as LHFS when we originate or purchase loans that we intend to sell. We have elected the
fair value option for the majority of our LHFS. The Company estimates the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted
market prices for securities backed by similar types of loans, where available, or by discounting estimated cash flows using
observable inputs inclusive of interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral. Changes in fair
value are recorded to other noninterest income on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. LHFS
that are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value may be carried at fair value on a nonrecurring basis when the fair value is less
than cost. For further information, see Note 18 - Fair Value Measures.
Loans that are transferred into the LHFS portfolio from the LHFI portfolio, due to a change in intent, are recorded at the
lower of cost or fair value. Gains or losses recognized upon the sale of loans are determined using the specific identification
method.
87
Loans Held for Investment
Loans and leases, net, are carried at unpaid principal balances, including unearned discounts, purchase accounting (i.e.,
acquisition-date fair value) adjustments, net deferred loan origination costs or fees, and the allowance for credit losses on loans
and leases.
The Company recognizes interest income on loans using the interest method over the life of the loan. Accordingly, the
Company defers certain loan origination and commitment fees, and certain loan origination costs, and amortizes the net fee or
cost as an adjustment to the loan yield over the term of the related loan. When a loan is sold or repaid, the remaining net
unamortized fee or cost is recognized in interest income.
Prepayment income on loans is recorded in interest income and only when cash is received. Accordingly, there are no
assumptions involved in the recognition of prepayment income.
Two factors are considered in determining the amount of prepayment income: the prepayment penalty percentage set
forth in the loan documents, and the principal balance of the loan at the time of prepayment. The volume of loans prepaying
may vary from one period to another, often in connection with actual or perceived changes in the direction of market interest
rates. When interest rates are declining, rising precipitously, or perceived to be on the verge of rising, prepayment income may
increase as more borrowers opt to refinance and lock in current rates prior to further increases taking place.
A loan generally is classified as a “non-accrual” loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemed to be
impaired because the Company no longer expects to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan
agreement. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, management ceases the accrual of interest owed, and previously
accrued interest is charged against interest income. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is current and
management has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible. Interest income on non-accrual loans is recorded
when received in cash.
Loans with Government Guarantees
The Company originates government guaranteed loans which are pooled and sold as Ginnie Mae MBS. Pursuant to
Ginnie Mae servicing guidelines, the Company has the unilateral right to repurchase loans securitized in Ginnie Mae pools that
are due, but unpaid, for three consecutive months. As a result, once the delinquency criteria have been met, and regardless of
whether the repurchase option has been exercised, the Company accounts for the loans as if they had been repurchased. The
Company recognizes the loans and corresponding liability as loans with government guarantees and loans with government
guarantees repurchase options, respectively, in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. If the loan is repurchased, the liability
is cash settled and the loan with government guarantee remains. Once repurchased, the Company works to cure the outstanding
loans such that they are re-eligible for sale or may begin foreclosure and recover losses through a claims process with the
government agency, as an approved lender.
Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases
The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases is deducted from the amortized cost basis of a financial asset or a
group of financial assets so that the balance sheet reflects the net amount the Company expects to collect. Amortized cost is the
unpaid loan balance, net of deferred fees and expenses, and includes negative escrow. Subsequent changes (favorable and
unfavorable) in expected credit losses are recognized immediately in net income as a credit loss expense or a reversal of credit
loss expense. Management estimates the allowance by projecting and multiplying together the probability-of-default, loss-
given-default and exposure-at-default depending on economic parameters for each month of the remaining contractual term, as
well as credit ratings for certain loans within the commercial and industrial portfolio. The Company loss drivers for certain
loans in the commercial and industrial portfolio are derived using leverages economic projections including property market
and prepayment forecasts from established independent third parties, as well as credit ratings for certain loans within the
commercial and industrial portfolio, to inform its loss drivers in the forecast. The Company estimates the exposure-at-default
using prepayment models which forecasts prepayments over the life of the loans and leases. The economic forecast and the
related economic parameters are developed using available information relating to past events, current conditions, multiple
economic forecasts scenarios, including related weightings, over the reasonable and supportable forecast period and
macroeconomic assumptions. The economic forecast scenarios and related economic parameters are sourced from independent
third parties. The economic forecast reasonable and supportable period is 24 months, and afterwards the Company reverts to a
historical average loss rate on a straight-line basis over a 12-month period. Historical credit loss experience over the historical
loss observation period provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses, with qualitative factor adjustments made
88
for differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics such as differences in underwriting standards, portfolio mix, current
collateral valuations, delinquency levels and terms, as well as for changes in environmental conditions, such as changes in
legislation, regulation, policies, administrative practices or other relevant factors. Expected credit losses are estimated over the
contractual term of the loans, adjusted for forecasted prepayments when appropriate. The contractual term excludes potential
extensions or renewals. The methodology used in the estimation of the allowance for credit losses on loan and leases, which is
performed at least quarterly, is designed to be dynamic and responsive to changes in portfolio credit quality and forecasted
economic conditions. Each quarter the Company reassesses the appropriateness of the economic forecasting period, the
reversion period and historical mean at the portfolio segment level, considering any required adjustments for differences in
underwriting standards, portfolio mix, and other relevant data shifts over time.
The allowance for credit losses on loans and leases is measured on a collective (pool) basis when similar risk
characteristics exist. The portfolio segment represents the level at which a systematic methodology is applied to estimate credit
losses. Management believes the products within each of the entity’s portfolio segments exhibit similar risk characteristics. The
Company leverages economic projections including property market and prepayment forecasts from established independent
third parties, as well as credit ratings for certain loans within the commercial and industrial portfolio, to inform its loss drivers
in the forecast.
Loans that do not share risk characteristics are evaluated on an individual basis. These include loans that are in
nonaccrual status with balances above management determined materiality thresholds depending on loan class and also loans
that are designated as TDR or “reasonably expected TDR” (criticized, classified, or maturing loans that will have a modification
processed within the next three months). If a loan is determined to be collateral dependent, or meets the criteria to apply the
collateral dependent practical expedient, expected credit losses are determined based on the fair value of the collateral at the
reporting date, less costs to sell as appropriate.
The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures. At December 31, 2023 and
December 31, 2022, the allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet exposures was $52 million and $23 million,
respectively. The Company estimates expected credit losses over the contractual period in which the Company is exposed to
credit risk via a contractual obligation to extend credit, unless that obligation is unconditionally cancellable by the Company.
The allowance for credit losses on off-balance sheet credit exposures is adjusted as a provision for credit losses expense. The
estimate includes consideration of the likelihood that funding will occur and an estimate of expected credit losses on
commitments expected to be funded over their estimated life. The Company examined historical CCF trends to estimate
utilization rates, and chose an appropriate mean CCF based on both management judgment and quantitative analysis.
Quantitative analysis involved examination of CCFs over a range of fund-up windows (between 12 and 36 months) and
comparison of the mean CCF for each fund-up window with management judgment determining whether the highest mean CCF
across fund-up windows made business sense. The Company applies the same standards and estimated loss rates to the credit
exposures as to the related class of loans.
When applying this critical accounting estimate, we incorporate several inputs and judgments that may be influenced by
changes period to period. These include, but are not limited to changes in the economic environment and forecasts, changes in
the credit profile and characteristics of the loan portfolio, and changes in prepayment assumptions which will result in
provisions to or recoveries from the balance of the allowance for credit losses.
While changes to the economic environment forecasts and portfolio characteristics will change from period to period,
portfolio prepayments are an integral assumption in estimating the allowance for credit losses on our commercial real estate
(multi-family, CRE and ADC) portfolio which comprises 60 percent of the loan portfolio at December 31, 2023. Portfolio
prepayments are subject to estimation uncertainty and changes in this assumption could have a material impact to our
estimation process. Prepayment assumptions are sensitive to interest rates and existing loan terms and determine the weighted
average life of the commercial mortgage loan portfolio. Excluding other factors, as the weighted average life of the portfolio
increases or decreases, so will the required amount of the allowance for credit losses on commercial real estate.
Goodwill
The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least annually or when triggering events are identified. We utilize a
market approach to determine the fair value of our single reporting unit, which considers how a market participant would view
a control premium, complemented by an income approach if deemed necessary. The resulting value is then compared to our
book value and any shortfalls would be recorded as an impairment.
89
As of December 31, 2023, the Company identified a triggering event and applied a market approach using the end of day
stock price, control premium for completed bank acquisitions, and an adjustment for Company-specific risk considerations
based on subsequent confirming market evidence. This adjusted market capitalization was then compared to the carrying value
to determine the extent of any shortfall which was calculated to be in excess of the goodwill balance. The Company’s
assessment concluded that goodwill from historical transactions (2007 and prior) was fully impaired as of December 31, 2023,
as confirmed by the Company’s current market capitalization. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of the
entire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion. Additional information on the methodologies and assumptions used in the goodwill
impairment analysis can be found in Note 16 - Intangible Assets.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
The Company purchases and originates mortgage loans for sale to the secondary market and sell the loans on either a
servicing-retained or servicing-released basis. If the Company retains the right to service the loan, an MSR is created at the time
of sale which is recorded at fair value. The Company uses an internal valuation model that utilizes an option-adjusted spread,
constant prepayment speeds, costs to service and other assumptions to determine the fair value of MSRs.
Management obtains third-party valuations of the MSR portfolio on a quarterly basis from independent valuation services
to assess the reasonableness of the fair value calculated by our internal valuation model. Changes in the fair value of our MSRs
are reported on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income in net return on mortgage servicing. For
further information, see Note 9 - Mortgage Servicing Rights and Note 18 - Fair Value Measures.
Premises and Equipment, Net
Premises, furniture, fixtures, and equipment are carried at cost, less the accumulated depreciation computed on a straight-
line basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets (generally 20 years for premises and three to ten years for
furniture, fixtures, and equipment). Leasehold improvements are carried at cost less the accumulated amortization computed on
a straight-line basis over the shorter of the related lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvement.
Depreciation is included in “Occupancy and equipment expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and
Comprehensive Income, and amounted to $39 million, $18 million, and $21 million, respectively, in the years ended
December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021. Accumulated depreciation as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was
$526 million and $434 million. The estimated useful lives for the principal classes of assets are as follows:
Premises and Equipment
Useful Lives
Buildings
Furniture, fixtures and equipment, and building improvements
Leasehold improvements
ATMs
30
13.5
10
7
Bank-Owned Life Insurance
The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain employees. These BOLI policies are recorded in the
Consolidated Statements of Condition at their cash surrender value. Income from these policies and changes in the cash
surrender value are recorded in “Non-interest income” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.
At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company’s investment in BOLI was $1.6 billion. The Company’s investment in BOLI
generated income of $43 million, $32 million, and $29 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022,
and 2021.
Variable Interest Entities
An entity that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE is referred to as the primary beneficiary and consolidates the
VIE. An entity is deemed to have a controlling financial interest and is the primary beneficiary of a VIE if it has both the power
to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and an obligation to absorb
losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. For further information, see Note 10 -
Variable Interest Entities.
Repossessed Assets and OREO
90
Repossessed assets consist of any property or other assets acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are sold or rented,
and are recorded at fair value, less the estimated selling costs, at the date of acquisition. Following foreclosure, management
periodically performs a valuation of the asset, and the assets are carried at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less
the estimated selling costs. Expenses and revenues from operations and changes in valuation, if any, are included in “General
and administrative expense” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. At December 31, 2023, the
Company had $5 million of OREO, $4 million of taxi medallions and $5 million of repossessed specialty equipment. At
December 31, 2022, the Company had $8 million of OREO and $4 million of taxi medallions.
Servicing Fee Income
Servicing fee income, late fees and ancillary fees received on loans for which the Company owns the MSR are included
in net return on mortgage servicing rights on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. The fees are
based on the outstanding principal and are recorded as income when earned. Subservicing fees, which are included in loan
administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income, are based on a contractual
monthly amount per loan including late fees and other ancillary income.
Income Taxes
Income tax expense consists of income taxes that are currently payable and deferred income taxes. Deferred income tax
expense is determined by recognizing deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences attributable to temporary
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to taxable income in years in
which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company assesses the deferred tax assets and
establishes a valuation allowance when realization of a deferred asset is not considered to be “more likely than not.” The
Company considers its expectation of future taxable income in evaluating the need for a valuation allowance.
The Company estimates income taxes payable based on the amount it expects to owe the various tax authorities (i.e.,
federal, state, and local). Income taxes represent the net estimated amount due to, or to be received from, such tax authorities. In
estimating income taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions,
taking into account statutory, judicial, and regulatory guidance in the context of the Company’s tax position. In this process,
management also relies on tax opinions, recent audits, and historical experience. Although the Company uses the best available
information to record income taxes, underlying estimates and assumptions can change over time as a result of unanticipated
events or circumstances such as changes in tax laws and judicial guidance influencing its overall tax position.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
The Company records all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of
derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether the Company has elected to designate a derivative in a
hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to
apply hedge accounting. Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to changes in the fair value of an
asset, liability, or firm commitment attributable to a particular risk, such as interest rate risk, are considered fair value hedges.
Derivatives designated and qualifying as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows, or other types of
forecasted transactions, are considered cash flow hedges. Hedge accounting generally provides for the matching of the timing
of gain or loss recognition on the hedging instrument with the recognition of the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or
liability that are attributable to the hedged risk in a fair value hedge or the earnings effect of the hedged forecasted transactions
in a cash flow hedge. The Company may enter into derivative contracts that are intended to economically hedge certain of its
risks, even though hedge accounting does not apply or the Company elects not to apply hedge accounting.
The Company utilizes derivative instruments to manage the fair value changes in our MSRs, interest rate lock
commitments and LHFS portfolio which are exposed to price and interest rate risk; facilitate asset/liability management;
minimize the variability of future cash flows on long-term debt; and to meet the needs of our customers. All derivatives are
recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Condition as other assets and liabilities, as applicable, at their estimated fair
value.
The Company uses interest rate swaps, swaptions, futures and forward loan sale commitments to mitigate the impact of
fluctuations in interest rates and interest rate volatility on the fair value of the MSRs. Changes in their fair value are reflected in
current period earnings under the net return on mortgage servicing asset. These derivatives are valued based on quoted prices
for similar assets in an active market with inputs that are observable.
91
The Company also enters into various derivative agreements with customers and correspondents in the form of interest
rate lock commitments and forward purchase contracts which are commitments to originate or purchase mortgage loans
whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers have locked into that interest rate. The
derivatives are valued using internal models that utilize market interest rates and other unobservable inputs. Changes in the fair
value of these commitments due to fluctuations in interest rates are economically hedged through the use of forward loan sale
commitments of MBS. The gains and losses arising from this derivative activity are reflected in current period earnings under
the net gain on loan sales.
To assist customers in meeting their needs to manage interest rate risk, the Company enters into interest rate swap
derivative contracts. To economically hedge this risk, the Company enters into offsetting derivative contracts to effectively
eliminate the interest rate risk associated with these contracts.
For additional information regarding the accounting for derivatives, see Note 15 - Derivative and Hedging Activities and
for additional information on recurring fair value disclosures, see Note 18 - Fair Value Measures.
Representation and Warranty Reserve
When the Company sells mortgage loans into the secondary mortgage market, it makes customary representations and
warranties to the purchasers about various characteristics of each loan. Upon the sale of a loan, the Company recognizes a
liability for that guarantee at its fair value as a reduction of our net gain on loan sales. Subsequent to the sale, the liability is re-
measured at fair value on an ongoing basis based upon an estimate of probable future losses. An estimate of the fair value of the
guarantee associated with the mortgage loans is recorded in other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition, and
was $12 million and $10 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Stock-Based Compensation
Under the New York Community Bancorp, Inc. 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2020 Incentive Plan”), which was
approved by the Company’s shareholders at its Annual Meeting on June 3, 2020, shares are available for grant as restricted
stock or other forms of related rights. At December 31, 2023, the Company had 16,143,893 shares available for grant under the
2020 Incentive Plan. Compensation cost related to restricted stock grants is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting
period. For a more detailed discussion of the Company’s stock-based compensation, see Note 14 - Stock-Related Benefits
Plans.
Retirement Plans
The Company’s pension benefit obligations and post-retirement health and welfare benefit obligations, and the related
costs, are calculated using actuarial concepts in accordance with GAAP. The measurement of such obligations and expenses
requires that certain assumptions be made regarding several factors, most notably including the discount rate and the expected
rate of return on plan assets. The Company evaluates these assumptions on an annual basis. Other factors considered by the
Company in its evaluation include retirement patterns and mortality rates.
Under GAAP, actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and any remaining transition assets or obligations
that have not been recognized under previous accounting standards must be recognized in AOCL until they are amortized as a
component of net periodic benefit cost.
Earnings per Common Share (Basic and Diluted)
Basic EPS is computed by dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is computed using the same method as basic EPS, however, the
computation reflects the potential dilution that would occur if outstanding in-the-money stock options were exercised and
converted into common stock.
Unvested stock-based compensation awards containing non-forfeitable rights to dividends paid on the Company’s
common stock are considered participating securities, and therefore are included in the two-class method for calculating EPS.
Under the two-class method, all earnings (distributed and undistributed) are allocated to common shares and participating
securities based on their respective rights to receive dividends on the common stock. The Company grants restricted stock to
certain employees under its stock-based compensation plan. Recipients receive cash dividends during the vesting periods of
92
these awards, including on the unvested portion of such awards. Since these dividends are non-forfeitable, the unvested awards
are considered participating securities and therefore have earnings allocated to them.
The following table presents the Company’s computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:
(in millions, except share and per share amounts)
Net (loss) income available to common stockholders
Less: Dividends paid on and earnings allocated to participating securities
(Loss) earnings applicable to common stock
Weighted average common shares outstanding
(Loss) basic earnings per common share
(Loss) earnings applicable to common stock
Weighted average common shares outstanding
Potential dilutive common shares
Total shares for diluted (loss) earnings per common share computation
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share and common share equivalents
Note 3 - Business Combinations
Signature Bridge Bank
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
$
(112) $
617 $
(5)
(8)
(117) $
609 $
563
(7)
556
713,643,550
483,603,395
463,865,661
$
$
(0.16) $
1.26 $
(117) $
609 $
1.20
556
713,643,550
483,603,395
463,865,661
—
1,530,950
767,058
713,643,550
485,134,345
464,632,719
$
(0.16) $
1.26 $
1.20
On March 20, 2023, the Company’s wholly owned bank subsidiary, Flagstar Bank N.A. (the “Bank”), entered into a
Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the “Agreement”) with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as receiver
(the "FDIC Receiver") of Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. (“Signature”) to acquire certain assets and assume certain liabilities of
Signature (the “Signature Transaction”). Headquartered in New York, New York, Signature Bank was a full-service
commercial bank that operated 29 branches in New York, seven branches in California, two branches in North Carolina, one
branch in Connecticut, and one branch in Nevada. In connection with the Signature Transaction the Bank assumed all of
Signature’s branches. The Bank acquired only certain parts of Signature it believes to be financially and strategically
complementary that are intended to enhance the Company’s future growth.
Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, the Company was not required to make a cash payment to the FDIC on March
20, 2023 as consideration for the acquired assets and assumed liabilities. As the Company and the FDIC remain engaged in
ongoing discussions which may impact the assets and liabilities acquired or assumed by the Company in the Signature
Transaction. Any items identified that affect the bargain gain are recorded in the period they are identified. The Company may
be required to make a payment to the FDIC or the FDIC may be required to make a payment to the Company on the Settlement
Date, which will be one year after March 20, 2023, or as agreed upon by the FDIC and the Company.
In addition, as part of the consideration for the Signature Transaction, the Company granted the FDIC equity appreciation
rights in the common stock of the Company under an equity appreciation instrument (the "Equity Appreciation Instrument").
On March 31, 2023, the Company issued 39,032,006 shares of Company common stock to the FDIC pursuant to the Equity
Appreciation Instrument. On May 19, 2023, the FDIC completed the secondary offering of those shares.
The Company has determined that the Signature Transaction constitutes a business combination as defined by ASC 805,
Business Combinations ("ASC 805"). ASC 805 establishes principles and requirements as to how the acquirer of a business
recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any non-
controlling interest in the acquiree. Accordingly, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed have been recorded based on their
preliminary estimated fair values as of March 20, 2023, which have been adjusted through December 31, 2023 based on
changes to those preliminary estimates.
Under the Agreement, the Company is expected to provide certain services to the FDIC to assist the FDIC in its
administration of certain assets and liabilities which were not assumed by the Company and which remain under the control of
the FDIC (the “Interim Servicing”). The Interim Servicing includes activities related to the servicing of loan portfolios not
acquired on behalf of the FDIC for a period of up to one year from the date of the Signature Transaction unless such loans are
sold or transferred at an earlier time by the FDIC or until cancelled by the FDIC upon 60-days’ notice. The Interim Servicing
93
may include other ancillary services requested by the FDIC to assist in their administration of the remaining assets and
liabilities of Signature Bank. The FDIC will reimburse the Company for costs associated with the Interim Servicing based upon
an agreed upon fee which approximates the cost to provide such services. As the FDIC intends to reimburse the Company for
the costs to service the loans, neither a servicing asset nor servicing liability was recognized as part of the Signature
Transaction.
The Company did not enter into a loss sharing arrangement with the FDIC in connection with the Signature Transaction.
As the Company finalizes its analysis of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, there may be adjustments to the
recorded carrying values. In many cases, the determination of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed
required management to make estimates about discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions and other future
events that are highly subjective in nature and subject to change. While the Company believes that the information available on
December 31, 2023, provided a reasonable basis for estimating fair value, the Company may obtain additional information and
evidence during the measurement period that may result in changes to the estimated fair value amounts. Fair values subject to
change include, but are not limited to, those related to loans and leases, certain deposits, intangibles, deferred tax assets and
liabilities and certain other assets and other liabilities.
A summary of the preliminary net assets acquired and related estimated fair value adjustments resulting in the bargain
purchase gain is as follows:
(in millions)
Net assets acquired before fair value adjustments
Fair value adjustments:
Loans
Core deposit and other intangibles
Certificates of deposit
Other net assets and liabilities
FDIC Equity Appreciation Instrument
Deferred tax liability
Bargain purchase gain on Signature Transaction, as initially reported
Measurement period adjustments, excluding taxes
Change in deferred tax liability
Bargain purchase gain on Signature Transaction, as adjusted
March 20,
2023
(preliminary)
$
2,973
(727)
464
27
39
(85)
(690)
2,001
28
102
$
2,131
In connection with the Signature Transaction, the Company recorded a bargain purchase gain, as adjusted, of
approximately $2.1 billion during the year ended December 31, 2023, which is included in non-interest income in the
Company’s Consolidated Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income.
The bargain purchase gain represents the excess of the estimated fair value of the assets acquired (including cash
payments received from the FDIC) over the estimated fair value of the liabilities assumed and is influenced significantly by the
FDIC-assisted transaction process. Under the FDIC-assisted transaction process, only certain assets and liabilities are
transferred to the acquirer and, depending on the nature and amount of the acquirers bid, the FDIC may be required to make a
cash payment to the Company and the Company may be required to make a cash payment to the FDIC.
The assets acquired and liabilities assumed and consideration paid in the Signature Transaction were initially recorded at
their estimated fair values based on management’s best estimates using information available at the date of the Signature
Transaction, and are subject to adjustment for up to one year after the closing date of the Signature Transaction. The Company
and the FDIC are engaged in ongoing discussions and settlement payments have been made that have impacted certain assets
acquired or certain liabilities assumed by the Company on March 20, 2023 and are included as measurement period adjustments
in the table below.
94
(in millions)
Purchase Price consideration
Fair value of assets acquired:
Cash & cash equivalents
Loans held for sale
Loans held for investment:
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Consumer and other
Total loans held for investment
CDI and other intangible assets
Other assets
Total assets acquired
Fair value of liabilities assumed:
Deposits
Other liabilities
Total liabilities assumed
Fair value of net identifiable assets
Bargain purchase gain
Preliminary as
Initially Reported
Measurement
Period Adjustments
Preliminary as
Adjusted
$
85
$
85
25,043
232
10,102
1,942
174
12,218
464
679
38,636
33,568
2,982
36,550
2,086
$
2,001 $
(142)
(214)
(262)
(1)
(477)
—
(169)
(788)
(61)
(857)
(918)
130
130 $
24,901
232
9,888
1,680
173
11,741
464
510
37,848
33,507
2,125
35,632
2,216
2,131
During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company recorded preliminary measurement period adjustments to adjust
the estimated fair value of loans and leases acquired and adjust other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities for
balances ultimately retained by the FDIC. Additionally, $449 million of loans were returned to the FDIC in accordance with the
purchase and sale agreement. The Company also recognized a net change in the deferred tax liability due to the measurement
period adjustments and the secondary offering of shares completed by the FDIC.
The Company incurred $223 million in acquisition costs related to the Signature Transaction primarily for legal, advisory,
and other professional services. These costs are recorded within Merger-related and restructuring expenses on the Consolidated
Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.
Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date, reflecting assumptions that a market participant would use
when pricing an asset or liability. In some cases, the estimation of fair values requires management to make estimates about
discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions, and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and
are subject to change. Described below are the methods used to determine the fair values of the significant assets acquired and
liabilities assumed in the Signature Transaction.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The estimated fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their stated face amounts, as these financial
instruments are either due on demand or have short-term maturities.
Loans and leases
The fair value for loans was based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered credit loss expectations,
market interest rates and other market factors such as liquidity from the perspective of a market participant. Loans were
grouped together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation
techniques. The probability of default, loss given default and prepayment assumptions were the key factors driving credit losses
which were embedded into the estimated cash flows. These assumptions were informed by internal data on loan characteristics,
historical loss experience, and current and forecasted economic conditions. The interest and liquidity component of the estimate
was determined by discounting interest and principal cash flows through the expected life of each loan. The discount rates used
for loans are based on current market rates for new originations of comparable loans and include adjustments for liquidity. The
95
discount rates do not include a factor for credit losses as that has been included as a reduction to the estimated cash flows.
Acquired loans were marked to fair value and adjusted for any PCD gross up as of the date of the Signature Transaction.
Deposit Liabilities
The fair value of deposit liabilities with no stated maturity (i.e., non-interest-bearing and interest-bearing checking
accounts) is equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit represents contractual
cash flows, discounted using interest rates currently offered on deposits with similar characteristics and remaining maturities.
Core Deposit Intangible
Core deposit intangible (“CDI”) is a measure of the value of non-interest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts,
savings accounts, and money market accounts that are acquired in a business combination. The fair value of the CDI was
determined using a discounted cashflow methodology which considered discount rate, customer attrition rates, and other
relevant market assumptions. This method estimated the fair value by discounting the present value of the expected cost savings
attributable to the core deposit funding, relative to an alternative source of funding. The CDI relating to the Signature
Transaction will be amortized over an estimated useful life of 10 years using the sum of years digits depreciation method. The
Company evaluates such identifiable intangibles for impairment when an indication of impairment exists. CDI does not
significantly impact our liquidity or capital ratios.
PCD loans
Purchased loans that reflect a more than insignificant deterioration of credit from origination are considered PCD. For
PCD loans and leases, the initial estimate of expected credit losses is recognized in the allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) on
the date of acquisition using the same methodology as other loans and leases held-for-investment. The following table provides
a summary of loans and leases purchased as part of the Signature Transaction with credit deterioration and the associated credit
loss reserve at acquisition:
(in millions)
Par value (UPB)
ACL at acquisition
Non-credit (discount)
Fair value
Total
583
(13)
(76)
494
$
$
Unaudited Pro Forma Information – Signature Transaction
The Company’s operating results for the year ended December 31, 2023 include the operating results of the acquired
assets and assumed liabilities of Signature subsequent to the acquisition on March 20, 2023. Due to the use of multiple systems
and integration of the operating activities into those of the Company, historical reporting for the former Signature operations is
impracticable and thus disclosures of the revenue from the assets acquired and income before income taxes is impracticable for
the period subsequent to acquisition.
Signature was only in operation from March 12, 2023 to March 20, 2023 and does not have historical financial
information on which we could base pro forma information. Additionally, we did not acquire all assets or assume all liabilities
of Signature and the historical operations are not consistent with the transaction. Therefore, it is impracticable to provide pro
forma information on revenues and earnings for the Signature Transaction in accordance with ASC 805-10-50-2.
96
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.
On December 1, 2022, the Company closed the acquisition of Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. (“Flagstar”) in an all-stock
transaction (“Flagstar Transaction”). Flagstar was a savings and loan holding company headquartered in Troy, MI.
Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, each share of Flagstar common stock was converted into 4.0151 shares
of the Company’s common shares at the effective time of the merger. In addition, the Company received approval from the
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC") to convert Flagstar Bank, FSB to a national bank to be known as
Flagstar Bank, N.A., and to merge New York Community Bank into Flagstar Bank, N.A. with Flagstar Bank, N.A. being the
surviving entity. Flagstar Bank, FSB, provided commercial, small business, and consumer banking services through 158
branches in Michigan, Indiana, California, Wisconsin, and Ohio. It also provided home loans through a wholesale network of
brokers and correspondents in all 50 states. The acquisition of Flagstar added significant scale, geographic diversification,
improved funding profile, and a broader product mix to the Company.
The acquisition of Flagstar has been accounted for as a business combination. The Company recorded the preliminary
estimate of fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed December 1, 2022, which was subject to adjustment for up
to one year after December 1, 2022. As of December 31, 2023, the Company finalized its review of the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, and did not record any material adjustments.
The following table provides an allocation of consideration paid for the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities and
equity assumed from Flagstar as of December 1, 2022.
(in millions)
Purchase Price consideration
Fair value of assets acquired:
Cash & cash equivalents
Securities
Loans held for sale
Loans held for investment:
One-to-four family first mortgage
Commercial and industrial
Commercial real estate
Consumer and other
Total loans held for investment
CDI and other intangible assets
Mortgage servicing rights
Other assets
Total assets acquired
Fair value of liabilities assumed:
Deposits
Borrowings
Other liabilities
Total liabilities assumed
Fair value of net identifiable assets
Bargain purchase gain
December 1,
2022
$
2,010
331
2,695
1,257
5,438
3,891
6,523
2,156
18,008
292
1,012
2,158
25,753
15,995
6,700
889
23,584
2,169
159
$
In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded a bargain purchase gain of approximately $159 million.
The Company incurred $99 million in acquisition costs related to the Flagstar Transaction primarily for legal, advisory,
and other professional services. These costs are recorded within Merger-related and restructuring expenses on the Consolidated
Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.
97
Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date, reflecting assumptions that a market participant would use
when pricing an asset or liability. In some cases, the estimation of fair values requires management to make estimates about
discount rates, future expected cash flows, market conditions, and other future events that are highly subjective in nature and
are subject to change. Described below are the methods used to determine the fair values of the significant assets acquired and
liabilities assumed in the Flagstar acquisition.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The estimated fair value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their stated face amounts, as these financial
instruments are either due on demand or have short-term maturities.
Investment Securities and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
Quoted market prices for the securities acquired were used to determine their fair values. If quoted market prices were not
available for a specific security, then quoted prices for similar securities in active markets were used to estimate the fair value.
The fair value of FHLB-Indianapolis stock is equivalent to the redemption amount.
Loans
Fair values for loans were based on a discounted cash flow methodology that considered credit loss expectations, market
interest rates and other market factors such as liquidity from the perspective of a market participant. Loans were grouped
together according to similar characteristics and were treated in the aggregate when applying various valuation techniques. The
probability of default, loss given default and prepayment assumptions were the key factors driving credit losses which were
embedded into the estimated cash flows. These assumptions were informed by internal data on loan characteristics, historical
loss experience, and current and forecasted economic conditions. The interest and liquidity component of the estimate was
determined by discounting interest and principal cash flows through the expected life of each loan. The discount rates used for
loans are based on current market rates for new originations of comparable loans and include adjustments for liquidity. The
discount rates do not include a factor for credit losses as that has been included as a reduction to the estimated cash flows.
Acquired loans were marked to fair value and adjusted for any PCD gross up as of the merger date.
Core Deposit Intangible
CDI is a measure of the value of non-interest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, and
money market accounts that are acquired in a business combination. The fair value of the CDI stemming from any given
business combination is based on the present value of the expected cost savings attributable to the core deposit funding, relative
to an alternative source of funding. The CDI relating to the Flagstar acquisition will be amortized over an estimated useful life
of 10 years using the sum of years digits depreciation method. The Company evaluates such identifiable intangibles for
impairment when an indication of impairment exists.
Deposit Liabilities
The fair value of deposit liabilities with no stated maturity (i.e., non-interest-bearing and interest-bearing checking
accounts) is equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit represents contractual
cash flows, discounted using interest rates currently offered on deposits with similar characteristics and remaining maturities.
Borrowed Funds
The estimated fair value of borrowed funds is based on bid quotations received from securities dealers or the discounted
value of contractual cash flows with interest rates currently in effect for borrowed funds with similar maturities.
98
PCD loans
Purchased loans that reflect a more than insignificant deterioration of credit from origination are considered PCD. For
PCD loans and leases, the initial estimate of expected credit losses is recognized in the ACL on the date of acquisition using the
same methodology as other loans and leases held-for-investment. The following table provides a summary of loans and leases
purchased as part of the Flagstar acquisition with credit deterioration and the associated credit loss reserve at acquisition:
(in millions)
Par value (UPB)
ACL at acquisition
Non-credit (discount)
Fair value
Unaudited Pro Forma Information
Total
1,950
(51)
(33)
1,866
$
$
The Company’s results of operations for the year-ended December 31, 2022 and 2023 include the results of operations of
Flagstar on and after December 1, 2022. Results for periods prior to December 1, 2022, do not include the results of operations
of Flagstar.
The following pro forma financial information presents the unaudited consolidated results of operations of the Company
and Flagstar as if the Flagstar Transaction occurred as of January 1, 2021 with pro forma adjustments. The pro forma
adjustments give effect to any change in interest income due to the accretion of the net discounts from the fair value
adjustments of acquired loans, any change in interest expense due to the estimated net premium from the fair value adjustments
to acquired time deposits and other debt, and the amortization of intangibles had the deposits been acquired as of January 1,
2021. The pro forma amounts for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 do not reflect the anticipated cost savings that
have not yet been realized. Acquisition costs incurred by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 are
reflected in the pro forma amounts. The pro forma information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would
have occurred had the Flagstar Transaction occurred at the beginning of 2021.
(in millions)
Net interest income
Non-interest income
Net income
Net income available to common stockholders
For the Years Ended December 31,
(unaudited)
2022
2021
$
$
2,278 $
650
804
771 $
2,208
1,105
1,207
1,174
99
Note 4 - Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The following table sets forth the components in accumulated other comprehensive income:
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
Details about Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Unrealized gains on available-for-sale securities:
Unrealized gains on cash flow hedges:
Amortization of defined benefit pension plan items:
Past service liability
Actuarial losses
Total reclassifications for the period
Amount Reclassified out of
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive Loss (1)
Affected Line Item in the Consolidated Statements of Income and
Comprehensive Income
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
— Net gain on securities
—
Income tax expense
— Net gain on securities, net of tax
65
Interest expense
(17) Income tax benefit
48 Net gain on cash flow hedges, net of tax
Included in the computation of net periodic credit (2)
—
(7) Included in the computation of net periodic cost (2)
(7) Total before tax
1
Income tax benefit
(6) Amortization of defined benefit pension plan items, net of tax
42
(1) Amounts in parentheses indicate expense items.
(2) See Note 20 - Employee Benefits for additional information.
100
Note 5 - Investment Securities
The following tables summarize the Company’s portfolio of debt securities available for sale and equity investments with
readily determinable fair values:
(in millions)
Debt securities available-for-sale
Mortgage-Related Debt Securities:
GSE certificates
GSE CMOs
Private Label CMOs
Total mortgage-related debt securities
Other Debt Securities:
U. S. Treasury obligations
GSE debentures
Asset-backed securities (1)
Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Foreign notes
Capital trust notes
Total other debt securities
Total debt securities available for sale
Equity securities:
Mutual funds
Total equity securities
Total securities (2)
December 31, 2023
Gross
Unrealized
Gain
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
$
1,366 $
1 $
146 $
5,495
174
48
7
381
1
7,035 $
56 $
528 $
198 $
— $
— $
1,899
307
6
365
35
97
2,907 $
9,942 $
16 $
16 $
9,958 $
1
—
—
—
—
5
6 $
62 $
— $
— $
62 $
291
5
—
22
1
12
331 $
859 $
2 $
2 $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,221
5,162
180
6,563
198
1,609
302
6
343
34
90
2,582
9,145
14
14
861 $
9,159
(1) The underlying assets of the asset-backed securities are substantially guaranteed by the U.S. Government.
(2) Excludes accrued interest receivable of $38 million included in other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.
101
(in millions)
Debt securities available-for-sale
Mortgage-Related Debt Securities:
GSE certificates
GSE CMOs
Private Label CMOs
Total mortgage-related debt securities
Other Debt Securities:
U. S. Treasury obligations
GSE debentures
Asset-backed securities (1)
Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Foreign Notes
Capital trust notes
Total other debt securities
Total other securities available for sale
Equity securities:
Mutual funds
Total equity securities
Total securities (2)
December 31, 2022
Gross
Unrealized
Gain
Gross
Unrealized
Loss
Amortized
Cost
Fair Value
$
1,457 $
— $
160 $
3,600
185
1
6
300
—
5,242 $
7 $
460 $
— $
4 $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
1,491 $
1,749
375
30
913
20
97
4,675 $
9,917 $
16 $
16 $
9,933 $
—
—
—
2
—
5
7 $
14 $
— $
— $
14 $
1,297
3,301
191
4,789
1,487
1,398
361
30
885
20
90
351
14
—
30
—
12
411 $
871 $
4,271
9,060
2 $
2 $
14
14
873 $
9,074
(1) The underlying assets of the asset-backed securities are substantially guaranteed by the U.S. Government.
(2) Excludes accrued interest receivable of $31 million included in other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.
At December 31, 2023, the Company had $861 million and $329 million of FHLB-NY stock, at cost and FHLB-
Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. At December 31, 2022, the Company had $762 million and $329 million of FHLB-NY
stock, at cost and FHLB-Indianapolis stock, at cost, respectively. The Company maintains an investment in FHLB-NY stock
partly in conjunction with its membership in the FHLB and partly related to its access to the FHLB funding it utilizes. In
addition, at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had $203 million and $176 million of Federal Reserve
Bank stock, respectively.
The following table summarizes the gross proceeds, gross realized gains, and gross realized losses from the sale of
available-for-sale securities during the years-ended:
( in millions)
Gross proceeds
Gross realized gains
Gross realized losses
December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
1,637 $
228 $
2
(3)
—
—
—
—
—
There were no unrealized losses on equity securities recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2023. For
the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 there were unrealized losses on equity securities of $2 million and zero
recognized in earnings, respectively.
102
The following table summarizes, by contractual maturity, the amortized cost of securities at December 31, 2023:
( in millions)
Available-for-Sale Debt Securities:
Due within one year
Due from one to five years
Due from five to ten years
Due after ten years
Total debt securities available for sale
Mortgage- Related
Securities
U.S. Government
and GSE
Obligations
State, County, and
Municipal
Other Debt
Securities (1)
Fair Value
$
$
— $
448 $
— $
— $
178
316
6,541
50
1,502
96
—
6
—
353
105
345
7,035 $
2,096 $
6 $
803 $
446
560
1,597
6,542
9,145
(1)
Includes corporate bonds, capital trust notes, foreign notes, and asset-backed securities.
The following table presents securities having a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and for
twelve months or longer as of December 31, 2023:
(in millions)
Temporarily Impaired Securities:
Less than Twelve Months
Twelve Months or Longer
Total
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
U. S. Treasury obligations
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $
U.S. Government agency and GSE obligations
GSE certificates
Private Label CMOs
GSE CMOs
Asset-backed securities
Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Foreign notes
Capital trust notes
Equity securities
181
312
29
1,835
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
5
1
77
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,362
843
—
1,312
228
6
343
9
81
14
290
141
—
304
5
—
22
1
12
2
1,543
1,155
29
3,147
228
6
343
9
81
14
—
291
146
1
381
5
—
22
1
12
2
Total temporarily impaired securities
$
2,357 $
84 $
4,198 $
777 $
6,555 $
861
The following table presents securities having a continuous unrealized loss position for less than twelve months and for
twelve months or longer as of December 31, 2022:
(in millions)
Temporarily Impaired Securities:
Less than Twelve Months
Twelve Months or Longer
Total
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
Fair Value
Unrealized
Loss
U. S. Treasury obligations
$
1,487 $
4 $
— $
— $
1,487 $
U.S. Government agency and GSE obligations
GSE certificates
GSE CMOs
Asset-backed securities
Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Foreign notes
Capital trust notes
Equity securities
243
871
2,219
61
9
698
20
46
4
5
46
36
2
—
27
—
2
—
1,156
420
925
262
7
97
—
34
10
346
114
264
12
—
3
—
10
2
1,399
1,291
3,144
323
16
795
20
80
14
4
351
160
300
14
—
30
—
12
2
Total temporarily impaired securities
$
5,658 $
122 $
2,911 $
751 $
8,569 $
873
103
The investment securities designated as having a continuous loss position for twelve months or more at December 31,
2023 consisted of eighty-four agency collateralized mortgage obligations, six capital trusts note, eight asset-backed securities,
twelve corporate bonds, thirty-seven US government agency bonds, three hundred two mortgage-backed securities, one mutual
fund, one foreign debt, and one municipal bond . The investment securities designated as having a continuous loss position for
twelve months or more at December 31, 2022 consisted of twenty three agency collateralized mortgage obligations, five capital
trusts notes, seven asset-backed securities, two corporate bonds, thirty three US government agency bonds, one hundred thirty
three mortgage-backed securities, one mutual fund, and one municipal bond.
The Company evaluates available-for-sale debt securities in unrealized loss positions at least quarterly to determine if an
allowance for credit losses is required. We also assess whether (i) we intend to sell, or (ii) it is more likely than not that we will
be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria is met, any previously
recognized allowances are charged off and the security’s amortized cost basis is written down to fair value through income. If
neither of the aforementioned criteria are met, we evaluate whether the decline in fair value has resulted from credit losses or
other factors. If this assessment indicates that a credit loss exists, the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from
the security are compared to the amortized cost basis of the security. If the present value of cash flows expected to be collected
is less than the amortized cost basis, a credit loss exists and an allowance for credit losses is recorded for the credit loss, limited
by the amount that the fair value is less than the amortized cost basis. Any impairment that has not been recorded through an
allowance for credit losses is recognized in other comprehensive income.
In the first quarter of 2023, the Company held a $20 million corporate bond in Signature Bank which was placed into
receivership on March 12, 2023. We have taken a $20 million provision for credit loss and charged-off this security during the
three months ended March 31, 2023.
None of the remaining unrealized losses identified as of December 31, 2023 or December 31, 2022 relates to the
marketability of the securities or the issuers’ ability to honor redemption obligations. Rather, the unrealized losses relate to
changes in interest rates relative to when the investment securities were purchased, and do not indicate credit-related
impairment. Management based this conclusion on an analysis of each issuer including a detailed credit assessment of each
issuer. The Company does not intend to sell, and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the
positions before the recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be at maturity. As such, no allowance for credit losses
remains with respect to debt securities as of December 31, 2023.
104
Note 6 - Loans and Leases
The Company classifies loans that we have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity as
LHFI. We report LHFI loans at their amortized cost, which includes the outstanding principal balance adjusted for any
unamortized premiums, discounts, deferred fees and unamortized fair value adjustments for acquired loans:
(dollars in millions)
Loans and Leases Held for Investment:
Mortgage Loans:
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Acquisition, development, and construction
Total mortgage loans held for investment (1)
Other Loans:
Commercial and industrial
Lease financing, net of unearned income of $258 and $85, respectively
Total commercial and industrial loans (2)
Other
Total other loans held for investment
Total loans and leases held for investment (1)
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases
Total loans and leases held for investment, net
Loans held for sale
Total loans and leases, net
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
Percent of
Loans
Held for
Investment
Percent of
Loans
Held for
Investment
Amount
Amount
$
$
$
$
37,265
10,470
6,061
2,912
56,708
22,065
3,189
25,254
2,657
27,911
84,619
(992)
83,627
1,182
84,809
44.0 % $
38,130
12.4 %
7.2 %
3.4 %
8,526
5,821
1,996
67.0 % $
54,473
26.1 %
3.8 %
29.9 %
3.1 %
33.0 %
100.0 % $
$
10,597
1,679
12,276
2,252
14,528
69,001
(393)
68,608
1,115
69,723
55.3 %
12.4 %
8.4 %
2.8 %
78.9 %
15.4 %
2.4 %
17.8 %
3.3 %
21.1 %
100.0 %
(1) Excludes accrued interest receivable of $423 million and $292 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively, which is included in
other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.
Includes specialty finance loans and leases of $5.2 billion and $4.4 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.
(2)
Loans with Government Guarantees
Substantially all LGG are insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Nonperforming
repurchased loans in this portfolio earn interest at a rate based upon the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rate from the time the
underlying loan becomes 60 days delinquent until the loan is conveyed to HUD (if foreclosure timelines are met), which is not
paid by the FHA until claimed. The Bank has a unilateral option to repurchase loans sold to GNMA if the loan is due, but
unpaid, for three consecutive months (typically referred to as 90 days past due) and can recover losses through a claims process
from the guarantor. These loans are recorded in loans held for investment and the liability to repurchase the loans is recorded in
other liabilities on the Consolidated Statements of Condition. Certain loans within our portfolio may be subject to
indemnifications and insurance limits which expose us to limited credit risk. As of December 31, 2023, LGG loans totaled
$541 million and the repurchase liability was $456 million.
Repossessed assets and the associated net claims related to government guaranteed loans are recorded in other assets and
was $14 million at December 31, 2023.
Loans Held-for-Sale
Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2023 totaled $1.2 billion, up from $1.1 billion at December 31, 2022. The
Signature Transaction contributed $360 million in Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans to this increase. We classify
loans as held for sale when we originate or purchase loans that we intend to sell. We have elected the fair value option for
nearly all of this portfolio, except the SBA loans. We estimate the fair value of mortgage loans based on quoted market prices
for securities backed by similar types of loans, where available, or by discounting estimated cash flows using observable inputs
inclusive of interest rates, prepayment speeds and loss assumptions for similar collateral.
105
Asset Quality
All asset quality information excludes LGG that are insured by U.S government agencies.
A loan generally is classified as a non-accrual loan when it is 90 days or more past due or when it is deemed to be
impaired because the Company no longer expects to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan
agreement. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, management ceases the accrual of interest owed, and previously
accrued interest is charged against interest income. A loan is generally returned to accrual status when the loan is current and
management has reasonable assurance that the loan will be fully collectible. Interest income on non-accrual loans is recorded
when received in cash. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 we had no loans that were nonperforming and still
accruing.
The following table presents information regarding the quality of the Company’s loans held for investment at
December 31, 2023:
(in millions)
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Acquisition, development, and construction
Commercial and industrial(1)
Other
Total
Loans 30-89
Days Past Due
Non- Accrual
Loans
Total Past Due
Loans
Current
Loans (2)
Total Loans
Receivable
$
121 $
28
40
2
37
22
138 $
128
95
2
43
22
259 $
37,006 $
156
135
4
80
44
10,314
5,926
2,908
25,174
2,613
$
250 $
428 $
678 $
83,941 $
37,265
10,470
6,061
2,912
25,254
2,657
84,619
(1)
(2)
Includes lease financing receivables.
Includes $207 million multi-family loans from one borrower that had a payment in the process of collection as of December 31, 2023 and subsequently
settled on January 2, 2024.
The following table presents information regarding the quality of the Company’s loans held for investment at
December 31, 2022:
(in millions)
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Acquisition, development, and construction
Commercial and industrial(1)
Other
Total
Loans 30-89
Days Past Due
Non- Accrual
Loans
Total Past Due
Loans
Current Loans
Total Loans
Receivable
$
34 $
13 $
47 $
38,083 $
2
21
—
2
11
20
92
—
3
13
22
113
—
5
24
8,504
5,708
1,996
12,271
2,228
$
70 $
141 $
211 $
68,790 $
38,130
8,526
5,821
1,996
12,276
2,252
69,001
(1)
Includes lease financing receivables, all of which were current.
The following table summarizes the Company’s portfolio of loans held for investment by credit quality indicator at
December 31, 2023:
Mortgage Loans
Other Loans
Commercial
Real Estate
One-to- Four
Family
Acquisition,
Development,
and
Construction
Total
Mortgage
Loans
Commercial
and Industrial
Other
Total Other
Loans
(in millions)
Multi- Family
Credit Quality Indicator:
Pass
Special mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total
$
34,170 $
8,734 $
5,328 $
2,825 $
51,057 $
24,683 $
2,634 $
27,317
768
2,327
—
367
1,369
—
—
733
—
57
30
—
1,192
4,459
—
335
236
—
—
23
—
335
259
—
$
37,265 $
10,470 $
6,061 $
2,912 $
56,708 $
25,254 $
2,657 $
27,911
106
The following table summarizes the Company’s portfolio of loans held for investment by credit quality indicator at
December 31, 2022:
Mortgage Loans
Other Loans
Commercial
Real Estate
One-to- Four
Family
Acquisition,
Development,
and
Construction
Total
Mortgage
Loans
Commercial
and Industrial
Other
Total Other
Loans
(in millions)
Multi- Family
Credit Quality Indicator:
Pass
Special mention
Substandard
Total
$
36,622 $
7,871 $
5,710 $
1,992 $
52,195 $
12,208 $
2,238 $
14,446
864
644
230
425
8
103
4
—
1,106
1,172
18
50
—
14
18
64
$
38,130 $
8,526 $
5,821 $
1,996 $
54,473 $
12,276 $
2,252 $
14,528
The preceding classifications are the most current ones available and generally have been updated within the last twelve
months. In addition, they follow regulatory guidelines and can generally be described as follows: pass loans are of satisfactory
quality; special mention loans have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention; substandard loans are
inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged (these loans
have a well-defined weakness and there is a possibility that the Company will sustain some loss); and doubtful loans, based on
existing circumstances, have weaknesses that make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable. In
addition, one-to-four family loans are classified based on the duration of the delinquency.
The following table presents, by credit quality indicator, loan class, and year of origination, the amortized cost basis of
the Company’s loans and leases as of December 31, 2023:
(in millions)
Pass
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Vintage Year
2023
2022
2021
2020
2019
Prior To
2019
Revolving
Loans
Revolving
Loans
Converted to
Term Loans
Total
$
2,532 $
13,295 $
10,308 $
8,438 $
4,725 $
9,670 $
1,981 $
108 $ 51,057
—
45
—
217
98
—
69
258
—
407
336
—
144
809
—
341
2,910
—
14
—
—
—
3
—
1,192
4,459
—
Total mortgage loans
$
2,577 $
13,610 $
10,635 $
9,181 $
5,678 $
12,921 $
1,995 $
111 $ 56,708
Current-period gross write-offs
—
(112)
—
—
(2)
(64)
—
—
(178)
Pass(1)
Special Mention
Substandard
Doubtful
Total other loans
Current-period gross write-offs
$
9,709 $
3,598 $
1,936 $
1,141 $
911 $
941 $
8,757 $
324 $ 27,317
1
10
—
182
39
—
17
45
—
9
28
—
6
40
—
18
40
—
102
46
—
—
11
—
335
259
—
9,720 $
3,819 $
1,998 $
1,178 $
957 $
999 $
8,905 $
335 $ 27,911
(2) $
(10) $
(5) $
(8) $
(2) $
(18) $
— $
— $
(45)
$
$
Total
$
12,297 $
17,429 $ — $
12,633 $ 10,359 $
6,635 $
13,920 $
10,900 $
446 $ 84,619
When management determines that foreclosure is probable, for loans that are individually evaluated the expected credit
losses are based on the fair value of the collateral adjusted for selling costs. When the borrower is experiencing financial
difficulty at the reporting date and repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the operation or sale of the
collateral, the collateral-dependent practical expedient has been elected and expected credit losses are based on the fair value of
the collateral at the reporting date, adjusted for selling costs as appropriate. For CRE loans, collateral properties include office
buildings, warehouse/distribution buildings, shopping centers, apartment buildings, residential and commercial tract
development. The primary source of repayment on these loans is expected to come from the sale, permanent financing or lease
of the real property collateral. CRE loans are impacted by fluctuations in collateral values, as well as the ability of the borrower
to obtain permanent financing.
107
The following table summarizes the extent to which collateral secures the Company’s collateral-dependent loans held for
investment by collateral type as of December 31, 2023:
(in millions)
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Commercial and industrial
Total collateral-dependent loans held for investment
Collateral Type
Real Property
Other
$
$
253 $
256
105
—
614 $
—
—
—
120
120
Other collateral type consists of taxi medallions, cash, accounts receivable and inventory.
There were no significant changes in the extent to which collateral secures the Company’s collateral-dependent financial
assets during the year ended December 31, 2023.
At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had $81 million and $121 million of residential mortgage
loans in the process of foreclosure, respectively.
Included in loans held for investment at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, were loans of $9 million and
$101 million, respectively, to officers, directors, and their related interests and parties. There were no loans to principal
shareholders at that date.
Modifications to Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty
Effective January 1, 2023, the Company adopted ASU 2022-02- Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326):
Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures. For additional information on the adoption, refer to Note 1 -
Description of Business, Organization and Basis of Presentation.
When borrowers are experiencing financial difficulty, the Company may make certain loan modifications as part of loss
mitigation strategies to maximize expected payment. Modifications in the form of principal forgiveness, an interest rate
reduction, or an other-than-insignificant payment delay or a term extension that have occurred in the current reporting period to
a borrower experiencing financial difficulty are disclosed along with the financial impact of the modifications.
The following table summarizes the amortized cost basis of loans modified during the reporting period to borrowers
experiencing financial difficulty, disaggregated by class of financing receivable and type of modification:
(dollars in millions)
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Commercial and Industrial
Other Consumer
Total
Amortized Cost
Interest Rate
Reduction
Term Extension
Combination - Interest
Rate Reduction &
Term Extension
Total
Percent of Total
Loan class
$
122 $
— $
— $
102
3
—
— $
227 $
$
$
1
5
19
— $
25 $
—
6
2
2
10 $
122
103
14
21
2
262
1.17 %
0.98 %
0.23 %
0.08 %
0.08 %
108
The following table describes the financial effect of the modification made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty:
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Commercial and industrial
Other Consumer
Interest Rate Reduction
Term Extension
Weighted-average contractual interest rate
From
To
Weighted-average Term
(in years)
7.45 %
8.83 %
6.08 %
8.44 %
9.09 %
6.02 %
4.56 %
4.79 %
8.08 %
4.82 %
0.58
As of December 31, 2023, there were $4 million one-to-four family first mortgages that were modified for borrowers
experiencing financial difficulty that received term extension and subsequently defaulted during the period and $4 million one-
to-four family first mortgages that were combination modifications and subsequently defaulted during the period.
The performance of loans made to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty in which modifications were made is
closely monitored to understand the effectiveness of modification efforts. Loans are considered to be in payment default at 90
or more days past due. The following table depicts the performance of loans that have been modified during the reporting
period:
(dollars in millions)
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Commercial and industrial
Other Consumer
Total
Current
30 - 89 Past Due
90+ Past Due
Total
December 31, 2023
1
3
3
1
—
—
9
1
—
8
1
—
$
8 $
10 $
9 $
1
11
13
2
27
Troubled Debt Restructurings Prior to Adoption of ASU 2022-02
Prior to the adoption of ASU 2022-02, the Company accounted for certain loan modifications and restructurings as TDRs.
In general, a modification or restructuring of a loan constituted a TDR if the Company granted a concession to a borrower
experiencing financial difficulty. A loan modified as a TDR was generally placed on non-accrual status until the Company
determined that future collection of principal and interest is reasonably assured, which requires, among other things, that the
borrower demonstrate performance according to the restructured terms for a period of at least six consecutive months. In
determining the Company’s allowance for credit losses on loans and leases, reasonably expected TDRs were individually
evaluated and consist of criticized, classified, or maturing loans that will have a modification processed within the next three
months.
In an effort to proactively manage delinquent loans, the Company has selectively extended to certain borrowers
concessions such as rate reductions, extension of maturity dates, and forbearance agreements. As of December 31, 2022, loans
on which concessions were made with respect to rate reductions and/or extension of maturity dates amounted to $44 million.
The following table presents information regarding the Company's TDRs as of December 31, 2022:
(dollars in millions)
Loan Category:
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
December 31, 2022
Accruing
Non- Accrual
Total
$
— $
16
6 $
19
6
35
109
Commercial and industrial
Total
$
—
16 $
3
28 $
3
44
The financial effects of the Company’s TDRs for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022 are summarized as follows:
(dollars in millions)
Loan Category:
Commercial real estate
Number of
Loans
Pre-
Modification
Recorded
Investment
Post-
Modification
Recorded
Investment
Pre-
Modification
Post-
Modification
Charge- off
Amount
Capitalized
Interest
Weighted Average Interest Rate
2
$
22 $
19
6.00 %
4.02 % $
3 $
—
Note 7 - Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases
Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans and Leases
The following table summarizes activity in the allowance for credit losses for the periods indicated:
(in millions)
Balance, beginning of period
Adjustment for Purchased PCD Loans
Charge-offs
Recoveries
Provision for (recovery of) credit losses on loans and leases
For the Years Ended December 31,
Mortgage
2023
Other
Total
Mortgage
2022
Other
Total
$
290 $
103 $
393 $
178 $
21 $
199
(178)
644
13
(45)
15
150
13
(223)
15
794
21
(5)
4
92
30
(2)
7
47
51
(7)
11
139
393
Balance, end of period
$
756 $
236 $
992 $
290 $
103 $
As of December 31, 2023, the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases totaled $992 million, up $599 million
compared to December 31, 2022. The increase in the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases was primarily driven by an
increase in reserves to address weakness in the office sector, potential repricing risk in the multifamily portfolio and an increase
in classified assets. Also contributing to the increase in the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases was the day 1 impact
of the Signature Transaction that closed on March 20, 2023, which added $141 million to the reserve.
As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the allowance for unfunded commitments totaled $52 million and
$23 million, respectively.
The Company charges off loans, or portions of loans, in the period that such loans, or portions thereof, are deemed
uncollectible. The collectability of individual loans is determined through an assessment of the financial condition and
repayment capacity of the borrower and/or through an estimate of the fair value of any underlying collateral. For non-real
estate-related consumer credits, the following past-due time periods determine when charge-offs are typically recorded: (1)
closed-end credits are charged off in the quarter that the loan becomes 120 days past due; (2) open-end credits are charged off
in the quarter that the loan becomes 180 days past due; and (3) both closed-end and open-end credits are typically charged off in
the quarter that the credit is 60 days past the date the Company received notification that the borrower has filed for bankruptcy.
110
The following table presents additional information about the Company’s nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2023:
(in millions)
Nonaccrual loans with no related allowance:
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Acquisition, development, and construction
Other (includes C&I)
Total nonaccrual loans with no related allowance
Nonaccrual loans with an allowance recorded:
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Acquisition, development, and construction
Other (includes C&I)
Total nonaccrual loans with an allowance recorded
Total nonaccrual loans:
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Acquisition, development, and construction
Other (includes C&I)
Total nonaccrual loans
Recorded Investment
Related Allowance
Interest Income
Recognized
$
$
$
$
$
$
134 $
— $
53
85
—
22
294 $
4 $
75
11
—
44
134 $
138 $
128
96
—
66
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
17
2
—
28
47 $
— $
17
2
—
28
428 $
47 $
5
2
—
—
—
7
—
3
—
—
—
3
5
5
—
—
—
10
The following table presents additional information about the Company’s nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2022:
(in millions)
Nonaccrual loans with no related allowance:
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Other (includes C&I)
Total nonaccrual loans with no related allowance
Nonaccrual loans with an allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Other (includes C&I)
Total nonaccrual loans with an allowance recorded
Total nonaccrual loans:
Multi-family
Commercial real estate
One-to-four family first mortgage
Other (includes C&I)
Total nonaccrual loans
Note 8 - Leases
Lessor Arrangements
Recorded Investment
Related Allowance
Interest Income
Recognized
$
$
$
$
$
$
13 $
— $
19
90
3
125 $
1 $
2
13
16 $
13 $
20
92
16
—
—
—
— $
— $
—
14
14 $
— $
—
—
14
141 $
14 $
—
1
—
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
1
—
—
1
The Company is a lessor in the equipment finance business where it has executed direct financing leases (“lease finance
receivables”). The Company produces lease finance receivables through a specialty finance subsidiary that participates in
syndicated loans that are brought to them, and equipment loans and leases that are assigned to them, by a select group of
111
nationally recognized sources, and are generally made to large corporate obligors, many of which are publicly traded, carry
investment grade or near-investment grade ratings, and participate in stable industries nationwide. Lease finance receivables are
carried at the aggregate of lease payments receivable plus the estimated residual value of the leased assets and any initial direct
costs incurred to originate these leases, less unearned income, which is accreted to interest income over the lease term using the
interest method.
The standard leases are typically repayable on a level monthly basis with terms ranging from 24 to 120 months. At the
end of the lease term, the lessee usually has the option to return the equipment, to renew the lease or purchase the equipment at
the then fair market value (“FMV”) price. For leases with a FMV renewal/purchase option, the relevant residual value
assumptions are based on the estimated value of the leased asset at the end of the lease term, including evaluation of key
factors, such as, the estimated remaining useful life of the leased asset, its historical secondary market value including history of
the lessee executing the FMV option, overall credit evaluation and return provisions. The Company acquires the leased asset at
fair market value and provides funding to the respective lessee at acquisition cost, less any volume or trade discounts, as
applicable. Therefore, there is generally no selling profit or loss to recognize or defer at inception of a lease.
The residual value component of a lease financing receivable represents the estimated fair value of the leased equipment
at the end of the lease term. In establishing residual value estimates, the Company may rely on industry data, historical
experience, and independent appraisals and, where appropriate, information regarding product life cycle, product upgrades and
competing products. Upon expiration of a lease, residual assets are remarketed, resulting in either an extension of the lease by
the lessee, a lease to a new customer or purchase of the residual asset by the lessee or another party. Impairment of residual
values arises if the expected fair value is less than the carrying amount. The Company assesses its net investment in lease
financing receivables (including residual values) for impairment on an annual basis with any impairment losses recognized in
accordance with the impairment guidance for financial instruments. As such, net investment in lease financing receivables may
be reduced by an allowance for credit losses with changes recognized as provision expense. On certain lease financings, the
Company obtains residual value insurance from third parties to manage and reduce the risk associated with the residual value of
the leased assets. At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the carrying value of residual assets with third-party residual
value insurance for at least a portion of the asset value was $280 million and $32 million, respectively.
The Company uses the interest rate implicit in the lease to determine the present value of its lease financing receivables.
The components of lease income were as follows:
For the Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
Interest income on lease financing (1)
2023
2022
2021
$
119 $
53 $
53
(1)
Included in Interest Income – Loans and leases in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.
At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the carrying value of net investment in leases, excluding purchase
accounting adjustments was $3.5 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively. The components of net investment in direct financing
leases, including the carrying amount of the lease receivables, as well as the unguaranteed residual asset were as follows:
(in millions)
Net investment in the lease - lease payments receivable
Net investment in the lease - unguaranteed residual assets
Total lease payments
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
$
$
3,187 $
321
3,508 $
1,685
60
1,745
112
The following table presents the remaining maturity analysis of the undiscounted lease receivables, as well as the
reconciliation to the total amount of receivables recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Condition:
(in millions)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Plus: deferred origination costs
Less: unearned income
Less: purchase accounting adjustment
Total lease finance receivables, net
Lessee Arrangements
December 31, 2023
549
602
874
521
293
669
3,508
15
(258)
(76)
3,189
$
$
$
The Company has operating leases for corporate offices, branch locations, and certain equipment. These leases generally
have terms of 20 years or less, determined based on the contractual maturity of the lease, and include periods covered by
options to extend or terminate the lease when the Company is reasonably certain that it will exercise those options. For the vast
majority of the Company’s leases, we are not reasonably certain we will exercise our options to renew to the end of all renewal
option periods. The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in other assets
and other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.
ROU assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the
obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Operating lease ROU assets and liabilities are recognized at
commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. As the vast majority of the leases do not
provide an implicit rate, the incremental borrowing rate (FHLB borrowing rate) is used based on the information available at
commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The implicit rate is used when readily determinable.
The operating lease ROU asset is measured at cost, which includes the initial measurement of the lease liability, prepaid rent
and initial direct costs incurred by the Company, less incentives received.
Variable costs such as the proportionate share of actual costs for utilities, common area maintenance, property taxes and
insurance are not included in the lease liability and are recognized in the period in which they are incurred.
The components of lease expense were as follows:
(in millions)
Operating lease cost
Total lease cost
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
$
86 $
86 $
28 $
28 $
27
27
Supplemental cash flow information related to the leases for the following periods:
(in millions)
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows from operating leases
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
$
64 $
28
113
Supplemental balance sheet information related to the leases for the following periods:
(in millions, except lease term and discount rate)
December 31, 2023
December 31, 2022
Operating Leases:
Operating lease right-of-use assets (1)
Operating lease liabilities (2)
Weighted average remaining lease term
Weighted average discount rate percent
(1)
(2)
Included in Other assets in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.
Included in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Condition.
$
$
426
446
$
$
11.2 years
4.71 %
119
122
6 years
3.85 %
(in millions)
Maturities of lease liabilities:
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Less: imputed interest
Total present value of lease liabilities
Note 9 - Mortgage Servicing Rights
December 31, 2023
71
65
58
52
45
296
587
(141)
446
$
$
$
The Company has investments in MSRs that result from the sale of loans to the secondary market for which we retain the
servicing. The Company accounts for MSRs at their fair value. A primary risk associated with MSRs is the potential reduction
in fair value as a result of higher than anticipated prepayments due to loan refinancing prompted, in part, by declining interest
rates or government intervention. Conversely, these assets generally increase in value in a rising interest rate environment to the
extent that prepayments are slower than anticipated. The Company utilizes derivatives as economic hedges to offset changes in
the fair value of the MSRs resulting from the actual or anticipated changes in prepayments stemming from changing interest
rate environments. There is also a risk of valuation decline due to higher than expected default rates, which we do not believe
can be effectively managed using derivatives. For further information regarding the derivative instruments utilized to manage
our MSR risks, see Note 15 - Derivative and Hedging Activities.
Changes in the fair value of residential first mortgage MSRs were as follows:
(in millions)
Balance at beginning of period
Additions from loans sold with servicing retained
Reductions from sales
Decrease in MSR fair value due to pay-offs, pay-downs, run-off, model changes, and other (1)
Changes in estimates of fair value due to interest rate risk (1) (2)
Fair value of MSRs at end of period
Year Ended
December 31, 2023
$
$
1,033
208
(51)
(80)
1
1,111
(1) Changes in fair value are included within net return on mortgage servicing rights on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive
Income.
(2) Represents estimated MSR value change resulting primarily from market-driven changes which we manage through the use of derivatives.
114
The following table summarizes the hypothetical effect on the fair value of servicing rights using adverse changes of 10
percent and 20 percent to the weighted average of certain significant assumptions used in valuing these assets:
(dollars in millions)
Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan
(dollars in millions)
Option adjusted spread
Constant prepayment rate
Weighted average cost to service per loan
December 31, 2023
Fair Value
Actual
10% adverse change
20% adverse change
5.4 % $
7.9 %
69
$
1,091 $
1,073
1,100 $
1,072
1,040
1,090
December 31, 2022
Fair Value
Actual
10% adverse change
20% adverse change
5.9 % $
7.9 %
68
$
1,012 $
1,000
1,023 $
992
970
1,013
$
$
The sensitivity calculations above are hypothetical and should not be considered to be predictive of future performance.
Changes in fair value based on adverse changes in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the
change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be linear. To isolate the effect of the specified change, the fair value
shock analysis is consistent with the identified adverse change, while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, a
change in one assumption generally impacts other assumptions, which may either magnify or counteract the effect of the
change. For further information on the fair value of MSRs, see Note 18 - Fair Value Measures.
Contractual servicing and subservicing fees, including late fees and other ancillary income are presented below.
Contractual servicing fees are included within net return on mortgage servicing rights on the Consolidated Statements of
Income and Comprehensive Income. Contractual subservicing fees including late fees and other ancillary income are included
within loan administration income on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. Subservicing fee
income is recorded for fees earned on subserviced loans, net of third-party subservicing costs.
The following table summarizes income and fees associated with owned MSRs:
(in millions)
Net return on mortgage servicing rights
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
Decrease in MSR fair value due to pay-offs, pay-downs, run-off, model changes and other
Changes in fair value due to interest rate risk
Gain on MSR derivatives (2)
Net transaction costs
Total return included in net return on mortgage servicing rights
Year Ended
December 31, 2023
Month Ended
December 31, 2022
$
$
227 $
(80)
1
(47)
2
103 $
20
(8)
10
(16)
—
6
(1) Servicing fees are recorded on an accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on a cash basis.
(2) Changes in the derivatives utilized as economic hedges to offset changes in fair value of the MSRs.
115
The following table summarizes income and fees associated with our mortgage loans subserviced for others:
(in millions)
Loan administration income on mortgage loans subserviced
Servicing fees, ancillary income and late fees (1)
Charges on subserviced custodial balances (2)
Other servicing charges
Total (loss) income on mortgage loans subserviced, included in loan administration income
(1) Servicing fees are recorded on an accrual basis. Ancillary income and late fees are recorded on a cash basis.
(2) Charges on subserviced custodial balances represent interest due to MSR owner.
Year Ended
December 31, 2023
Year Ended
December 31, 2022
$
$
154 $
(168)
(3)
(17) $
11
(8)
—
3
We also earned approximately $95 million in service fee income for loans being serviced for the FDIC related to the
Signature transaction.
Note 10 - Variable Interest Entities
We have no consolidated VIEs as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
In connection with our non-qualified mortgage securitization activities, we have retained a five percent interest in the
investment securities of certain trusts ("other MBS") and are contracted as the subservicer of the underlying loans, compensated
based on market rates, which constitutes a continuing involvement in these trusts. Although we have a variable interest in these
securitization trusts, we are not their primary beneficiary due to the relative size of our investment in comparison to the total
amount of securities issued by the VIE and our inability to direct activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic
performance. As a result, we have not consolidated the assets and liabilities of the VIE in our Consolidated Statements of
Condition. The Bank’s maximum exposure to loss is limited to our five percent retained interest in the investment securities that
had a fair value of $180 million as of December 31, 2023 as well as the standard representations and warranties made in
conjunction with the loan transfers.
Note 11 - Deposits
The following table sets forth the weighted average interest rates for each type of deposit at December 31, 2023 and
2022:
December 31,
2023
2022
(dollars in millions)
Amount
Percent of Total
Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
Amount
Percent of Total
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts
$
30,700
Savings accounts
Certificates of deposit
Non-interest-bearing accounts
Total deposits
8,773
21,554
20,499
81,526
$
37.66 %
10.76 %
26.44 %
25.14 %
3.51 % $
22,511
2.67 %
4.42 %
— %
11,645
12,510
12,055
38.34 %
19.83 %
21.30 %
20.53 %
100.00 %
2.79 % $
58,721
100.00 %
Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
2.66 %
1.30 %
2.04 %
— %
1.71 %
At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the aggregate amount of time deposit accounts (including certificates of deposit) that
meet or exceed the insured limit was $7.9 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively.
At December 31, 2023 and 2022, the aggregate amount of deposits that had been reclassified as loan balances (i.e.,
overdrafts) was $121 million and $4 million, respectively.
116
The scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit at December 31, 2023 were as follows:
(in millions)
1 year or less
More than 1 year through 2 years
More than 2 years through 3 years
More than 3 years through 4 years
More than 4 years through 5 years
Over 5 years
Total CDs (1)
(1) Excludes PAA
$
$
17,321
3,879
229
142
7
3
21,581
Included in total deposits at both December 31, 2023 and 2022 were brokered deposits of $9.5 billion and $5.1 billion
with weighted average interest rates of 3.72 percent and .49 percent at the respective year-ends. Brokered money market
accounts represented $1.3 billion and $2.8 billion of the December 31, 2023 and 2022 totals, and brokered interest-bearing
checking accounts represented $1.6 billion and $1.0 billion, respectively. Brokered CDs represented $6.6 billion and
$1.3 billion of brokered deposits at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Note 12 - Borrowed Funds
The following table summarizes the Company’s borrowed funds:
(in millions)
Wholesale borrowings:
FHLB advances
FRB term funding
Total wholesale borrowings
Junior subordinated debentures
Subordinated notes
Total borrowed funds
December 31, 2023 December 31, 2022
$
$
$
19,250 $
1,000
20,250 $
579
438
20,325
—
20,325
575
432
21,267 $
21,332
Accrued interest on borrowed funds is included in “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Condition and
amounted to $50 million and $37 million, respectively, at December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022.
FHLB Advances
The contractual maturities and the next call dates of FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2023 were as follows:
(dollars in millions) Year
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2032
Contractual Maturity
Earlier of Contractual Maturity or Next Call
Date
Amount
Weighted Average
Interest Rate (1)
Amount
Weighted Average
Interest Rate (1)
7,350
1,500
2,500
4,000
2,400
1,500
4.57
5.38
5.37
4.62
5.17
3.43
9,100
1,750
2,500
3,500
2,400
—
4.37
5.11
5.37
4.75
5.17
—
Total FHLB advances
$
19,250
$
19,250
(1) Does not included the effect interest rate swap agreements.
FHLB advances include both straight fixed-rate advances and advances under the FHLB convertible advance program,
which gives the FHLB the option of either calling the advance after an initial lock-out period of up to five years and quarterly
thereafter until maturity, or a one-time call at the initial call date.
117
At December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, the Bank had unused lines of available credit with the FHLB-NY of up to
$8.4 billion and $11.3 billion. The Company did not have any overnight advances at December 31, 2023 and $2.8 billion at
December 31, 2022. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the average balance of overnight advances amounted to $624
million, with a weighted average interest rate of 5.08 percent. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the average balance of
overnight advances amounted to $318 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 3.48 percent.
Total FHLB advances generated interest expense of $564 million, $251 million and $233 million, in the years ended
December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.
Federal Reserve Bank (FRB) Term Funding Program
At December 31, 2023, the Company had $1.0 billion in outstanding borrowings under the FRB Term Funding program.
There were no such borrowings outstanding during the years ended 2022 or 2021.
Repurchase Agreements
The Company had no outstanding repurchase agreements as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.
The Company had no short-term repurchase agreements outstanding at December 31, 2023 and 2022.
There was no accrued interest on repurchase agreements amounted at December 31, 2023. The interest expense on
repurchase agreements was $14 million and $18 million for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Federal Funds Purchased
There were no federal funds purchased outstanding at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
In 2023 and 2022, respectively, the average balances of federal funds purchased were $196 million and $466 million,
with weighted average interest rates of 5.01 percent and 1.65 percent. The interest expense produced by federal funds purchased
was $10 million, $8 million and $0 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Junior Subordinated Debentures
At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had $609 million and $608 million, respectively, of
outstanding junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures (“junior subordinated debentures”) held by statutory business
trusts (the “Trusts”) that issued guaranteed capital securities, excluding purchase accounting adjustments.
118
The following table presents contractual terms of the junior subordinated debentures outstanding at December 31, 2023:
Issuer
Interest Rate
of Capital
Securities and
Debentures
Junior
Subordinated
Debentures
Amount
Outstanding (3)
Capital
Securities
Amount
Outstanding
Date of Original
Issue
Stated Maturity
New York Community Capital Trust V (BONUSES Units) (1)
6.00
$
New York Community Capital Trust X (2)
PennFed Capital Trust III (2)
New York Community Capital Trust XI (2)
Flagstar Statutory Trust II (2)
Flagstar Statutory Trust III (2)
Flagstar Statutory Trust IV (2)
Flagstar Statutory Trust V (2)
Flagstar Statutory Trust VI (2)
Flagstar Statutory Trust VII (2)
Flagstar Statutory Trust VIII (2)
Flagstar Statutory Trust IX (2)
Flagstar Statutory Trust X (2)
Total junior subordinated debentures (3)
7.25
8.90
7.24
8.87
8.91
8.84
7.66
7.66
7.40
7.16
7.10
8.15
(dollars in millions)
147 $
124
31
59
26
26
26
26
26
51
26
26
15
141
120
30
58
25
25
25
25
25
50
25
25
15
Nov. 4, 2002
Nov. 1, 2051
Dec. 14, 2006
Dec. 15, 2036
June 2, 2003
June 15, 2033
April 16, 2007
June 30, 2037
Dec. 26, 2002
Dec. 26, 2032
Feb. 19, 2003
April 7, 2033
Mar. 19, 2003
Mar 19, 2033
Dec 29, 2004
Jan. 7, 2035
Mar. 30, 2005
April 7, 2035
Mar. 29, 2005
June 15, 2035
Sept. 22, 2005
Oct. 7, 2035
June 28, 2007
Sept. 15, 2037
Aug. 31, 2007
Sept 15, 2037
$
609 $
589
(1) Callable subject to certain conditions as described in the prospectus filed with the SEC on November 4, 2002.
(2) Callable at any time.
(3) Excludes Flagstar Acquisition fair value adjustments of $30 million.
The Bifurcated Option Note Unit SecuritiESSM (“BONUSES units”) included in the preceding table were issued by the
Company on November 4, 2002 at a public offering price of $50.00 per share. Each of the 5,500,000 BONUSES units offered
consisted of a capital security issued by New York Community Capital Trust V, a trust formed by the Company, and a warrant
to purchase 2.4953 shares of the common stock of the Company (for a total of approximately 14 million common shares) at an
effective exercise price of $20.04 per share. Each capital security has a maturity of 49 years, with a coupon, or distribution rate,
of 6.00 percent on the $50.00 per share liquidation amount. The warrants and capital securities were non-callable for five years
from the date of issuance and were not called by the Company when the five-year period passed on November 4, 2007.
The gross proceeds of the BONUSES units totaled $275 million and were allocated between the capital security and the
warrant comprising such units in proportion to their relative values at the time of issuance. The value assigned to the warrants,
$92.4 million, was recorded as a component of additional “paid-in capital” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of
Condition. The value assigned to the capital security component was $182.6 million. The $92.4 million difference between the
assigned value and the stated liquidation amount of the capital securities was treated as an original issue discount, and is being
amortized to interest expense over the 49-year life of the capital securities on a level-yield basis. At December 31, 2023, this
discount totaled $64 million.
The other remaining trust preferred securities noted in the preceding table were formed for the purpose of issuing
Company Obligated Mandatorily Redeemable Capital Securities of Subsidiary Trusts Holding Solely Junior Subordinated
Debentures (collectively, the “Capital Securities”). Dividends on the Capital Securities are payable either quarterly or semi-
annually and are deferrable, at the Company’s option, for up to five years. As of December 31, 2023, all dividends were
current.
Interest expense on junior subordinated debentures was $48 million, $22 million, and $18 million, respectively, for the
years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021.
119
Subordinated Notes
At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had a total of $438 million and $432 million subordinated
notes outstanding; respectively, of fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes outstanding:
Date of Original Issue
November 6, 2018
October 28, 2020
Stated Maturity
November 6, 2028 (1)
November 1, 2030 (2)
Interest Rate
5.900%
4.125%
$
$
Original Issue Amount
300
150
(1) From and including the date of original issuance to, but excluding November 6, 2023, the Notes will bear interest at an initial rate of 5.90 percent per
annum payable semi-annually. Unless redeemed, from and including November 6, 2023 to but excluding the maturity date, the interest rate will reset
quarterly to an annual interest rate equal to the then-current three-month SOFR rate plus 304.16 basis points payable quarterly.
(2) From and including the date of original issuance, the Notes will bear interest at a fixed rate of 4.13 percent through October 31, 2025, and a variable rate
tied to SOFR thereafter until maturity. The Company has the option to redeem all or a part of the Notes beginning on November 1, 2025, and on any
subsequent interest payment date.
Note 13 - Federal, State, and Local Taxes
The following table summarizes the components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset (liability) at December 31, 2023
and 2022:
(in millions)
Deferred Tax Assets:
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases
Acquisition accounting and fair value adjustments on securities (including OTTI)
Acquisition accounting and fair value adjustments on loans
Capitalized loan costs
Right of Use Liability
Compensation and related benefit obligations
Capitalized research and development costs
Accrued Expenses
Net operating loss carryforwards
Other
Gross deferred tax assets
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax asset after valuation allowance
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
Leases
Mortgage servicing rights
Premises and equipment
Prepaid pension cost
Fair value adjustments on loans
Amortizable intangibles
Acquisition accounting and fair value adjustments on deposits
Right of Use Asset
Deferred Loan fees
Acquisition accounting and fair value adjustments on debt
Other
Gross deferred tax liabilities
Net deferred tax liability
December 31,
2023
2022
$
$
$
253 $
188
—
32
30
—
19
8
22
552
(5)
547 $
(492) $
(79)
(44)
(35)
(210)
(127)
(2)
(32)
(13)
(9)
(21)
$
$
(1,064) $
(517) $
102
227
36
46
—
23
10
—
15
18
477
(5)
472
(328)
(105)
(18)
(29)
—
(71)
(9)
—
—
(10)
(9)
(579)
(107)
The deferred tax liability represents the anticipated federal, state, and local tax expenses or benefits that are expected to
be realized in future years upon the utilization of the underlying tax attributes comprising said balances. The net deferred tax
liability is included in “Other liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 2023 and 2022.
120
The Company evaluates the need for a deferred tax asset valuation allowances based on a more likely than not standard.
The Company’s evaluation is based on its history of reporting positive taxable income in all relevant tax jurisdictions, the
length of time available to utilize the net operating loss carryforwards, and the recognition of taxable income in future periods
from taxable temporary differences.
At December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company had a state deferred tax asset for net operating losses
(“NOL”) of $8 million and $15 million, respectively (net of federal tax impact) which includes total state net operating loss
carryforwards of $185 million at December 31, 2023, that expire if unused in calendar years through 2033. In connection with
our ongoing assessment of deferred taxes, we analyzed each state net operating loss separately, determined the amount of net
operating loss available and estimated the amount which we expected to expire unused. Based on that assessment, we recorded
a valuation allowance of $5 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022 to reduce the DTA to the amount which is more likely than
not to be realized.
The following table summarizes the Company’s income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and
2021:
(in millions)
Federal – current
State and local – current
Total current
Federal – deferred
State and local – deferred
Total deferred
Income tax expense reported in net income
Income tax expense reported in stockholders’ equity related to:
Securities available-for-sale
Pension liability adjustments
Cash flow hedge
Total income taxes
December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
156
$
147
$
59
215
(137)
(49)
(186)
29
15
6
(14)
32
179
(10)
7
(3)
176
(223)
(6)
23
$
36
$
(30)
$
188
35
223
(28)
15
(13)
210
(42)
10
9
187
The following table presents a reconciliation of statutory federal income tax expense (benefit) to combined actual income
tax expense (benefit) reported in net income for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021:
(in millions)
Statutory federal income tax at 21%
State and local income taxes, net of federal income tax effect
Tax Exempt income
Non-taxable bargain gain
Non-deductible goodwill impairment
Non-deductible FDIC deposit insurance premiums
Effect of tax deductibility of deferred compensation
Non-taxable income and expense of BOLI
Non-deductible merger expenses
Non-deductible compensation expense
Federal tax credits
Adjustments relating to prior tax years
Other, net
Total income tax expense
2023
December 31,
2022
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
(10) $
8
(6) $
(447)
509 $
16
(3) $
(9)
— $
1
(31) $
2
(1)
29 $
174 $
31
— $
(33)
— $
10
(3) $
(7)
3 $
4
(1) $
(1)
(1)
2021
169
40
—
—
—
9
(3)
(6)
3
—
—
(1)
(1)
176 $
210
The Company invests in affordable housing projects through limited partnerships that generate federal Low Income
Housing Tax Credits. The balances of these investments, which are included in “Other assets” in the Consolidated Statements
of Condition, were $372 million and $304 million, respectively, at December 31, 2023 and 2022, and included commitments of
$210 million and $183 million that are expected to be funded over the next 5 years. The Company elected to apply the
proportional amortization method to these investments. Recognized in the determination of income tax (benefit) expense from
operations for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 were $34 million, $11 million, and $9 million, respectively,
121
of affordable housing tax credits and other tax benefits, and an offsetting $30 million, $10 million, and $9 million, respectively,
for the amortization of the related investments. No impairment losses were recognized in relation to these investments for the
years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021.
GAAP prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for use in connection with the obligation of a
company to recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the Company has
taken or expects to take on a tax return. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company had $42 million and $40 million of
unrecognized gross tax benefits, respectively. Gross tax benefits do not reflect the federal tax effect associated with state tax
amounts. The total amount of net unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2023 and 2022 that would have affected the
effective tax rate, if recognized, was $34 million and $32 million, respectively.
Interest and penalties (if any) related to the underpayment of income taxes are classified as a component of income tax
expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income. During the years ended December 31, 2023,
2022, and 2021, the Company recognized income tax expense attributed to interest and penalties of $8 million, $4 million, and
$4 million, respectively. Accrued interest and penalties on tax liabilities were $34 million and $26 million, respectively, at
December 31, 2023 and 2022.
The following table summarizes changes in the liability for unrecognized gross tax benefits for the years ended
December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021:
(in millions)
Uncertain tax positions at beginning of year
Additions for tax positions relating to current-year operations
Additions for tax positions relating to prior tax years
Subtractions for tax positions relating to prior tax years
Uncertain tax positions at end of year
December 31,
2023
2022
2021
40 $
39 $
1
2
(1)
1
—
—
42 $
40 $
38
2
1
(2)
39
$
$
The Company and its subsidiaries have filed tax returns in many states. The following are the more significant tax filings
that are open for examination:
•
•
•
•
Federal tax filings for tax years 2019 through the present;
New York State tax filings for tax years 2010 through the present;
New York City tax filings for tax years 2011 through the present; and
New Jersey tax filings for tax years 2018 through the present.
In addition to other state audits, the Company is currently under examination by the following taxing jurisdictions of
significance to the Company:
•
•
•
Federal 2019-2020
New York State for the tax years 2010 through 2016; and
New York City for the tax years 2011 and 2014.
It is reasonably possible that there will be developments within the next twelve months that would necessitate an
adjustment to the balance of unrecognized tax benefits, including decreases of up to $21 million due to completion of tax
authorities’ exams and the expiration of statutes of limitations.
The Bank is subject to a special federal tax provision regarding its frozen tax bad debt reserve. At December 31, 2023, the
Bank’s federal tax bad debt base-year reserve was $62 million, with a related federal deferred tax liability of $13 million, which
has not been recognized since the Bank does not expect that this reserve will become taxable in the foreseeable future. Events
that would result in taxation of this reserve include redemptions of the Bank’s stock or certain excess distributions by the Bank
to the Company.
122
Note 14 - Stock-Related Benefits Plans
Stock Based Compensation
At December 31, 2023, the Company had a total of 16,143,893 shares available for grants as restricted stock, options, or
other forms of related rights under the 2020 Incentive Plan, which includes the remaining shares available, converted at the
merger conversion factor from the legacy Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. 2016 Stock Plan. The Company granted 9,995,495 shares of
restricted stock, with an average fair value of $10.24 per share on the date of grant, during the year ended December 31, 2023.
The shares of restricted stock that were granted during the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, vest over a one to
five years period. Compensation and benefits expense related to the RSAs grants is recognized on a straight-line basis over the
vesting period and totaled $44 million, $25 million and $27 million for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.
The following table provides a summary of activity with regard to restricted stock awards (RSAs):
Unvested at beginning of year
Granted
Vested
Forfeited
Unvested at end of period
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Number of Shares
Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value
9,576,602
9,995,495
$
(3,105,582)
(1,292,574)
15,173,941
$
10.92
10.24
10.99
10.62
10.49
As of December 31, 2023, unrecognized compensation cost relating to unvested restricted stock totaled $119 million.
This amount will be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 2.7 years.
The following table provides a summary of activity with regard to Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units ("PSUs") in
the year ended December 31, 2023:
Outstanding at beginning of year
Granted
Released
Forfeited
Outstanding at end of period
Number of
Shares
794,984
$
566,656
(143,352)
—
1,218,288
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Performance
Period
Expected
Vesting
Date
10.73
8.95
10.34
—
9.95
January 1, 2022 -
December 31, 2025
March 31, 2023 - 2026
PSUs are subject to adjustment or forfeiture, based upon the achievement by the Company of certain performance
standards. Compensation and benefits expense related to PSUs is recognized using the fair value as of the date the units were
approved, on a straight-line basis over the vesting period and totaled $4 million, $3 million and $5 million for the for the years
ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021. As of December 31, 2023, unrecognized compensation cost relating to unvested
restricted stock totaled $5 million. This amount will be recognized over a remaining weighted average period of 1.53 years. As
of December 31, 2023, the Company believes it is probable that the performance conditions will be met.
Forfeitures of RSAs and PSUs are accounted for as they occur.
Note 15 - Derivative and Hedging Activities
The Company is exposed to certain risks arising from both its business operations and economic conditions. The
Company principally manages its exposure to a wide variety of business and operational risks through management of its core
business activities. The Company manages economic risks, including interest rate and liquidity risks, primarily by managing the
amount, sources, and duration of its assets and liabilities and, the use of derivative financial instruments. Specifically, the
Company enters into derivative financial instruments to manage exposures that arise from business activities that result in the
payment of future known and uncertain cash amounts, the value of which are determined by interest rates.
123
Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value in other assets and other liabilities on the Consolidated
Statements of Condition. The Company's policy is to present our derivative assets and derivative liabilities on the Consolidated
Statement of Condition on a gross basis, even when provisions allowing for set-off are in place. However, for derivative
contracts cleared through certain central clearing parties, variation margin payments are recognized as settlements. We are
exposed to non-performance risk by the counterparties to our various derivative financial instruments. A majority of our
derivatives are centrally cleared through a Central Counterparty Clearing House or consist of residential mortgage interest rate
lock commitments further limiting our exposure to non-performance risk. We believe that the non-performance risk inherent in
our remaining derivative contracts is minimal based on credit standards and the collateral provisions of the derivative
agreements.
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments. The Company maintains a derivative portfolio of interest rate swaps,
foreign currency swaps, futures, swaptions and forward commitments used to manage exposure to changes in interest rates and
MSR asset values and to meet the needs of customers. The Company also enters into interest rate lock commitments, which are
commitments to originate mortgage loans whereby the interest rate on the loan is determined prior to funding and the customers
have locked into that interest rate. Market risk on interest rate lock commitments and mortgage LHFS is managed using
corresponding forward sale commitments and US Treasury futures. Changes in the fair value of derivatives not designated as
hedging instruments are recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income.
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments. The Company has designated certain interest rate swaps as cash flow
hedges on overnight SOFR-based variable interest payments on federal home loan bank advances. Changes in the fair value of
derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in other comprehensive income on the Consolidated Statements of
Condition and reclassified into interest expense in the same period in which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. At
December 31, 2023, the Company had $10 million (net-of-tax) of unrealized gains on derivatives classified as cash flow hedges
recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss. The Company had $52 million (net-of-tax) of unrealized gains on
derivatives classified as cash flow hedges recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2022.
Derivatives that are designated in hedging relationships are assessed for effectiveness using regression analysis at
inception and qualitatively thereafter, unless regression analysis is deemed necessary. All designated hedge relationships were,
and are expected to be, highly effective as of December 31, 2023.
Fair Value of Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
The Company is exposed to changes in the fair value of certain of its fixed-rate assets due to changes in interest rates. The
Company uses interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to changes in fair value on these instruments attributable to changes in
the designated benchmark interest rate. Interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges involve the payment of fixed-rate
amounts to a counterparty in exchange for the Company receiving variable-rate payments over the life of the agreements
without the exchange of the underlying notional amount. Such derivatives were used to hedge the changes in fair value of
certain of its pools of prepayable fixed rate assets. For derivatives designated and that qualify as fair value hedges, the gain or
loss on the derivative as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in
interest income.
The Company has interest rate swaps with a notional amounts of $2.0 billion to hedge certain multi-family loans using
the portfolio layer method. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the floating rate received related to the net settlement of
these interest rate swaps was greater than the fixed rate payments. As such, interest income from loans and leases in the
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income was increased by $24 million for the year ended
December 31, 2023 and decreased by $6 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, respectively.
The fair value basis adjustment on our hedged real estate loans is included in loans and leases held for investment on our
Consolidated Statements of Condition. The carrying amount of our hedged loans was $6.1 billion at December 31, 2023, of
which unrealized gains of $9 million were due to the fair value hedge relationship. We have designated $2.0 billion of this
portfolio of loans in a hedging relationship as of December 31, 2023.
124
The following tables set forth information regarding the Company’s derivative financial instruments:
(in millions)
Notional Amount Other Assets Other Liabilities Expiration Dates
December 31, 2023
Fair Value
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances
Total
Derivatives designated as fair value hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps on multi-family loans held for investment
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Rate lock commitments
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
Total
Liabilities
Futures
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Rate lock commitments
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
$
$
$
$
$
5,500 $
— $
5,500
—
2,000 $
— $
1,012 $
11 $
1,490
5,431
12
115
7,933 $
138 $
2,235 $
1,048 $
77
2,720
— $
—
—
—
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
$
6,080 $
— $
2025-2028
2025-2027
2024
2024
2024-2041
2024
2024
2024
2024-2054
2
2
1
—
—
—
—
1
32
3
59
95
(in millions)
Notional Amount Other Assets Other Liabilities
Expiration Date
December 31, 2022
Fair Value
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps
Total
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Futures
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Rate lock commitments
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
Total
Liabilities
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Rate lock commitments
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
$
3,750 $
3,750
5 $
5
$
1,205 $
2 $
1,065
1,539
7,594
36
9
182
11,403 $
229 $
739 $
— $
527
2,445
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
61
10
65
2023-2027
2023
2023
2023
2023-2032
2023
2023
2023-2053
3,711 $
— $
136
$
$
$
125
The following table presents the derivatives subject to a master netting agreement, including the cash pledged as
collateral:
(in millions)
Derivatives designated hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances
Interest rate swaps on multi-family loans held
for investment(1)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaptions
Total derivative assets
Liabilities
Futures
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaps (1)
Total derivative liabilities
December 31, 2023
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statements of Condition
Gross Amount
Gross Amounts Netted in
the Statements of Condition
Net Amount Presented
in the Statements of
Condition
Financial
Instruments
Cash Collateral
Pledged (Received)
$
$
$
$
$
$
2 $
1 $
11 $
115
126 $
1 $
32
59
92 $
— $
— $
— $
—
— $
— $
—
—
— $
2 $
1 $
11 $
115
126 $
— $
— $
— $
—
— $
1 $
— $
32
59
—
—
92 $
— $
75
27
(1)
(34)
(35)
3
57
42
102
(1) Variation margin pledged to, or received from, a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior days fair value of open positions is
considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes.
The following table presents the derivatives subject to a master netting agreement, including the cash pledged as
collateral:
(in millions)
Derivatives designated hedging instruments:
Interest rate swaps on FHLB advances
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Assets
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaptions
Futures
Total derivative assets
Liabilities
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaps (1)
Total derivative liabilities
December 31, 2022
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statements of Condition
Gross Amount
Gross Amounts Netted in
the Statements of Condition
Net Amount Presented
in the Statements of
Condition
Financial
Instruments
Cash Collateral
Pledged (Received)
$
$
$
$
$
5 $
— $
5 $
4 $
27
36 $
182
2
220 $
61 $
65
126 $
— $
—
— $
— $
—
— $
36 $
182
2
— $
—
220 $
— $
61 $
65
126 $
— $
—
— $
(9)
(36)
1
(44)
54
29
83
(1) Variation margin pledged to, or received from, a Central Counterparty Clearing House to cover the prior days fair value of open positions is
considered settlement of the derivative position for accounting purposes.
Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk
The Company’s objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage its
exposure to interest rate movements. Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of amounts subject
to variability caused by changes in interest rates from a counterparty in exchange for the Company making fixed-rate payments
over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount. Changes in the fair value of derivatives
designated and that qualify as cash flow hedges are initially recorded in other comprehensive income and are subsequently
reclassified into earnings in the period that the hedged transaction affects earnings.
126
Interest rate swaps with notional amounts totaling $5.5 billion and $3.8 billion as of December 31, 2023 and
December 31, 2022, were designated as cash flow hedges of certain FHLB borrowings.
The following table presents the effect of the Company’s cash flow derivative instruments on AOCL:
(in millions)
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in AOCL
Amount of reclassified from AOCL to interest expense
$
$
9 $
(65) $
88 $
(4) $
8
25
Amounts reported in AOCL related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as interest payments are made on
the Company’s variable-rate borrowings. During the next twelve months, additional interest expense reduction of $98 million is
expected to be reclassified out of AOCL.
Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments
The following table presents the net gain (loss) recognized in income on derivatives not designated as hedging
instruments, net of the impact of offsetting positions:
(dollars in millions)
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
Location of Gain (Loss)
Futures
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Net return on mortgage servicing rights
Net return on mortgage servicing rights
Net return on mortgage servicing rights
Rate lock commitments and US Treasury futures
Net gain on loan sales
Forward commitments
Interest rate swaps (1)
Total derivative (loss) gain
(1)
Includes customer-initiated commercial interest rate swaps.
Other noninterest income
Other non-interest income
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
$
1 $
(34)
(15)
2
—
(1)
$
(47) $
(1)
(11)
(4)
28
(1)
—
11
Note 16 - Intangible Assets
Goodwill
We record goodwill in our consolidated statements of condition in connection with certain of our business combinations.
Goodwill, which is tested at least annually for impairment, refers to the difference between the purchase price and the fair value
of an acquired company’s assets, net of the liabilities assumed. As of December 31, 2023, the Company identified a triggering
event and applied a market approach using the end of day stock price. We evaluated those conditions known and knowable by
the company and how a market participant would view the control premium as confirmed by the subsequent confirming market
evidence. This adjusted market capitalization was then compared to the carrying value to determine the extent of the shortfall
which was calculated to be in excess of the goodwill balance. The Company’s assessment concluded that goodwill from
historical transactions (2007 and prior) was fully impaired as of December 31, 2023. As a result, the Company recorded an
impairment charge of the entire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion.
Goodwill and related changes in the carrying amount during the year ended December 31, 2023 are as follows:
(in millions)
Balance at December 31, 2022
Impairment
Balance at December 31, 2023
Gross Carrying
Amount
$
$
2,426
(2,426)
—
127
Finite-lived Intangible Assets
As a result of the Signature Transaction, the Company recorded $464 million of core deposit intangible and other
intangible assets that are amortizable.
At December 31, 2023, intangible assets consisted of the following:
(in millions)
Core deposit intangible
Other intangible assets
Total other intangible assets
Gross Carrying
Amount
December 31, 2023
Accumulated
Amortization
$
$
700 $
56
756 $
(113) $
(18)
(131) $
Net Carrying
Value
Gross Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net Carrying Value
December 31, 2022
587 $
38
625 $
250 $
42
292 $
(4) $
(1)
(5) $
246
41
287
As of December 31, 2023 the weighted average amortization period for core deposit intangible and other intangible assets
is 10 years and 5.1 years, respectively.
The estimated amortization expense of CDI and other intangible assets for the next five years is as follows:
(in millions)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Total
Note 17 - Capital
Amortization Expense
132
107
94
81
68
482
$
$
The Bank is subject to regulation, examination, and supervision by the OCC and the Federal Reserve (the “Regulators”).
The Bank is also governed by numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991,
which established five categories of capital adequacy ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically undercapitalized.” Such
classifications are used by the FDIC to determine various matters, including prompt corrective action and each institution’s
FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to the Regulators’
qualitative judgments about the components of capital and risk weightings, among other factors.
The quantitative measures established to ensure capital adequacy require that banks maintain minimum amounts and
ratios of leverage capital to average assets and of common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital, and total capital to risk-weighted
assets (as such measures are defined in the regulations). At December 31, 2023, our capital measures continued to exceed the
minimum federal requirements for a bank holding company and for a bank. The following tables sets forth our common equity
tier 1, tier 1 risk-based, total risk-based, and leverage capital amounts and ratios on a consolidated basis and for the Bank on a
stand-alone basis, as well as the respective minimum regulatory capital requirements, at that date:
The following table presents the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Company:
Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2023
(dollars in millions)
Total capital
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes
Excess
December 31, 2022
Total capital
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes
Excess
Common Equity Tier 1
Tier 1
Total
Leverage Capital
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
$
$
$
$
8,009
3,983
4,026
6,335
3,146
3,189
9.05 % $
4.50
4.55 % $
9.06 % $
4.50
4.56 % $
8,512
5,310
3,202
6,838
4,195
2,643
9.62 % $
10,415
11.77 % $
6.00
3.62 % $
7,081
3,334
8.00
3.77 % $
9.78 % $
6.00
3.78 % $
8,154
5,593
2,561
11.66 % $
8.00
3.66 % $
8,512
4,392
4,120
6,838
2,819
4,019
7.75 %
4.00
3.75 %
9.70 %
4.00
5.70 %
128
The following table presents the actual capital amounts and ratios for the Bank:
Risk-Based Capital
December 31, 2023
(dollars in millions)
Total capital
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes
Excess
December 31, 2022
Total capital
Minimum for capital adequacy purposes
Excess
Common Equity Tier 1
Tier 1
Total
Leverage Capital
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
Amount
Ratio
$
$
$
$
9,305
3,980
5,325
7,653
3,142
4,511
10.52 % $
4.50
6.02 % $
10.96 % $
4.50
6.46 % $
9,305
5,307
3,998
7,653
4,189
3,464
10.52 % $
10,271
11.61 % $
6.00
4.52 % $
7,076
3,195
8.00
3.61 % $
10.96 % $
7,982
11.43 % $
6.00
4.96 % $
5,585
2,397
8.00
3.43 % $
9,305
4,389
4,916
7,653
2,817
4,836
8.48 %
4.00
4.48 %
10.87 %
4.00
6.87 %
At December 31, 2023, our total risk-based capital ratio exceeded the minimum requirement for capital adequacy
purposes by 377 basis points and the fully phased-in capital conservation buffer by 127 basis points.
The Bank also exceeded the minimum capital requirements to be categorized as “Well Capitalized.” To be categorized as
well capitalized, a bank must maintain a minimum common equity tier 1 ratio of 6.50 percent; a minimum tier 1 risk-based
capital ratio of 8 percent; a minimum total risk-based capital ratio of 10 percent; and a minimum leverage capital ratio of 5
percent.
Preferred Stock
On March 17, 2017, the Company issued 20,600,000 depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of
the Company’s Fixed-to-Floating Rate Series A Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, with a
liquidation preference of $1.00 per share (equivalent to $25 per depositary share). Dividends will accrue on the depositary
shares at a fixed rate equal to 6.375 percent per annum until March 17, 2027, and a floating rate equal to Three-month LIBOR
plus 382.1 basis points per annum beginning on March 17, 2027. Dividends will be payable in arrears on March 17, June 17,
September 17, and December 17 of each year, which commenced on June 17, 2017.
Treasury Stock Repurchases
On October 23, 2018, the Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to $300 million of the Company’s
outstanding common stock. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has repurchased a total of 30 million shares at an average
price of $9.61 or an aggregate purchase of $286 million. The Company had no repurchases during 2023. During the year ended
December 31, 2022, the Company repurchased 871,710 shares, at a cost of $8 million.
Note 18 - Fair Value Measures
GAAP sets forth a definition of fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value, and requires
disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring or non-recurring basis. GAAP
also clarifies that fair value is an “exit” price, representing the amount that would be received when selling an asset, or paid
when transferring a liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value is thus a market-based
measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
As a basis for considering such assumptions, GAAP establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs
used in measuring fair value as follows:
Level 1 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in
active markets.
Level 2 – Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active
markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full
term of the financial instrument.
Level 3 – Inputs to the valuation methodology are significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own
assumptions about the assumptions that market participants use in pricing an asset or liability.
•
•
•
•
129
A financial instrument’s categorization within this valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is
significant to the fair value measurement.
The following tables present assets and liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31,
2023 and December 31, 2022, and that were included in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition at those dates:
(in millions)
Assets:
Mortgage-related Debt Securities Available for Sale:
GSE certificates
GSE CMOs
Private Label CMOs
Total mortgage-related debt securities
Other Debt Securities Available for Sale:
U. S. Treasury obligations
GSE debentures
Asset-backed securities
Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Foreign notes
Capital trust notes
Total other debt securities
Total debt securities available for sale
Equity securities:
Mutual funds and common stock
Total equity securities
Total securities
Loans held-for-sale
Residential first mortgage loans
Acquisition, development, and construction
Commercial and industrial loans
Derivative assets
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
Futures
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Mortgage servicing rights
Total assets at fair value
Derivative liabilities
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Futures
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)
Total liabilities at fair value
December 31, 2023
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Netting
Adjustments
Total Fair
Value
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
— $
1,221 $
— $
— $
—
—
5,162
148
—
32
—
—
1,221
5,162
180
— $
6,531 $
32 $
— $
6,563
198 $
— $
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,609
302
6
343
34
90
198 $
198 $
2,384 $
8,915 $
—
—
14
14
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
32 $
—
—
198
1,609
302
6
343
34
90
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
2,582
9,145
—
—
14
14
198 $
8,929 $
32 $
— $
9,159
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
770 $
— $
— $
123
9
115
—
—
11
—
—
—
—
—
12
—
1,111
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
770
123
9
115
—
12
11
1,111
$
198 $
9,957 $
1,155 $
— $
11,310
—
—
—
—
32
1
59
—
—
—
—
3
—
—
—
—
$
— $
92 $
3 $
— $
32
1
59
3
95
130
(in millions)
Assets:
Mortgage-related Debt Securities Available for Sale:
GSE certificates
GSE CMOs
Private Label CMOs
Total mortgage-related debt securities
Other Debt Securities Available for Sale:
U. S. Treasury obligations
GSE debentures
Asset-backed securities
Municipal bonds
Corporate bonds
Foreign notes
Capital trust notes
Total other debt securities
Total debt securities available for sale
Equity securities:
Mutual funds and common stock
Total equity securities
Total securities
Loans held-for-sale
Residential first mortgage loans
Derivative assets
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
Futures
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Mortgage servicing rights
Total assets at fair value
Derivative liabilities
Mortgage-backed securities forwards
Interest rate swaps and swaptions
Rate lock commitments (fallout-adjusted)
Total liabilities at fair value
December 31, 2022
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
Netting
Adjustments
Total Fair
Value
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
— $
1,297 $
— $
— $
—
—
3,301
191
—
—
—
—
1,297
3,301
191
— $
4,789 $
— $
— $
4,789
1,487 $
— $
— $
— $
—
—
—
—
—
—
1,398
361
30
885
20
90
1,487 $
1,487 $
2,784 $
7,573 $
—
—
14
14
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
—
—
1,487
1,398
361
30
885
20
90
—
—
—
—
—
—
— $
— $
4,271
9,060
—
—
14
14
1,487 $
7,587 $
— $
— $
9,074
— $
1,115 $
— $
— $
1,115
—
—
—
—
—
182
2
—
36
—
—
—
9
—
1,033
—
—
—
—
—
182
2
9
36
1,033
$
1,487 $
8,922 $
1,042 $
— $
11,451
—
—
—
61
65
—
—
—
10
—
—
—
61
65
10
$
— $
126 $
10 $
— $
136
The Company reviews and updates the fair value hierarchy classifications for its assets on a quarterly basis. Changes
from one quarter to the next that are related to the observability of inputs for a fair value measurement may result in a
reclassification from one hierarchy level to another.
A description of the methods and significant assumptions utilized in estimating the fair values of securities follows:
Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified within Level 1 of the valuation hierarchy.
Level 1 securities include highly liquid government securities and exchange-traded securities.
If quoted market prices are not available for a specific security, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models.
These pricing models primarily use market-based or independently sourced market parameters as inputs, including, but not
limited to, yield curves, interest rates, equity or debt prices, and credit spreads. In addition to observable market information,
models incorporate transaction details such as maturity and cash flow assumptions. Securities valued in this manner would
generally be classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy, and primarily include such instruments as mortgage-related
and corporate debt securities.
131
Periodically, the Company uses fair values supplied by independent pricing services to corroborate the fair values derived
from the pricing models. In addition, the Company reviews the fair values supplied by independent pricing services, as well as
their underlying pricing methodologies, for reasonableness. The Company challenges pricing service valuations that appear to
be unusual or unexpected.
While the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate, and consistent with those of other market participants,
the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair values of certain financial instruments could result in
different estimates of fair values at a reporting date.
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
The following tables include a roll forward of the Consolidated Statements of Condition amounts (including the change in
fair value) for financial instruments classified by us within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy:
(dollars in millions)
Year Ended December 31, 2023
Assets
Mortgage servicing rights (1)
Private Label CMOs
Rate lock commitments (net) (1)(2)
Totals
Balance at
Beginning of
Year
Total Gains /
(Losses)
Recorded in
Earnings (1)
Purchases /
Originations
Sales
Settlement
Transfers In
(Out)
Balance at
End of Year
$
1,033 $
(79) $
208 $
(51)
—
(1)
—
(49)
—
104
—
—
—
—
—
— $
1,111
32
(45)
32
9
$
1,032 $
(128) $
312 $
(51) $
— $
(13) $
1,152
(1) We utilized swaptions, futures, forward agency and loan sales and interest rate swaps to manage the risk associated with mortgage servicing rights
and rate lock commitments. Gains and losses for individual lines do not reflect the effect of our risk management activities related to such Level 3
instruments.
(2) Rate lock commitments are reported on a fallout-adjusted basis. Transfers out of Level 3 represent the settlement value of the commitments that are
transferred to LHFS, which are classified as Level 2 assets.
The following tables present the quantitative information about recurring Level 3 fair value financial instruments and the
fair value measurements as of December 31, 2023:
Fair
Value
Valuation Technique
Unobservable Input (1)
Range
(Weighted Average)
Assets
(dollars in millions)
Option adjusted spread
Mortgage servicing rights
$1,111
Discounted cash flows
Constant prepayment rate
5.0% - 21.7% 5.4%
0.0% - 10.0% 7.9%
Private Label CMOs
$32
Discounted cash flows
Weighted average cost to service per loan
$65.0 - $90.0 $69.0
Constant default rates
0.10% - 0.30%
Rate lock commitments (net)
$9
Consensus pricing
Origination pull-through rate
(1)
Unobservable inputs were weighted by their relative fair value of the instruments.
Weighted average life
8.2 - 11.8
64.30%
132
Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis
Certain assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Such instruments are subject to fair value adjustments
under certain circumstances (e.g., when there is evidence of impairment). The following tables present assets that were
measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, and that were included in the
Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition at those dates:
(in millions)
Certain impaired loans (1)
Other assets(2)
Total
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2023 Using
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Total Fair Value
$
$
— $
—
— $
— $
—
— $
197 $
50
247 $
197
50
247
(1) Represents the fair value of impaired loans, based on the value of the collateral.
(2) Represents the fair value of repossessed assets, based on the appraised value of the collateral subsequent to its initial classification as repossessed
assets and equity securities without readily determinable fair values. These equity securities are classified as Level 3 due to the infrequency of the
observable prices and/or the restrictions on the shares.
(in millions)
Certain impaired loans (1)
Other assets(2)
Total
Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2022 Using
Quoted Prices in Active
Markets for Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
Total Fair Value
$
$
— $
—
— $
— $
—
— $
28 $
41
69 $
28
41
69
(1) Represents the fair value of impaired loans, based on the value of the collateral.
(2) Represents the fair value of repossessed assets, based on the appraised value of the collateral subsequent to its initial classification as repossessed
assets and equity securities without readily determinable fair values. These equity securities are classified as Level 3 due to the infrequency of the
observable prices and/or the restrictions on the shares.
The fair values of collateral-dependent impaired loans are determined using various valuation techniques, including
consideration of appraised values and other pertinent real estate and other market data.
Other Fair Value Disclosures
For the disclosure of fair value information about the Company’s on- and off-balance sheet financial instruments, when
available, quoted market prices are used as the measure of fair value. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair
values are based on present-value estimates or other valuation techniques. Such fair values are significantly affected by the
assumptions used, the timing of future cash flows, and the discount rate.
Because assumptions are inherently subjective in nature, estimated fair values cannot be substantiated by comparison to
independent market quotes. Furthermore, in many cases, the estimated fair values provided would not necessarily be realized in
an immediate sale or settlement of such instruments.
133
The following tables summarize the carrying values, estimated fair values, and fair value measurement levels of financial
instruments that were not carried at fair value on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 2023
and December 31, 2022:
(in millions)
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
FHLB and FRB stock (1)
Loans and leases held for investment, net
Financial Liabilities:
Deposits
Borrowed funds
December 31, 2023
Fair Value Measurement Using
Carrying Value
Estimated Fair
Value
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
$
$
$
$
$
11,475 $
11,475 $
11,475
1,392 $
1,392 $
83,627 $
79,333 $
—
—
81,526 $
21,267 $
81,247 $
21,082 $
59,972
(2)
—
$
$
$
$
$
—
1,392
—
21,275
(3)
21,082
$
$
$
$
$
—
—
79,333
—
—
(1) Carrying value and estimated fair value are at cost.
(2)
(3) Certificates of deposit.
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts, savings accounts, and non-interest-bearing accounts.
(in millions)
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
FHLB and FRB stock (1)
Loans and leases held for investment, net
Financial Liabilities:
Deposits
Borrowed funds
December 31, 2022
Fair Value Measurement Using
Carrying Value
Estimated Fair
Value
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets (Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs (Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
$
$
$
$
$
2,032 $
1,267 $
2,032 $
1,267 $
68,608 $
65,673 $
2,032
—
—
58,721 $
21,332 $
58,479 $
21,231 $
46,211
(2)
—
$
$
$
$
$
—
1,267
—
12,268
(3)
21,231
$
$
$
$
—
—
65,673
—
—
(1) Carrying value and estimated fair value are at cost.
(2)
(3) Certificates of deposit.
Interest-bearing checking and money market accounts, savings accounts, and non-interest-bearing accounts.
The methods and significant assumptions used to estimate fair values for the Company’s financial instruments follow:
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and federal funds sold. The estimated fair values of cash and
cash equivalents are assumed to equal their carrying values, as these financial instruments are either due on demand or have
short-term maturities.
Securities
If quoted market prices are not available for a specific security, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models,
quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics, or discounted cash flows. These pricing models primarily use market-
based or independently sourced market parameters as inputs, including, but not limited to, yield curves, interest rates, equity or
debt prices, and credit spreads. In addition to observable market information, pricing models also incorporate transaction details
such as maturities and cash flow assumptions.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
Ownership in equity securities of the FHLB is generally restricted and there is no established liquid market for their
resale. The carrying amount approximates the fair value.
134
Loans and leases
The Company discloses the fair value of loans measured at amortized cost using an exit price notion. The Company
determined the fair value on substantially all of its loans for disclosure purposes, on an individual loan basis. The discount rates
reflect current market rates for loans with similar terms to borrowers having similar credit quality on an exit price basis. For
those loans where a discounted cash flow technique was not considered reliable, the Company used a quoted market price for
each individual loan.
MSRs
The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the MSRs are option adjusted spreads,
prepayment rates and cost to service. Significant increases (decreases) in all three assumptions in isolation result in a
significantly lower (higher) fair value measurement. Weighted average life (in years) is used to determine the change in fair
value of MSRs. For December 31, 2023, the weighted average life (in years) for the entire portfolio was 6.83.
Rate lock commitments
The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the rate lock commitments is the pull through
rate. The pull through rate is a statistical analysis of our actual rate lock fallout history to determine the sensitivity of the
residential mortgage loan pipeline compared to interest rate changes and other deterministic values. New market prices are
applied based on updated loan characteristics and new fallout ratios (i.e. the inverse of the pull through rate) are applied
accordingly. Significant increases (decreases) in the pull through rate in isolation result in a significantly higher (lower) fair
value measurement.
Deposits
The fair values of deposit liabilities with no stated maturity (i.e., interest-bearing checking and money market accounts,
savings accounts, and non-interest-bearing accounts) are equal to the carrying amounts payable on demand. The fair values of
CDs represent contractual cash flows, discounted using interest rates currently offered on deposits with similar characteristics
and remaining maturities. These estimated fair values do not include the intangible value of core deposit relationships, which
comprise a portion of the Company’s deposit base.
Borrowed Funds
The estimated fair value of borrowed funds is based either on bid quotations received from securities dealers or the
discounted value of contractual cash flows with interest rates currently in effect for borrowed funds with similar maturities and
structures.
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments
The fair values of commitments to extend credit and unadvanced lines of credit are estimated based on an analysis of the
interest rates and fees currently charged to enter into similar transactions, considering the remaining terms of the commitments
and the creditworthiness of the potential borrowers. The estimated fair values of such off-balance sheet financial instruments
were insignificant at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022.
Fair Value Option
We elected the fair value option for certain items as discussed throughout the Notes to the Consolidated Financial
Statements to more closely align the accounting method with the underlying economic exposure. Interest income on LHFS is
accrued on the principal outstanding primarily using the "simple-interest" method.
The following table reflects the change in fair value included in earnings of financial instruments for which the fair value
option has been elected:
(dollars in millions)
Assets
Loans held-for-sale
Net gain on loan sales
For the Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
$
43 $
8
135
The following table reflects the difference between the aggregate fair value and aggregate remaining contractual principal
balance outstanding for assets and liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected:
(dollars in millions)
Assets:
Nonaccrual loans:
Loans held-for-sale
Total non-accrual loans
Other performing loans:
Loans held-for-sale
Total other performing loans
Total loans:
Loans held-for-sale
Total loans
(dollars in millions)
Assets:
Other performing loans:
Loans held-for-sale
Total other performing loans
Total loans:
Loans held-for-sale
Total loans
December 31, 2023
Unpaid Principal
Balance
Fair Value
Fair Value Over /
(Under) UPB
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
2 $
2 $
869 $
869 $
871 $
871 $
2 $
2 $
894 $
894 $
896 $
896 $
—
—
25
25
25
25
December 31, 2022
Unpaid Principal
Balance
Fair Value
Fair Value Over /
(Under) UPB
1,095 $
1,095 $
1,095 $
1,095 $
1,115 $
1,115 $
1,115 $
1,115 $
20
20
20
20
Note 19 - Commitments and Contingencies
Pledged Assets
The Company pledges securities to serve as collateral for its repurchase agreements, among other purposes. We had
pledged investment securities of $2.8 billion and $434 million at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. In
addition, the Company had $43.1 billion and $44.5 billion of loans pledged to the FHLB-NY to serve as collateral for its
wholesale borrowings at the respective year-ends.
Loan Commitments and Letters of Credit
In the normal course of business, we have various commitments outstanding which are not included on our Consolidated
Statements of Financial Condition. The majority of the outstanding loan commitments were expected to close within 90 days.
The following table summarizes the Company’s off-balance sheet commitments to originate loans and letters of credit:
(in millions)
Multi-family and commercial real estate
One-to-four family including interest rate locks
Acquisition, development, and construction
Warehouse loan commitments
Other loan commitments
Total loan commitments
Commercial, performance stand-by, and financial stand-by letters of credit
Total commitments
136
December 31,
2023
2022
52 $
1,694
3,926
7,074
11,315
24,061 $
915
24,976 $
216
2,066
3,539
8,042
7,964
21,827
541
22,368
$
$
$
Financial Guarantees
The Company provides guarantees and indemnifications to its customers to enable them to complete a variety of business
transactions and to enhance their credit standings. These guarantees are recorded at their respective fair values in “Other
liabilities” in the Consolidated Statements of Condition. The Company deems the fair value of the guarantees to equal the
consideration received.
The following table summarizes the Company’s guarantees and indemnifications at December 31, 2023:
(in millions)
Financial stand-by letters of credit
Performance stand-by letters of credit
Commercial letters of credit
Total letters of credit
Expires Within
One Year
Expires After
One Year
Total
Outstanding
Amount
Maximum Potential
Amount of Future
Payments
$
$
254 $
288 $
542 $
100
3
2
—
102
3
357 $
290 $
647 $
639
102
174
915
The maximum potential amount of future payments represents the notional amounts that could be funded under the
guarantees and indemnifications if there were a total default by the guaranteed parties or if indemnification provisions were
triggered, as applicable, without consideration of possible recoveries under recourse provisions or from collateral held or
pledged.
The Company collects fees upon the issuance of commercial and stand-by letters of credit. Stand-by letters of credit fees
are initially recorded by the Company as a liability and are recognized as income periodically through the respective expiration
dates. Fees for commercial letters of credit are collected and recognized as income at the time that they are issued and upon
payment of each set of documents presented. In addition, the Company requires adequate collateral, typically in the form of
cash, real property, and/or personal guarantees upon its issuance of irrevocable stand-by letters of credit. Commercial letters of
credit are primarily secured by the goods being purchased in the underlying transaction and are also personally guaranteed by
the owner(s) of the applicant company.
At December 31, 2023, the Company had no commitments to purchase securities.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is involved in various legal actions arising in the ordinary course of its business, including stockholder
class and derivative actions. All such actions in the aggregate involve amounts that are believed by management to be
immaterial to the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. The outcome of any pending litigation is
uncertain. There can be no assurance (i) that we will not incur material losses due to damages, penalties, costs and/or expenses
as a result of such litigation, (ii) that the reserves we have established will be sufficient to cover such losses, or (iii) that such
losses will not materially exceed such reserves and have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
The Company may incur significant legal expenses in defending the litigation described above during the pendency of these
matters, and in connection with any other potential cases, including expenses for the potential reimbursement of legal fees of
officers and directors under indemnification obligations.
137
Note 20 - Employee Benefits
Retirement Plan
The New York Community Bancorp, Inc. Retirement Plan (the “Retirement Plan”) covers substantially all employees
who had attained minimum age, service, and employment status requirements prior to the date when the individual plans were
frozen by the banks of origin. Once frozen, the individual plans ceased to accrue additional benefits, service, and compensation
factors, and became closed to employees who would otherwise have met eligibility requirements after the “freeze” date.
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Retirement Plan as of the dates indicated:
(in millions)
Change in Benefit Obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Interest cost
Actuarial gain
Annuity payments
Settlements
Benefit obligation at end of year
Change in Plan Assets:
Fair value of assets at beginning of year
Actual return (loss) on plan assets
Annuity payments
Settlements
Fair value of assets at end of year
Funded status (included in “Other assets”)
Changes recognized in other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31:
Amortization of actuarial loss
Net actuarial (gain) loss arising during the year
Total recognized in other comprehensive income for the year (pre-tax)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax) not yet recognized in net periodic benefit cost at December 31:
Actuarial loss, net
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss (pre-tax)
December 31,
2023
2022
$
116 $
5
2
(7)
(1)
115 $
228 $
33
(7)
(1)
253 $
138 $
(7) $
(18)
(25) $
41 $
41 $
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
158
4
(38)
(7)
(1)
116
283
(47)
(7)
(1)
228
112
(2)
26
24
66
66
In 2024 $3 million of unrecognized net actuarial loss for the Retirement Plan will be amortized from AOCL into net
periodic benefit cost, respectively. The comparable amount recognized as net actuarial loss for the Retirement Plan in 2023 was
$7 million and no prior service cost was amortized in 2022. The discount rates used to determine the benefit obligation at
December 31, 2023 and 2022 were 4.7 percent and 4.9 percent, respectively.
The discount rate reflects rates at which the benefit obligation could be effectively settled. To determine this rate, the
Company considers rates of return on high-quality fixed-income investments that are currently available and are expected to be
available during the period until the pension benefits are paid. The expected future payments are discounted based on a
portfolio of high-quality rated bonds (AA or better) for which the Company relies on the Financial Times Stock Exchange
(“FTSE”) Pension Liability Index that is published as of the measurement date.
The components of net periodic pension (credit) expense were as follows for the years indicated:
(in millions)
Components of net periodic pension expense (credit):
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Amortization of net actuarial loss
Net periodic pension credit
Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
$
5 $
4 $
(14)
7
(16)
2
(2) $
(10) $
4
(16)
7
(5)
138
The following table indicates the weighted average assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit cost for the
years indicated:
Discount rate
Expected rate of return on plan assets
Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
4.9 %
6.3
2.6 %
6.0
2.2 %
6.3
The primary long-term objective for the Plan is to maintain assets at a level that will sufficiently cover future beneficiary
obligations. A secondary long-term objective is to achieve long-term growth in assets. The Plan will be structured to include a
volatility reducing component (the fixed income commitment) and a growth component (the equity commitment).
To achieve the Companies (in this context, the "Plan Sponsor") long-term investment objectives, the Trustee will invest
the assets of the Plan in a diversified combination of asset classes, investment strategies, and pooled vehicles. The asset
allocation guidelines in the table below reflect the plan sponsor’s risk tolerance and long-term objectives for the Plan. These
parameters will be reviewed on a regular basis and subject to change following discussions between the plan sponsor and the
Trustee.
Initially, the following asset allocation targets and ranges will guide the Trustee in structuring the overall allocation in the
Plan’s investment portfolio. The plan sponsor or the Trustee may amend these allocations to reflect the most appropriate
standards consistent with changing circumstances. Any such fundamental amendments in strategy will be discussed between the
plan sponsor and the Trustee prior to implementation.
Based on the above considerations, the following asset allocation ranges will be implemented:
Equity
U.S. Large-Cap
U.S. Mid-Cap
U.S. Small-Cap
Non-U.S.
Total - Equity
Total - Fixed Income/Cash Equivalents
Asset Allocation Parameters by Asset Class
Minimum
45%
35%
Target
27%
7%
7%
14%
55%
45%
Maximum
65%
55%
The parameters for each asset class provide the Trustee with the latitude for managing the Plan within a minimum and
maximum range. The Trustee will have full discretion to buy, sell, invest and reinvest in these asset segments based on these
guidelines which includes allowing the underlying investments to fluctuate within the stated policy ranges. The Plan will
maintain a cash equivalents component (not to exceed 3 percent under normal circumstances) within the fixed income
allocation for liquidity purposes.
The Trustee will monitor the actual asset segment exposures of the Plan on a regular basis and, periodically, may adjust
the asset allocation within the ranges set forth above as it deems appropriate. Periodic reallocation of assets will be based on the
Trustee’s perception of the changing risk/return opportunities of the respective asset classes.
139
The following table presents information about the fair value measurements of the investments held by the Retirement
Plan as of December 31, 2023:
(in millions)
Equity:
Large-cap value (1)
Large-cap growth (2)
Large-cap core (3)
Mid-cap core (4)
Small-cap core (5)
International growth (6)
International value (7)
Fixed Income Funds:
Intermediate - Core Plus (8)
Equity Securities:
Company common stock
Common/Collective Trusts-Equity:
Large cap value (9)
Cash Equivalents:
Money market (10)
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets (Level
1)
Total
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable Inputs
(Level 3)
$
12 $
12 $
— $
22
17
15
16
18
10
98
31
13
1
22
17
15
16
18
10
98
31
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
13
$
253 $
240 $
13 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(1) This category consists of a mutual fund holding 100-160 stocks, designed to track and outperform the Russell 1000 Value Index.
(2) This category consists of two mutual funds which invest primarily in large-cap U.S. - based growth companies, one concentrating on long-term capital
growth, the other in long-term capital appreciation and current income.
(3) This category contains stocks of the S&P 500 Index. The stocks are maintained in approximately the same weightings as the index.
(4) This category contains stocks of the CRSP U.S. Mid Cap Index, a broadly diversified index of stocks of medium-size U.S. companies. The stocks are
maintained.
(5) This category seeks long-term capital appreciation through investment primarily in common stock of small-capitalization companies, with similar risk
levels and characteristics to the Russell 2000 Index.
(6) This category consists of investments with long-term growth potential located primarily in Europe, the Pacific Basin, and other developed and emerging
markets.
(7) This category invests primarily in medium to large well-established non-US companies. Under normal circumstances, at least 80 percent of total assets
will be invested in equity securities, including common stocks, preferred stocks, and convertible securities.
(8) This category currently includes equal investments in four mutual funds, seeking to outperform the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index. Two
of the funds hold at least 80 percent in investment grade fixed-income securities while one other holds at least 65 percent; the fourth fund targets
investments of 50 percent or more in mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by the US government and its agencies.
(9) This category contains large-cap stocks with above-average yield. The portfolio typically holds between 60 and 70 stocks.
(10) This category consists of a money market fund and is used for liquidity purposes.
Current Asset Allocation
The asset allocations for the Retirement Plan were as follows:
Equity securities
Debt securities
Cash equivalents
Total
Determination of Long-Term Rate of Return
December 31,
2023
2022
61 %
39 %
— %
100 %
60 %
38 %
2 %
100 %
The long-term rate of return on Retirement Plan assets assumption was based on historical returns earned by equities and
fixed income securities, and adjusted to reflect expectations of future returns as applied to the Retirement Plan’s target
allocation of asset classes. Equities and fixed income securities were assumed to earn long-term rates of return in the ranges of
6 percent to 8 percent and 3 percent to 5 percent, respectively, with an assumed long-term inflation rate of 2.5 percent reflected
within these ranges. When these overall return expectations are applied to the Retirement Plan’s target allocations, the result is
an expected rate of return of 5 percent to 7 percent.
140
Expected Contributions
The Company does not expect to contribute to the Retirement Plan in 2023.
Expected Future Annuity Payments
The following annuity payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid by the
Retirement Plan during the years indicated:
(in millions)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029 and thereafter
Total
$
$
8
8
8
8
8
43
83
Qualified Savings Plan (401(k) Plan)
The Company maintains a defined contribution qualified savings plan in the form of a 401(k) plan in which all salaried
employees are able to participate after one month of service and having attained age 21. The Company instituted a safe harbor
matching contribution program during the year ended December 31, 2020, and accordingly, the Company matches a portion of
employee 401(k) plan contributions. Such expense totaled $21 million and $7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023
and 2022, respectively. Flagstar also maintains a defined contribution qualified savings plan in the form of a 401(k) plan in
which certain employees are able to participate.
Post-Retirement Health and Welfare Benefits
The Company offers certain post-retirement benefits, including medical, dental, and life insurance (the “Health &
Welfare Plan”) to retired employees, depending on age and years of service at the time of retirement. The costs of such benefits
are accrued during the years that an employee renders the necessary service.
The Health & Welfare Plan is an unfunded plan and is not expected to hold assets for investment at any time. Any
contributions made to the Health & Welfare Plan are used to immediately pay plan premiums and claims as they come due.
141
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Health & Welfare Plan as of the dates indicated:
(in millions)
Change in benefit obligation:
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
Interest cost
Actuarial gain
Premiums and claims paid
Benefit obligation at end of year
Change in plan assets:
Fair value of assets at beginning of year
Employer contribution
Premiums and claims paid
Fair value of assets at end of year
Funded status (included in “Other liabilities”)
Changes recognized in other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31:
Amortization of prior service cost
Amortization of actuarial gain
Net actuarial (gain) loss arising during the year
Total recognized in other comprehensive income for the year (pre-tax)
Accumulated other comprehensive (gain) loss (pre-tax) not yet recognized in net periodic benefit cost
at December 31:
Prior service cost
Actuarial (gain) loss, net
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (pre-tax)
December 31,
2023
2022
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
7 $
1
1
(1)
8 $
— $
1
(1)
— $
(8) $
1
1 $
(1)
(1) $
10
—
(2)
(1)
7
—
1
(1)
—
(7)
—
—
(2)
(2)
—
(2)
(2)
The discount rates used in the preceding table were 4.6 percent at December 31, 2023 and 4.8 percent at December 31,
2022.
The estimated net actuarial loss and the prior service liability that will be amortized from AOCL into net periodic benefit
cost in 2024 are less than $1 million, respectively.
The net periodic benefit costs and all components thereof for the years-ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were less than
$1 million.
The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used in determining the net periodic benefit cost for the
years indicated:
Discount rate
Current medical trend rate
Ultimate trend rate
Year when ultimate trend rate will be reached
Expected Contributions
Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
4.8 %
6.5
5.0
2029
2.3 %
6.5
5.0
2028
2.0 %
6.5
5.0
2027
The Company expects to contribute $1 million to the Health & Welfare Plan to pay premiums and claims in the fiscal
year ending December 31, 2023.
142
Expected Future Payments for Premiums and Claims
The following amounts are currently expected to be paid for premiums and claims during the years indicated under the
Health & Welfare Plan:
(in millions)
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029 and thereafter
Total
$
$
1
1
1
1
1
2
7
Note 21 - Parent Company-Only Financial Information
The following tables present the condensed financial statements for New York Community Bancorp, Inc. (Parent
Company only):
Condensed Statements of Condition
(in millions)
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents
Investments in subsidiaries
Other assets
Total assets
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:
Junior subordinated debentures
Subordinated notes
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Stockholders’ equity
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Condensed Statements of Income
(in millions)
Dividends received from subsidiaries
Other income
Gross income
Operating expenses
Income before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed
(loss) earnings of subsidiaries
Income tax benefit
Income before equity in undistributed (loss) earnings of subsidiaries
Equity in undistributed (loss) earnings of subsidiaries
Net (loss) income
143
December 31,
2023
2022
$
$
$
$
$
$
158
$
9,160
80
9,398
$
579
438
14
1,031
8,367
9,398
$
$
$
$
121
9,633
85
9,839
575
432
8
1,015
8,824
9,839
Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
580
$
2
582
108
474
25
499
$
(578)
(79) $
335
160
495
55
440
14
454
196
650
$
$
380
1
381
50
331
14
345
251
596
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
(in millions)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net (loss) income
Change in other assets
Change in other liabilities
Other, net
Equity in undistributed (loss) earnings of subsidiaries
Net cash provided by operating activities
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Cash acquired in business acquisition
Change in receivable from subsidiaries, net
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Treasury stock repurchased
Cash dividends paid on common and preferred stock
Net cash used in financing activities
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
Note 22 - Subsequent Events
Loan Sales
Years Ended December 31,
2023
2022
2021
$
$
$
(79) $
30
6
65
578
600
$
—
(32)
(32) $
(12)
(519)
(531)
37
121
$
650
(3)
(4)
(130)
(196)
317
$
34
5
39
$
(24)
(350)
(374)
(18)
139
$
158
$
121
$
596
(22)
1
32
(251)
356
—
(3)
(3)
(16)
(349)
(365)
(12)
151
139
On February 29, 2024, the Company sold the commercial co-operative loan classified as held for sale at a gain.
Additionally, on March 13, 2024 the Company completed a sale of consumer loans with a net book value of $899 million.
These two sales will be recorded in the quarter ended March 31, 2024 and will result in a net gain.
Equity Capital Raise
On March 7, 2024, we entered into separate investment agreements with affiliates of funds managed by Liberty and
certain other investors. The Investors invested an aggregate of approximately $1.05 billion in the Company in exchange for the
sale and issuance by the Company of (a) 76,630,965 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price per share of $2.00, (b)
192,062 shares of a new series of our preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, designated as Series B Preferred Stock, at a
price per share of $2,000, each share of which is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock (or, in certain limited
circumstances, one share of Series C Preferred Stock), (c) 256,307 shares of a new series of our preferred stock, par value $0.01
per share, designated as Series C Preferred Stock, at a price per share of $2,000, each share of which is convertible into 1,000
shares of common stock, and (d) warrants affording the holder thereof the right, until the seven-year anniversary of the issuance
of such warrant, to purchase for $2,500 per share, shares of Series D NVCE Stock, each share of Series D NVCE Stock is
convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock (or, in certain limited circumstances, one share of Series C Preferred Stock), and
all of which shares of Series D NVCE Stock, upon issuance, will represent the right (on an as converted basis) to receive
315,000,000 shares of common stock. The transaction closed on March 11, 2024.
144
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
New York Community Bancorp, Inc.:
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related consolidated statements of (loss) income and
comprehensive (loss) income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the
consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December
31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2023, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in
Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission, and our report dated March 14, 2024 expressed an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the
PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and
the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement,
whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the
consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such
procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial
statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management,
as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial
statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or
disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or
complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated
financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate
opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Goodwill Impairment
As discussed in Notes 2 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company recorded an impairment charge of its
entire goodwill balance of $2.4 billion as of December 31, 2023. The Company evaluates goodwill for impairment at least
annually or when triggering events are identified. The Company utilizes a market approach to determine the fair value of its
single reporting unit, which considers how a market participant would view a control premium, complemented by an income
approach if deemed necessary. As of December 31, 2023, the Company identified a triggering event and applied a market
approach using the end of day stock price, a control premium for recently completed bank acquisitions, and an adjustment for
Company-specific risk considerations based on subsequent confirming market evidence. The adjusted market capitalization was
then compared to the Company’s carrying value to determine the extent of any shortfall. The calculated shortfall was in excess
of the goodwill balance as of December 31, 2023.
145
We identified the assessment of goodwill for impairment as a critical audit matter. A high degree of audit effort, including
specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex auditor judgment was involved in the evaluation of the market
approach and significant unobservable assumptions which included the control premium and Company-specific risk
considerations. There was also a high degree of subjectivity and potential for management bias related to the timing and
magnitude of adjustments made to the key assumptions used in the valuation.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested
the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s goodwill impairment analysis, including
internal controls over the development of the market approach and the determination of the control premium and the impact of
Company-specific risk considerations.
In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge who assisted in:
•
•
•
evaluating the reasonableness of the valuation approach used for compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles
evaluating the control premium assumption by comparing to data from recently completed peer bank acquisitions
evaluating the adjustment for Company-specific risk considerations based on confirming market evidence from events
occurring after the measurement date.
Allowance for credit losses on loans and leases evaluated on a collective basis
As discussed in Notes 2 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s total allowance for credit losses (ACL)
on loans and leases as of December 31, 2023 was $992 million, a substantial portion of which is related to the one-to-four
family first mortgage, multi-family, commercial and industrial, specialty finance, and commercial real estate portfolio segments
measured on a collective basis when similar risk characteristics exist (collective ACL). Management estimates the collective
ACL by projecting and multiplying together the probability-of-default (PD), loss-given-default (LGD) and exposure-at-default
depending on economic parameters for each month of the remaining contractual term. The loss drivers for certain loans within
the commercial and industrial portfolio are derived using credit ratings. The Company estimates the exposure-at-default using
prepayment models which forecasts prepayments over the life of the loans and leases. The economic forecast and the related
economic parameters are developed using multiple economic forecast scenarios, including related weightings, over the
reasonable and supportable forecast period. After the reasonable and supportable forecast period, the Company reverts to a
historical average loss rate on a straight-line basis over 12 months. Historical credit loss experience over the historical loss
observation period provides the basis for the estimation of expected credit losses, with qualitative factor adjustments made for
differences in current loan-specific risk characteristics as well as for changes in environmental conditions.
We identified the assessment of the collective ACL as a critical audit matter. A high degree of audit effort, including
specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex auditor judgment was involved in the assessment due to
significant measurement uncertainty. Specifically, the assessment encompassed the evaluation of the collective ACL
methodology, including the methods and models used to estimate the PD, LGD, and prepayments and their significant
assumptions. Such significant assumptions included portfolio segmentation, the selection of the multiple economic forecast
scenarios including related weightings, economic parameters, credit ratings, the reasonable and supportable forecast period, the
reversion period and the historical loss observation period. The assessment also included the evaluation of the qualitative factor
adjustments and their significant assumptions for differences in loan-specific risk characteristics and changes in environmental
conditions. The assessment also included an evaluation of the conceptual soundness and performance of the PD, LGD, and
prepayment models. In addition, auditor judgment was required to evaluate the sufficiency of audit evidence obtained.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested
the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s measurement of the collective ACL estimate,
including controls over the:
•
•
•
development of the collective ACL methodology
continued use and appropriateness of the PD, LGD, and prepayment models
performance monitoring of the PD, LGD, and prepayment models
146
•
•
•
identification and determination of the significant assumptions used in the PD, LGD, and prepayment models
development of the qualitative factor adjustments, including the significant assumptions used in the measurement of
the qualitative factors
analysis of the collective ACL results, trends, and ratios.
We evaluated the Company’s process to develop the collective ACL estimate by testing certain sources of data, factors, and
assumptions that the Company used, and considered the relevance and reliability of such data, factors, and assumptions. In
addition, we involved credit risk and valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
evaluating the Company’s collective ACL methodology for compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles
evaluating judgments made by the Company relative to the assessment and performance testing of the PD, LGD, and
prepayment models by comparing them to relevant Company-specific metrics and trends and the applicable industry
and regulatory practices
assessing the conceptual soundness and performance of the PD, LGD, and prepayment models by inspecting the model
documentation to determine whether the models are suitable for their intended use
evaluating the selection of the multiple economic forecast scenarios including the related weightings, and underlying
economic parameters by comparing them to the Company’s business environment and relevant industry practices
evaluating the length of the reasonable and supportable forecast period, the reversion period and the historical loss
observation periods by comparing them to specific portfolio risk characteristics and trends
testing individual credit ratings for a selection of certain borrower relationships by evaluating the financial
performance of the borrower, sources of repayment, and any relevant guarantees or underlying collateral
determining whether the loan portfolio is segmented by similar risk characteristics by comparing to the Company’s
business environment and relevant industry practice
evaluating the methodology used to develop the qualitative factor adjustments and their significant assumptions and
the effect of those adjustments on the collective ACL compared with relevant credit risk factors, current collateral
valuations, and consistency with credit trends and identified limitations of the underlying quantitative models.
We also assessed the sufficiency of the audit evidence obtained related to the collective ACL estimate by evaluating the:
•
•
•
determination of cumulative results of the audit procedures
qualitative aspects of the Company’s accounting practices
potential bias in the accounting estimate.
Fair value measurements of acquired loans and core deposit intangible asset
As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain
liabilities of Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. on March 20, 2023. The Company accounted for this transaction as a business
combination with the assets acquired and liabilities assumed being measured based on their estimated fair values. As part of the
acquisition, the Company acquired loans and established a core deposit intangible (CDI) asset with a fair value of $12.0 billion
and $464 million, respectively. The fair value of acquired loans was based on a discounted cash flow methodology which
incorporated discount rates, prepayment rates, probability of default and loss given default rates, and other market assumptions.
The fair value of the CDI asset was measured using a discounted cash flow methodology which utilized discount rates,
customer attrition rates, and other market assumptions.
We identified the assessment of the fair value measurements of acquired loans and the CDI asset at the acquisition date as a
critical audit matter. A high degree of audit effort, including specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex
147
auditor judgment was involved in the assessment of the fair value measurements due to significant measurement uncertainty.
Specifically, the assessment of the fair value measurements involved an evaluation of the valuation methodologies and certain
significant assumptions: including discount rates, prepayment rates, probability of default and loss given default rates for
acquired loans; and discount rates and customer attrition rates for the CDI asset.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested
the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s fair value measurements of acquired loans and
the CDI asset at the acquisition date. This included controls related to the (1) determination of certain significant assumptions
used in the discounted cash flow methodologies for acquired loans and the CDI asset, and (2) assessment of the overall fair
value measurement for acquired loans and the CDI asset. We evaluated the Company’s process to determine the estimated fair
value of the CDI asset at the acquisition date by testing certain sources of data and subjective assumptions that the Company
used and considered the relevance and reliability of such data and subjective assumptions. In addition, we involved valuation
professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:
•
•
•
evaluating the Company’s fair value methodologies for compliance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
assessing the Company’s estimate of fair value of acquired loans by developing independent ranges of fair values,
using market participant derived discount rates, prepayment rates, and probability of default and loss given default
rates, and comparing them to the Company’s estimate of fair value and
evaluating the discount rates and customer attrition rates by comparing the information used to develop such
assumptions to market data and deposit activity observed subsequent to the acquisition date.
Fair value measurement of mortgage servicing rights
As discussed in Notes 9 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) as of
December 31, 2023 was $1.1 billion. The Company purchases and originates mortgage loans for sale to the secondary market
and sells certain of these loans on a servicing-retained basis. For these loans, the Company recognizes a MSR at the time of sale
which is recorded at fair value. The Company uses an internal valuation model which utilizes an option-adjusted spread,
constant prepayment rate, costs to service and other assumptions to determine the fair value of the MSRs. The Company obtains
independent third-party valuations of the estimated fair value of MSRs on a quarterly basis to assess the reasonableness of the
Company’s internal fair value estimate.
We identified the assessment of the fair value measurement of MSRs as a critical audit matter. A high degree of audit effort,
including specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex auditor judgment was involved in the assessment of the
internal valuation model and significant unobservable assumptions, which included option-adjusted spread and constant
prepayment rate. There was also a high degree of subjectivity and potential for management bias related to the timing and
magnitude of adjustments made to the significant assumptions used in the valuation.
The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design and tested
the operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the Company’s fair value measurement of MSRs. This included
controls related to:
•
•
•
assessment of the internal valuation model
evaluation of certain significant assumptions used in estimating the fair value
comparison of the MSR fair value to independent valuations.
We evaluated the Company’s process to determine the estimated fair value of MSRs by testing certain sources of data and
subjective assumptions that the Company used and considered the relevance and reliability of such data and subjective
assumptions. In addition, we involved valuation professionals with specialized skills and knowledge, who assisted in:
•
evaluating the design of the internal valuation model used to estimate the MSR fair value in accordance with relevant
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
148
•
evaluating the significant assumptions, including the timing of any significant updates made to the assumptions during
the year, based on an analysis of backtesting results and a comparison of significant assumptions to available data for
comparable entities and independent third-party valuations.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1993.
New York, New York
March 14, 2024
149
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
New York Community Bancorp, Inc.:
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries' (the Company) internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, because of the effect of the material
weaknesses, described below, on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, the Company has not maintained
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control –
Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the consolidated statements of condition of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related
consolidated statements of (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for
each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated
financial statements), and our report dated March 14, 2024 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial
statements.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that
there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be
prevented or detected on a timely basis. Material weaknesses related to the following have been identified and included in
management’s assessment:
•
•
•
•
the Company's Board of Directors did not exercise sufficient oversight responsibilities, which led to the Company
lacking a sufficient complement of qualified leadership resources to conduct effective risk assessment and monitoring
activities,
the Company lacked effective periodic risk assessment processes to identify and timely respond to emerging risks in
certain financial reporting processes and related internal controls, including internal loan review, that were responsive
to changes in the business operations and regulatory and economic environments in which the Company operates,
the Company’s recurring monitoring activities over process level control activities, including internal loan review,
were not operating effectively, and
the Company did not sufficiently maintain effective control activities related to internal loan review. Specifically, the
Company’s internal loan review processes lacked an appropriate framework to ensure that ratings were consistently
accurate, timely, and appropriately challenged. These ineffective controls impact the Company’s ability to accurately
disclose loan rating classifications, identify problem loans, and ultimately the recognition of the allowance for credit
losses on loans and leases.
The material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the
2023 consolidated financial statements, and this report does not affect our report on those consolidated financial statements.
The Company acquired Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. during 2023, and management excluded from its assessment of the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, Signature Bridge Bank,
N.A.’s internal control over financial reporting associated with total acquired assets of approximately $38 billion and total
revenues associated with the acquired assets and liabilities assumed of approximately $1 billion included in the consolidated
financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023. Our audit of internal control over
financial reporting of the Company also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of Signature
Bridge Bank, N.A.
150
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report
on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control
over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be
independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control
over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ KPMG LLP
New York, New York
March 14, 2024
151
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreement with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosures
None.
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision, and with the participation, of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, our
management evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures
pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b), as adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of the end of the period covered by this
annual report because of the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below. Notwithstanding
the material weaknesses, based on additional analyses and other procedures performed, management concluded that the
financial statements included in this report fairly present in all material respects our financial position, results of operations,
capital position, and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with GAAP.
Per Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e), disclosure controls and procedures are the controls and other procedures that are
designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.
Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information
required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and
communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing
similar functions, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act). Our system of internal control is designed under
the supervision of management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for
external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).
Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records
that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company; provide
reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with the authorization of management and the
Boards of Directors of the Company and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with policies and procedures may deteriorate.
The Company acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of Signature Bridge Bank, N.A. on March 20, 2023.
The scope of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2023, excludes the internal control over financial reporting associated with total acquired assets of approximately
$38 billion and total revenues associated with the acquired assets and liabilities assumed of approximately $1 billion included in
the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023.
As of December 31, 2023, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting based upon the framework established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). A material weakness (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the
Exchange Act) is a deficiency or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a
reasonable possibility that a material misstatement in our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or
detected on a timely basis.
152
Based on this assessment, because of the following material weaknesses, management concluded that the Company did
not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023.
Control environment – Our Board of Directors did not exercise sufficient oversight responsibilities, which led to us lacking a
sufficient complement of qualified leadership resources to conduct effective risk assessment and monitoring activities.
Risk assessment – We lacked effective periodic risk assessment processes to identify and timely respond to emerging risks in
certain financial reporting processes and related internal controls, including internal loan review, that were responsive to
changes in the business operations and regulatory and economic environments in which the Company operates.
Monitoring – Our recurring monitoring activities over process level control activities, including internal loan review, were not
operating effectively.
Control activities – We did not sufficiently maintain effective control activities related to internal loan review. Specifically, our
internal loan review processes lacked an appropriate framework to ensure that ratings were consistently accurate, timely, and
appropriately challenged. These ineffective controls impact the Company’s ability to accurately disclose loan rating
classifications, identify problem loans, and ultimately the recognition of the allowance for credit losses on loans and leases.
These control deficiencies create a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to the consolidated financial
statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, and therefore we concluded that the deficiencies represent
material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and our internal control over financial reporting was not
effective as of December 31, 2023.
The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, which audited the 2023 consolidated
financial statements included in this Form 10-K, has expressed an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting. KPMG LLP’s report appears on page 144 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Remediation Status of Reported Material Weaknesses
The Company is currently working to remediate the material weaknesses described above, including assessing the need
for additional remediation steps and implementing additional measures to remediate the underlying causes that gave rise to the
material weaknesses. The Company is committed to maintaining a strong internal control environment and to ensuring that
proper oversight and a consistent tone is communicated throughout the organization. The Company expects that existing
deficiencies will be remediated through implementation of processes and controls designed to ensure strict compliance with
U.S. GAAP.
Specifically, we are in the process of strengthening our internal control over financial reporting as follows:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Appointed several new members to the Board of Directors with extensive experience as financial experts in our
industry and backgrounds in risk management. Additionally, several members of the Board of Directors resigned.
Appointed a new Chief Risk Officer and Chief Audit Executive, both of whom have large bank experience. We are in
the process of identifying and appointing a new Director of Loan Review who has prior large bank commercial loan
experience.
Increasing the frequency and nature of reporting from our internal loan review team and first line business units to the
Board Risk Committee to support the Board's risk oversight role.
Expanding the use of independent credit analysis and reducing the Company's reliance on tools and analysis prepared
by our lines of business.
Improving the internal loan review team's ability to independently challenge risk rating scorecard model
methodologies and results.
Assessing the adequacy of staffing levels and expertise within the internal loan review program, taking into account,
among other things, the size, complexity, and risk profile of the Company's loan portfolio.
153
•
Providing additional risk rating process training for all internal loan review employees.
We have enhanced our control environment, risk assessment and monitoring activities by addressing our Board
composition and key members of executive management, including the Chief Risk Officer and Chief Audit Executive. Progress
has been made on our remedial actions, but we are still in the process of developing and implementing enhanced processes,
procedures and controls related to internal loan review. We believe our actions will be effective in remediating the material
weaknesses, and we continue to devote significant time and attention to these efforts. In addition, the material weaknesses will
not be considered remediated until the applicable remedial processes, procedures and controls have been in place for a sufficient
period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are effective.
(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
The Company is working to integrate Signature into its overall internal control over financial reporting processes. Except
for changes made in connection with this integration of Signature, and the material weaknesses in internal control over financial
reporting noted above, there have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term
is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the fiscal quarter to which this report relates that
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B.
Other Information
During the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2023, none of our directors or officers informed us of the adoption or
termination of a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as those terms are defined in
Item 408 of Regulation S-K.
Item 9C.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
None.
154
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers of the Registrant and Corporate Governance
PART III
Information regarding our directors, executive officers, and corporate governance appears in our Proxy Statement for the
Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held for fiscal year 2024 (hereafter referred to as our “2024 Proxy Statement”) under the
captions “Information with Respect to Nominees, Continuing Directors, and Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance,” “Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors,” and “Corporate Governance,” and
is incorporated herein by this reference.
A copy of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which applies to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating
Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer as officers of the Company, and all other senior financial
officers of the Company designated by the Chief Executive Officer from time to time, is available on the Investor Relations
portion of our website: www.myNYCB.com and will be provided, without charge, upon written request to the Chief Corporate
Governance Officer and Corporate Secretary at 102 Duffy Avenue, Hicksville, NY 11801.
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
Information regarding executive compensation appears in our 2024 Proxy Statement under the captions “Compensation
Committee Report,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Discussion and
Analysis,” “Executive Compensation and Related Information,” and “Director Compensation,” and is incorporated herein by
this reference.
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
The following table provides information regarding the Company’s equity compensation plans at December 31, 2023:
Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
Number of
Securities to Be
Issued Upon
Exercise
Weighted Average
Exercise Price (1)
Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
$
16,143,893
—
Total
— $
—
16,143,893
Information relating to the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management appears in our 2024 Proxy
Statement under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners” and “Information with Respect to Nominees,
Continuing Directors, and Executive Officers.”
Item 13.
Certain Relationship and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence, appears in our 2024
Proxy Statement under the captions “Transactions with Certain Related Persons” and “Corporate Governance,” respectively,
and is incorporated herein by this reference.
Item 14.
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Our independent registered public accounting firm is KPMG LLP, New York, New York, Auditor Firm ID: 185.
Information regarding principal accounting fees and services appears in our 2024 Proxy Statement under the caption
“Audit and Non-Audit Fees,” and is incorporated herein by this reference.
155
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Documents Filed as Part of this Report
1. Financial Statements
The following are incorporated by reference from Item 8 hereof:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;
Consolidated Statements of Condition at December 31, 2023 and 2022;
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2023;
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended
December 31, 2023;
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2023; and
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The following are incorporated by reference from Item 9A hereof:
• Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting; and
•
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.
2. Financial Statement Schedules
Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or because the required information is
provided in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto.
3. Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K, and this list includes the Exhibit Index.
Exhibit No.
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
4.1
4.2
4.3
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 24, 2021, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc., 615 Corp. and
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. (1)
Amendment No. 1 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 26, 2022, by and among New York Community Bancorp, Inc.,
615 Corp., and Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.(2)
Amendment No. 2 to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated October 27, 2022, by and among New York Community Bancorp,
Inc., 615 Corp. and Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. (3)
Purchase and Assumption Agreement – All Deposits, dated March 20, 2023, among FDIC, as receiver of Signature Bridge Bank, the
FDIC and Flagstar Bank, N.A. (4)
Amendment No. 1 to the Equity Appreciation Instrument, dated March 27, 2023 (4)
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (5)
Certificates of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (6)
Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (7)
Certificate of Designations of the Registrant with respect to Series A Preferred Stock, dated March 16, 2017, filed with the Secretary
of State of the State of Delaware and effective March 16, 2017 (8)
Certificate of Designations of the Registrant with respect to Series B Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, dated March 11,
2024, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and effective March 11, 2024 (9)
Certificate of Designations of the Registrant with respect to Series C Noncumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, dated March 11,
2024, filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and effective March 11, 2024 (10)
Certificate of Designations of the Registrant with respect to Series D Non-Voting Common Equivalent Stock, dated March 11, 2024,
filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and effective March 11, 2024 (11)
Amended and Restated Bylaws(9)
Specimen Stock Certificate (10)
Deposit Agreement, dated as of March 16, 2017, by and among the Registrant, Computershare, Inc, and Computershare Trust
Company, N.A., as joint depositary, and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein (11)
Form of certificate representing the Series A Preferred Stock (11)
156
4.4
4.5
4.5
4.6
10.1
10.2(P)
10.3(P)
10.4(P)
10.5(P)
10.6(P)
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.11
10.12
10.13
10.14
10.15
10.16
10.17
10.18
10.19
10.20
10.21
21
22
23
31.1
31.2
32
97
101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
104
Form of depositary receipt representing the Depositary Shares (11)
Form of warrant agreement for shares of Series D Non-Voting Common Equivalent Stock (14)
Description of securities registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934(12)
Registrant will furnish, upon request, copies of all instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt instruments of the
registrant and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Form of Employment Agreement between New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and John J. Pinto (13)
Form of Change in Control Agreements among the Company, the Bank, and Certain Officers (14)
Form of Queens County Savings Bank Outside Directors’ Consultation and Retirement Plan (14)
Supplemental Benefit Plan of Queens County Savings Bank (15)
Excess Retirement Benefits Plan of Queens County Savings Bank (14)
Queens County Savings Bank Directors’ Deferred Fee Stock Unit Plan (14)
New York Community Bancorp, Inc. Management Incentive Compensation Plan (16)
New York Community Bancorp, Inc. 2012 Stock Incentive Plan (17)
New York Community Bancorp, Inc., 2020 Omnibus Incentive Plan (18)
Employment Agreement between New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and John T. Adams (19)
Amended and Restated Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation Agreement, dated November 28, 2022, by and between Flagstar
Bancorp, Inc. (New York Community Bancorp, Inc. as Successor Company) and Alessandro DiNello (20)
Flagstar Bancorp, Inc. 2016 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (as assumed by New York Community Bancorp, Inc. effective
December 1, 2022) (21)
Employment Agreement between New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and Reginald E. Davis (22)
Employment Agreement between New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and Lee M. Smith (22)
Employment Agreement Term Sheet between New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and Joseph Otting(23)
Non-Executive Chairman Term Sheet between New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and Alessandro DiNello(23)
Investment Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2024 (as amended on March 11, 2024), by and between New York Community
Bancorp, Inc. and Liberty Strategic Capital (CEN) Holdings, LLC(9)
Form of Investment Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2024 (as amended on March 11, 2024), by and between New York Community
Bancorp, Inc. and affiliates of funds managed by Hudson Bay Capital Management, LP(9)
Investment Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2024 (as amended on March 11, 2024), by and between New York Community
Bancorp, Inc. and affiliates of funds managed by Reverence Capital Partners LLC(9)
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2024, by and between New York Community Bancorp, Inc. and the investors
in the March 2024 Capital Raise(9)
Subsidiaries of the Registrant (previously filed)
Subsidiary Issuers of Guaranteed Securities (24)
Consent of KPMG LLP, dated March 14, 2024 (attached hereto)
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002 (attached hereto)
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer of the Company in accordance with Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002 (attached hereto)
Section 1350 Certifications of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company in accordance with Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (attached hereto)
New York Community Bancorp, Inc. Clawback Policy (previously filed)
XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded
within the Inline XBRL document.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.
Cover Page Interactive Date File (formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
*Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, certain schedules and similar attachments have been omitted. The
registrant hereby agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or similar attachment to the SEC upon request.
** Management plan or compensation plan arrangement.
(1) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
on April 27, 2021 (File No. 1-31565)
157
(2) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the Company's Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
on April 27, 2022 (File No. 1-31565)
(3) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
on October 28, 2022 (File No. 1-31565)
(4) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31,
2023 (File No. 1-31565)
(5) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31,
2001 (File No. 1-31565)
(6) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003
(File No. 1-31565)
(7) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
on April 27, 2016 (File No. 1-31565)
(8) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.4 of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No.
333-210919), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2017
(9) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-31565), as
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 2024
(10) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September
30, 2017 (File No. 1-31565)
(11) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on March 17, 2017 (File No. 1-31565)
(12) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019
(File No. 1-31565)
(13) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on March 9, 2006 (File No. 1-31565)
(14) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Registration Statement filed on Form S-1, Registration
No. 33-66852
(15) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the 1995 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
held on April 19, 1995 (File No. 0-22278)
(16) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the 2006 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
held on June 7, 2006 (File No. 1-31565)
(17) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the 2012 Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
held on June 7, 2012 (File No. 1-31565)
(18) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Registration Statement filed on Form S-8 filed,
Registration No. 333-241023
(19) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31,
2022 (File No. 001-31565)
(20) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on December 1, 2022 (File No. 1-31565)
(21) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Flagstar Bancorp, Inc.’s Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission on November 6, 2015 (File No. 1-16577)
(22) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022
(File No. 1-31565)
(23) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 1-31565), as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2024
(24) Incorporated by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021
(File No. 1-31565)
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
None.
158
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
DATE: March 14, 2024
New York Community Bancorp, Inc.
(Registrant)
/s/ Alessandro P. DiNello
Alessandro P. DiNello
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
159
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
102 Duffy Avenue
Hicksville, NY 11801
(516) 683-4420
flagstar.com